Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
165135
w.,r+Fi.T+,a:... k ..5 r. ''�+ : ii•' ..... k `, ...,.. ��p1 ?Y� f , THE BUILDING CODS - CITY OF ST. PAUL ARTICLE I ADMINISTRATION =. SEC. 101 CHARTER AUTHORITY 1. Authority for Establisrment of B ildi C For ,: purpose of establishing the authority under Vhich these regulations are enacted, reference is made to the Charter of the City of Saint Paul - Sec. 433, which states: "By ordinance not inconsistent with the laws of tb* State or the terms of this Charter the Council may ; adopt, repeal or amend any and all regulations., rules, resolutions or ordinances relating to buildings with#► Atf) in the City of Saint Paul. In the preparation of said ordinances and their repeal and amendment, said arA f w: V " tect shall be advisor of said Council.' Ex Officio Officio Build#. I sector. Sec. 431 of the ,. � r 2' Mar ter of e City of nt Paul states that the Commissioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Build- ings shall be the ex officio building inspector of the City of Saint Paul, 3. Enforcement. Reference is made to See. 432 of ,the Charter of the City of Saint Paul which stateew t "It shall be the duty of said Commissioner to on- force all laws of the State and all ordinances of t#s ��C. City of St. Paul applying to buildings within said ity, whether relating to their planning, construet►w , ion, maintenance, repair, fire protection, or any v other matter. For the purposes of enforcing said )*two or ordinances he shall have power to employ such law spectors and other assistants and employes as may necessary, provided the Council shall by ordinanoe on recommendation of said Commissioner, fix the number# title, salaries, qualifications and terms, of servies , of said employes, not inconsistent with the proV18- u ions of this Charter." 4 . Specific Powers of the Council Relatin to � e u at ona an re Prole6tion. Reference -to Sec. 127-10 o the Charter of the City ofe► - Paul which states that the Council shad have power and authority by ordinance: ; a. "To regulate the construction, alteration, - Mbval and repair of all structures and the permarEr,t - equipment thereof, and to provide for the safety of 1-5-53 l i a � Sec. lCl - 4. the occupants of all structures and all property in the vicinity thereof against danger from fire or panic or from methods of constluction or installa- tion detrimental to life, health or property, and to prohibit the use of buildings or parts of buildings when dangerous to life from collapse, fire or panic. b.. . Fire •limits -- prescribe. To prescribe, contract or extend the limits within which wooden buildings or buildings of other materials that shall not be con- sidered as fireproof shall not be erected, placed or repaired; to direct that all and any buildings within the limits prescribed shall be made and con- structed of fireproof materials; to prohibit the rebuilding of wooden buildings within the fire limits when the same have been damaged to the extent of fifty per cent of the value thereof, and to pre- scribe the manner of ascertaining such damage. c. To prescribe limits within which all roofs shall be covered by noncombustible material. d. Compel the installation in all structures of device, appliances and arrangements for the preservation of life, health and property. e. To regulate the storage and handling of all combus- tible or other substances, articles, equipment or devices affecting the fire hazard. f. To license, regulate, prohibit and suppress the erection and maintenance of signs, signboards, billboards and fences. g. To establish and enforce building lines and to regulate the height of buildings. h. To regulate the measurement and inspection of build- ing materials and of fuel of all kinds," SEC. 102 - TITLE 1. This ordinance shall be known and may be cited as "The Building Code of the City of Saint Paul, " hereinafter referred to as "this codelt. This code shall_ apply to all buildings and structures, except one and two fam- ily dwellings. SEC. 103 - PURPOSE 1. The purpose of this code is to provide minimum star.;. dards to safeguard life or limb, property, public 1-5-53 - 2 - i 1' s Sec. 103 - 1 . A' health and public welfare by regulating and controlling the design, construction, quality"�of materials, use and occupancy and maintenance of all buildings and structures; and also to provide minimum standards for certain equipment, installations and appurtenances in or on all buildings and structures within the limits of the City of Saint Paul (except one and two family dwellings) . SEC. 104 - SCOPE 1. New Buildings and Structures. No buildings or struc- tures hereafter erected, except one and two family dwellings, shall be constructed, altered, or removed; nor shall the equipment for the operation of the build- ing, structure or premises (such as heating plant, plumbing, electric wiring, movinr stairways, elevators and fire extinguishing apparatus be constructed, in- stalled, altered or removed, except in conformity with the provisions of this code. 2. Existing Buildings and Structures . a. When the market value of any alterations and repair within any twelve (12) month period exceeds fifty per cent (50%) of the present market value of an existing building or structure, such building or structure shall be made to conform in all respects to the requirements of this code for new buildings or structures. b. Structural additions, structural alterations and structural repairs to any portion of an existing building or structure shall conform to the require- ments of this code for new buildings and structures with the exception that structural additions, structural alterations and structural repairs made during any twelve (12) month period, not exceeding twenty-five (25%) per cent of the market value of the building or structure, may be made of the same material of which the existing building or structure is constructed when approved by the Commissioner, provided such material or installation was not illeg- al at the time of its inclusion as part of the building or structure. c. Non-structural additions, alterations or repairs to an existing building or structure may be made with the same material of which the building or structure is constructed, provided that, (1) they do not affect any member or part of the building or structure having required fire resistance, (2) they 1-5-53 - 3 Sec. 104 - 2. do not affect a required means of egress, (3) they do not exceed twenty-five per cent (25%) of the market value of said building or structure during any twelve (12) month period, and (4) the material altered or repaired was not illegal at the time of its inclusion as part of the building or structure. d. The equipment for the operation of an existing building, structure or premises (such as heating plant, plumbing, electric wiring, moving stairways, elevators and fire extinguishing equipment) shall not be constructed, installed, altered or removed, except in conformity with the provisions of this code. o. Buildings or structures moved from without to with- in the limits of the City of Saint Paul shall con- form to all requirements of this code for new buildings or structures. Buildings or structures moved within the limits of the City of Saint Paul shall conform to all requirements of this code for new buildings or structures. f. Existing buildings or structures hereafter changed in use or occupancy shall conform in all respects to the requirements of this code for the new use or occupancy. g. For the purposeof computing the per cent of the value of additions, alterations and r epairs to the value of the existing buildings or structures, it shall be the responsibility of the owner to submit an estimate of the market cost of such additions, alterations and repairs, and the market value of the building or structure at the time such addition, alteration or repair is being made. 3. Maintenance. All buildings and structures both exist: ing and new, and all parts thereof, shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition. All devices and safeguards which are required by this code and by State law in a building or structure when erected, altered or repaired, shall be maintained in good work- ing order. The owner shall be responsible for the maintenance of buildings and structures. SEC. 105 - ADOPTION OF REGULATIONS BV REF1RENCE 11 Adoption by Reference a. Within the text of this code, references are made to specific State, Federal, trade and professional publications or standards relating; to building construction, incorporating said publications, or 1-5-53 - 4 - r , Sec. 105 - 1 a. parts thereof, in the body of this code. (Author- ity for the adoption of regulations reference is given in the "Minnesota Statutes 1945 ' 471.62) . b. Provisions of these publications, or parts thereof. adopted by reference shall be as much a part of this code as though they had been set out in full herein,. 2. Copies on File a. There shall be at least three (3) copies of each publication so adopted marked as official copies and filed in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Saint Paul. b. Such adoption by reference shall be valid only for the specific issue of the publication referred to and shall not include revisions or succeeding issues except by an amendment to this code. SEC. 106 - ADMINISTRATION AND �NFORCE',4ENT 1. Administration The adm nistration of the provisions of this Code shall be the responsibility of the Bureau of Public Build- ings under the direction of the Commissioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings. The Bureau of Public Buildings shall hereinafter be referred to as "the Bureau", and the Commissioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings shall hereinafter be referred to as "the Commissioner" . 2. Powers and Duties of the Commissioner The Comnissioner shall possess all the powers and shall be responsible for fulfilling all the duties necessary for the regulation and enforcement of the provisions of this code. Among said powers and duties of the Com- missioner shall be the following: a. Examination of Plans. It shall be the duty of the Commissioner to receive and examine all plans and specifications accompanying applications for per- mits and to approve or reject said applications on the basis of their compliance with the provisions of this code. b. Inspections. It shall be the duty of the Commis- sioner to make such inspections during the course of all work for which permits are required by this code, as will be necessary to ascertain if the work is carried on in compliance with the provisions of this code. A final inspection of the work shall be 1-5-53 - 5 - jt Sec. 106 - 2 b . made within five (5) days after notifying the Bureau that such work is completed as to the pro- visions of this code and is ready for final in- spection. c. Stopping of Work. The Commissioner shall have the power to stop the construction, alteration, repair, removal or wrecking of any building, structure or part thereof regulated by the provisions of this code when any work done or materials used, therein or thereon, is in violation of the provisions of this code, or when said work is being done in a reckless, careless, unsafe or improper manner. d. Resumption of Work. When any such work has been stopped by the 0 oirmissioner, it shall not again be resumed until said Commissioner is satisfied that the necessary precautions will be taken for the pro- tection of life and property and that such work will be carried out in a safe manner and with approved materials and shall conform in all respects to the provisions of this code. e. Safety Inspections . It shall be the duty of the Commissioner to inspect at least once a year all private buildings, public halls, theaters, moving picture theaters, armories, churches, buildings used for manufacturing or commercial purposes, hotels, hospitals and all other buildings or struc- tures used or occupied by large numbers of people, for the purpose of determining the compliance of such buildings or structures with the provisions of this code. f: Minor Dangerous Conditions. It shall be the duty of the Commissioner to give notice by letter to the owner (or his agent ) of any building or structure when in his judgment there exists, or might be created, a dangerous condition due to said building, structure or part thereof which has been damaged, badly worn or poorly constructed and cause said owner or agent to eliminate or correct the danger- ous condition. 31 Right of Entry a. The Commissioner and all duly authorized personnel of the Bureau, so far as it may become necessary for the performance of their respective duties, shall have the right to enter any building or structure at any reasonable time upon showing their identification cards. 1-5-53 - 6 - a- 1 f, Y Sec. 106 - 3.., b. Suitable identification shall be provided for the employees of the Bureau to be used as a means of identification when making inspections . c. Any person or persons, who shall in any way prevent the Commissioner or his deputies, inspectors or assistants from entering any building, structure or premises, or shall interfere with the execution of their duties or powers conferred by this code,shall, upon conviction thereof, be subject to such penalty as provided in this code. 4. Violations a. Whenever the Commissioner finds that a building, structure or any work connected therewith (such as erection, construction, installation, alteration, or moving) the execution of which is regulated, per- mitted or forbidden by this code, is being carried on or has been completed in violation of the pro- visions or requirements of this code, in violation of a detailed statement or plan submitted and approved thereunder, or in violation of a permit or certificate issued thereunder, he shall serve a written notice or order upon the person responsible therefore, directing discontinuance of such illegal action and the repairing, remodeling or removing of all work done in violation of the provisions and re- quirements of this code. b. In case such order is not promptly complied with, the Commissioner shall request the Corporation Counsel to institute an appropriate action or pro- ceeding at law or in equity against the person re- sponsible for said violation ordering him (a) to restrain, correct or remove such violation or the execution of work thereon; (b) to restrain or cor- rect the erection, installation or alteration of; (e) to require the removal of; or (d) to prevent the occupation or use of said building, structure or part thereof erected, constructed, installed or altered in violation of, or not in compliance with the provisions of this code, or in violation of a plan or specification under which approval, permit or certificate was issued. 5. Penalties a. A person who shall violate a provision of this code, or who fails to comply therewith or with any of the requirements thereof, or who shall erect, construct, alter or repair, or has erected, constructed, alter- ed or repaired a building or structure in violation 1-5-53 - 7 Sec. 106 - 5 a . of a detailed statement or plan submitted and approved thereunder, or of a permit or certificate issued thereunder, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not less than Twenty-five Dollars (05.00) nor more than One Hundred Dollars 4100.00) , or by imprisonment not exceeding ninety (90) days, or by both such fine and imprisonment. b. The owner of a building, structure or premises, where anything in violation of this code shall be placed or shall exist, and any architect, builder, contractor, agent, person or corporation employed in connection therewith and who may have assisted in the commission of such violation shall each be guilty of a separate offense and upon conviction thereof shall be subject to the penalties as herein provided. For each day a violation of the provis- ions of this code exists beyond a specified cor- rection date, it shall constitute a separate viola- tion and shall be punishable as such. 6. Abatement The imposition of the penalties herein prescribed she'll not prevent the Corporation Counsel from instituting ! an appropriate action or proceeding to prevent an un- lawful erection, construction, reconstruction, alter<�- tion, repair, conversion, maintenanceor use, or to restrain, correct or abate a violation, or to prevenk the occupancy of a building, structure or premises, ar to prevent an illegal act, conduct, business or use 3n or about any premises. SEC. 107 - DANGEROUS STRUCTURES - CONDEVINATIONS 11 Report of City Architect a. If the whole or part of any building or structure (including among others a fence, billboard or sign, or the equipment for the operation of said buildine, or structure (including among others the heating plant, plumbing, electric wiring, moving stairways, elevators and fire extinguishing apparatus ) shall, ` in the opinion of the City Architect, be found to ba in an unsafe condition - dangerous to life, limb or- property, the said City Architect, with the approval of the Commissioner, shall refer the matter to the Council of the City of Saint Paul. b. The notification of the unsafe condition shall be in writing, setting forth the location by lot, block and addition, and the street addrass, if any, at which said unsafe condition exists. Said 1-5-53 - 8 - a y ,f r Sec. 107 - 1 b. 4- notification shall contain the findings relative to the condition of the building, structure or operating equipment and also the recommendation of the City Architect as to whether the building, structure, part thereof or operating equipment should be repaired, remodeled or taken down and re- moved. 2. Notice of Public Hearing Upon receipt of the notice of the unsafe condition, the Council shall by resolution set a date for a public hearing to discuss the facts and recommendation of the City Architect. Said public hearing shall be set not less than twenty (20) days after the adoption of such resolution. Not less than ten (10) days prior to the time of said hearing, the Commissioner shall mail to the last known record owner of said property at his last known address, or to the agent or to the occupant of said property, a notice stating the time, place and the nature or purpose of said hearing. The Commis- sioner shall also cause a notice of said hearing to be given by one publication in the official newspaper of the City of Saint Paul, said notice to be published not less than five (5) days prior to the date of said hearing. 31 Public Hearing At the time and place set for said public hearing, the Council shall hear any and all persons interested in the property or the condemnation of the building, struc- ture or part thereof, including the operating equipment of said building or structure. At said hearing, the Council shall hear all testimony relative to the con- dition of said building, structure or part thereof and shall determine, after hearing all of said testinony, whether said building, structure or part thereof is un- safe and dangerous to life, limb or adjoining property. 4. Decision of Council a. The decision of the Council shall be rendered in a resolution passed by a majority vote of said Council, and shall state whether the building or structure (including among others a fence, billboard or sign) or the equipment for the operation of said building or structure (including among others the heating plant; plumbing, electric wiring, moving stairways, elevators or fire extinguishing apparatus ) shall be repaired, replaced, remodeled or torn down and re- moved as being unsafe and dangerous to life, limb or adjoining property. 1-5-53 t, Sec. 107 - 4 . b• A copy of such resolution shall be mailed to the last known record owner of said property at his last known address, or to the agent or to the occupant of said building or structure, ordering said party to comply with the decision of the Council. c. If the owner or owners, agent or occupants of such building or structure neglects or refuses to comply with the order of the Council within ten (10) days after order has been mailed to him or them, or fails to file within the said ten (10) day period an appeal for a rehearing of said proceeding, the Council, by resolution shall authorize the Commis- sioner to enter upon said premises and to fence in, prop up or tear down and remove such unsafe or dangerous building, structure, appliance or part thereof, and do any and all things which in the opinion of the Council may be necessary for the pro- tection of life, limb or adjoining property. 5. Appeal a. The owner, agent or occupant of said building or structure shall have the right, at any time within twenty (20) days following the publication of said resolution rendered by the Council, to appeal to the District Court in and for the County of Ramsey, State of IVlinnesota, from the action of the Council in the premises, provided a written notice of such appeal is filed with the Commissioner within ten (10) days following the publication of said decis- ion. Said written notice to the Commissioner shall specify: (a) the name of the appellant (b) the legal description of the property in which the appellant has or claims an interest as owner, agent or occu- pant; (c) the appellant' s interest therein; and (d) the appellant 's objections to the action of the Council in the premises. The appeal shall be filed with the Clerk of said District Court within twenty (20) days after the publication of said resolution and shall be accompanied by a copy of said notice of appeal and objections filed with the Commissioner. b. In case of any such appeal, a copy of the findings and recommendations of the City Architect, and the minutes and the resolutions of the Council in the premises (made at the expense of the appellant the cost of which shall not exceed three dollars (63.00) , which shall be paid into the City Treasury) shall_ be made and certified by the City Clerk, and °ha.11 be filed in the office of s.aid Clerk of the DistrIC"; Court. The said cause shall be docketed in the name of the appellant against the City of Saint Paul as an appeal from the action of the Council. 1-5-53 - 10 - Sec. 107 - 5. c. The case may be brought on for hearing by either party and shall have preference over all other civil cases. d. Such appeal shall be tried as other civil cases, except that no pleading shall be necessary. On such trial the said District Court shall determine whether the Council had jurisdiction in the case, and whether its action therein should be confirmed, modified or annulled. The judgment of the Court upon such appeal shall confirm, modify, or annul the action of the Council in the premises. 6. Final Judgment In any such case, regardless of whether or not any such appeal be taken to the District Court, the Council may direct that its order in the premises be stayed until such time as there shall be a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction confirming the same. The Council may direct and authorize the institution of proceedings in the nature of a civil action in the name of the City of Saint Paul as plaintiff against all persons having -an interest in the property affected wherein such judgment shall be demanded. 7. Statement of Expense a. In any such case of a condemnation where the owner, agent or occupant of the building or structure neglects or refuses to comply with the order of the Council and it becomes necessary for the Council to authorize the Commissioner to enter upon the prem- ises and cause such work to be done as is required to insure the safety of life, limb and adjoining property, a statement of expense of such work shall be filed by the City Clerk in the office of the Register of Deeds of the County of Ramsey. Said statement of expense shall specify the lot or parcel of land upon which the expense was incurred. b. Said statement of expense shall, upon filing in the office of the Register of Deeds, b ecome a lien in favor of the City of Saint Paul upon such lots or parcels of land, and the amount of such expense may be recovered by the City from the owner or owners of said lot or parcel of land. e. The lien may be enforced in a civil action in any court of competent jurisdiction; prcvided (a) that if such statement shall not be filed withir, three months after such expense has been incurred by said 1-5-53 1 Il ( Sec. 107 - 7. c. City; and (b) that a suit shall not be brought as aforesaid to enforce such lien within one year thereafter, the same shall abate. Provided further, that said lien shall not obtain, before the filing thereof, against the bona fide purchaser without notice of such expenditures. 8. Adjoining Tenants to be Notified The Commissioner is hereby authorized and directed to notify all tenants of property adjoining any unsafe or dangerous building structure or part thereof, that, in his opinion, might be endangered by reason of the un- safe condition of any such building structure or part thereof, ordering them to vacate the premises until such building structure or part thereof, shall have been put in a safe condition. 9. Danger Cards Whenever the Commissioner has knowledge of an unsafe building, structure or part thereof, the condition being such as to endanger the public or the occupants of such building or structure, or adjoining buildings or structures, it shall be his duty to affix a notice of the dangerous condition of such building or struc- ture in a conspicuous space on the exterior thereof and any person removing such notice as so affixed shall be subject, upon conviction thereof, to penalties as provided in this code. See. 108 - PERRZITS (APPLICATION, ISIQUANCE AND REGULATIONS) 1. Permits Required. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation, to proceed with any work or in- stallation in connection with any building or structure, or the operating equipment thereof, including among others but not solely limited to, the heating plant, plumbing facilities, electric wiring, moving stairways, elevators, ventilation or air conditioning equipment, and other mechanical and other items, which are incor- porated as part of the building or structure, without first obtaining a permit from the Bureau for so doing, and shall pay the permit fees as herein prescribed. Wherever this Code requires license provisions or certificates of competency for certain kinds and ttTpes of work, no person, firm or corporation shall be issued a permit unless they comply with the certificate of competency or the license requirements. Any repairs, or alterations which involve the changing of any of the structural parts or materials of any building or structure; or the changing of the classification as to use or occupancy of any building or structure; or the alteration, removal or closing of any stairway, 1-5-53 - 12 - e t Sec. 108 - 1. window, ventilating facility, exit or fire escape; or the moving or raising of any building or structure; or the installation, repairing or altering of any of the operational equipment of any building or structure (such as the plumbing, heating, electrical or ventila- ting equipment) shall require a permit from t he, Bureau and shall be subject to the regulations stated herein. 2. Permit Not Required. Permits shall. not be required for repairs for maintenance only, or for minor alterations provided they are not required under paragraph 1 of this section and provided the cost of such repairs and minor alterations do not exceed the present market value One Hundred Dollars (; 100.00) . 36 Application For Permits. Applications for permits shall be made in writing upon printed blanks or forms furnished for such purpose by the Bureau. Said writ- ten application shall be accompanied by two (2) copies of plans and .specifications clearly illustrating and specifying the work to be done. Such plans shall be drawn to scale and shall be drawn on paper or cloth in ink or by any other process which will not fade or be- come obliterated. The building line must be indicated on the foundation plan or in the plot plan. The plans submitted must also include all necessary elevations, sectional drawings and details to fully and clearly represent the character of the proposed work. 4. Preparation of Plans and Specifications. All building plans and specifications except for buildings and structures listed below) submitted to the Bureau for the purpose of securing a building permit shall be pre- pared and signed by a "Registered Architect" or by a "Registered Professional Engineer", duly qualified by registration as required by laws of the State of Minne- sota. (See Sections 326.02 to 326.16, inclusive, and Section 326.53, Minnesota Statutes for 19410 as amended by Chapter 380, Laws of 1945) . Building plans and specifications excluded from this regulation shall be as listed in the laws referred to above, including: (a) Single or two (2) family dwellings. (b) Public work costing less than Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) . (Public work is defined as one, the cost of which is to be paid in whole or in part from public funds. ) (c) All construction work other than public work costing less than Ten Thousand Dollars (610,000.00) . 1-5-53 - 13 - } Sec. 108. 5. Action on Applications and Issuance of Permits . a. Action on Application. All applications for per- mits shall be dated, numbered and taken up in the order received, and permits unless for buildings and structures of a complex character, shall be issued within three (3) working days from the time of filing application. b. Issuance of Permit. If the Commissioner finds upon examination that the application for a permit and plans and specifications indicate that the provis- ions of this code and all other ordinances are com- plied with, he shall, upon receipt of, the permit fee, affix his stamp of approval to such plans and spec- ifications and issue a permit for the proposed work. c. Refusal of Permit. If the matters mentioned in the application for a permit, or if the plans and spec- ifications accompanying and illustrating the same, indicate that the work proposed to be done is not in all respects in accordance with the provisions of this code and with all other municipal ordinances, the Commissioner shall refuse to approve the same, and no permit shall be issued until the application for the permit, plans and specifications, and all other material, shall have been changed so as to conform in every respect to the requirements of this code. 6. Displaying of Permit Card. With each and every permit for the construction, alteration, repair, moving or wrecking of a building or structure, the Bureau shall issue to the applicant a weather-proof card, properly signed and filled out, giving the number of the permit, the work covered by the permit and the legal descrip- tion of the lot on which the building or structure is situated. It shall be the responsibility of the per- son or persons to whom the permit was 'isaued to place and maintain the permit card in a conspicuous place on the premises or on the building or structure for which said permit was issued. The card shall be unobstructed from public view and shall be placed not more than ten (10) feet above the grade level. 7. Plans and Specifications Available . One set of such approved plans and specifications shall be returned to the applicant at the time the building permit is issued. These plans and specifications shall be kept at the place where the work is being done until its completion. The other set of such approved plans and 1-5-53 - 14 - I i Sees 108 - 7. specifications shall remain with the Bureau and shall _ be open for public inspection, but the Commissioner shall not permit anyone to copy any portion of said plans and specifications and he shall not permit the re- moval of same from the office of the Bureau. 80 Alteration of Plans . It shall be unlawful to erase, a ter or modify any lines, figures or coloring contain- ed upon plans or drawings which have been stamped with the approval of the Bureau. If it is desired by the owner or his agent, curing the execution of the work, to deviate from the provisions of either the plans, drawings or specifications, notice of such desire shall first be presented to the Commissioner accompanied by the revised set of plans, drawings or specifications showing the deviations or alterations which saic owner or agent desires to make, and no such changes shall be made without the written consent of the Commissioner. Changes which do not involve any alteration of the structural parts of such buildings, sizes of rooms, means of ingress or egress, plumbing systems, heating, lighting or ventilating systems, or of any of the ap- purtenances connected therewith, and which are not in violation of any provision of this code, may be made without such written consent of said Commissioner. 9. Expiration of Permit a. Any permit issued under the provisions of this code for any purpose whatever shall expire by limitation if no work is begun under said permit within ninety (90) days of the date of issuance. b. Any permit issued under the provisions of this code for any purpose whatever shall expire by limitation if the work for which the permit was issued, is stopped before completion and no additional work is done under said permit during a period of one (1) year after said stoppage. c. In any case where a permit has expired by limitation and it is desired to begin or continue with work partially completed, it shall be necessary to submit a new application for a permit and pay the fees for the work remaining before said work may be begun or continued. 10. Permit for Foundation Only a. The Commissioner may grant a permit for the con- struction of the "foundation only" for a proposed new building if complete plans and specifications 1-5-53 - 15 - j f' Sec. 108 - 10 a. for said foundation are filed in duplicate in the office of the Bureau together with a statement or specification relative to the superstructure of the proposed building containing sufficient information to enable the Commissioner to approve said founda- tion plans. b. In order for the issuance of a permit for the con- struction of the"foundation only" of a proposed new building, provisions must be made for the immediate closing in and backfilling of said foundation. The provisions of the sub-section on "Expiration of Permits" shall also apply to permits for foundations. SEC. 109 - FEES FOR PERMITS 1. Establishment of Permit Fees a. Upon the recommendations of the Commissioner, the Council shall designate all work for which permits shall be required under the provisions of this code, and shall also establish the permit fee charge for each type of work so designated. The following per- mit fees are hereby established and shall be paid to the Bureau prior to the issuance of any permit here- in prescribed. 2. Buildings and Structures - Permit Fees For: a. New Buildings Seventy-five Cents ($.75) per M cu. ft. For any new buildings exce ?t dwellings and multi- family dwellings with n4YUre-thaaa eight (8) apartments, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of seventy-five cents (s?.75) per 1,000 cubic feet or fractional part thereof contained in said new building. The cubic content shall be figured from the finished basement floor to the average roof height in peaked roofs or to the average height of parapet walls, cornices or other project- ions in the case of flat roofs. In no case shall the fee for this permit be less than one dollar and fifty cents ($1 .50) . b. New Dwellings Arran -.ed for More than Two (2) Famil Dwellings and Containing Not More Than Eight 8 Apartments - Fifty Cents .50 per M cu. ft. For new dwellings arranged for more than two (2) family dwellings and multifamily dwellings contain- ing not more than eight (8)apartments, the permit 1-5-53 - 16 - Sec. 109 - 2b• fee charge shall be at the rate of fifty cents ($•50) per 1,000 cubic feet or fractional part thereof contain- ed in the buildings, The cubic content shall be figured the same as for new buildings* Said fee of fifty cents ($.50) per 1,000 cubic feet shall cover general constru%- tion only and shall not cover the permits for plumbing, gas fitting, electrical work, heating installations, etc,, and other work for which separate permits shall be required as hereinafter described. In no case shall the f ee f or this permit be less than one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50), c. Sheds and Shelters F `ty cents"`t'MOT per M. cu. fto For one story sheds and private garages, built indepen- dent of dwellings and for open shelter sheds, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of fifty cents ($950) per 10000 cubic feet or fractional part thereof contained in said structure. The cubic content shall be figured the same as for new buildings. In no case shall the fee for this permit be less than one dollar and fifty cents ($1050). d, Footings and Foundations For footings, foundations and basement walls, the same rate shall be charged for the permit as for new buildings or for new dwellings (depending on the intended occupan- cy). The cubic contents shall be figured from the top of. such foundation or basement wall to a height of six (6) inches above the top of footings under foundation wall and where no ,footing is required, to a height of six (6) inches above the bottom of said foundation wall* e, Excava";._nc;, 13rading .and Surfacing For the excavation, grading or surfacing for any build- ing, structure, plot or area of ground, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar ($1,00) for the first 2,000 square feet, or fractional part there of, contained in said area plus one dollar ($1000) for each additional 10000 square feet of area, or any frac- tional part thereof. The backfilling around a new build- ing or structure shall be covered by the fee for the area of the excavation. f„ Concrete Sidewalks and Paving - Permit Fee For 19 For concrete sidewalks and paving, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar ($1.00) 'f for each one hundred (100) square yards or fractional part thereof contained in said sidewalk or paving* 2. There shall be no additional permit fee charge for concrete sidewalks and paving beyond the permit fee 1-5-53 - 17 7� 1, Sec. 109 -2f(2) charge which is required for new buildings and structures, unless specifically required in the preceding subsection• g. Retaininc Walls Twenty-five Cents ($.25) per 100 cu. ft. For retaining walls, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of twenty five cents ($..25) for every 100 cubic feet or fractional part thereof contained in said wall including the footing. h. Alterations and Repairs ne 5ollar"(Zl,n per $1,000000 Cost For alterations and repairs in or to any building or structure, other than the reshingling or recovering of a roof, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of One Dollar ($1 .00) for every $1,000.00 or fractional part thereof proposed to be expended therefor, A permit covering two (2) or more separate alterations or repairs in or to any building or structure to be performed within any three (3) month period shall be issued, providing de- tailed information of each such alteration or repair is submitted with the application for the permit. The fee charge shall be at the rate of One Dollar ($1 .00) for every $1,000.00 or fractional part thereof proposed to be expended for the total of all work covered by said permit. To ascertain the cost of such alterations or repairs, it shall be the duty of the applicant for the permit to sub- mit an estimate of the present market cost of such work and the estimate shall be checked by the Bureau. i. Reshingling and Recovering of Roofs Seventy-five Cents .7 per 1,000 square feet For reshingling or recovering the roof of any building, structure or part thereof, except metal decking or metal roofing, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of seventy-five cents ($175) for every one thousand (1,000) square feet or fractional part thereof to be recovered or reshingled. 3. Residing UR—e—D-71Tar ($1.00) per 1,000 square f eet For residing of any building, structure or part thereof, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of One Dollar ($1900) for every one thousand ( 1,000) square feet or fractional part thereof to be resided. 1-5-53 •• 18 - Sec, 109 - 2. ke Welding, Structural and P essure our Dollars , per five 5) ton, plus One Dollar ($100) per tone For structural and pressure welding, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of Four Dollars ($4.00) per five (5) ton or any fractional part thereof* For each additional ton or fractional part thereof, the permit fee charges shall be One Dollar ($1-00) per ton. le Fire EscaRes nlSe Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1,50) per 15 feet in height For the erection of fire escapes, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of One Dollar and fifty cents (6100) for every fifteen (15) feet in height or fractional part thereof* The height .of fire escapes shall be figured from a distance of seven (7) feet above grade at the fire escape to the uppermost landing or tread of said fire escape, me Platforms ve o ars ($5,00) per installation For the erection of any platform for temporary use in any public assembly or open air public assembly unit, the per- mit fee charge shall be made at the rate of Five Dollars ($5.00) for each unit, n, Fe_ nces Two Dollars ($2.00) per 100 feet in length For the erection of fences, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of Two Dollars ($2.00) per one hundred ( 100) lineal feet of fence or fractional part thereof* For each additional fifty (50) lineal feet or fractional part thereof over the one hundred (100) lineal feet, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of One Dollar ($1,00) oe Wreckins of Buildings or Structures MT en Cents 4. per 1,000 cub c eet For tearing down or wrecking of any building, structure or part thereof, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of ten cents ($.10) per one thousand ( 1,000) cubic feet or fractional part thereof contained in said building or structure. The cubic content shall be fig- ured the same as for new buildings* In no case shall the fee charge for this permit be less than Ghe Dollar ($1.0 1-5-53 - 19 - t Sec. 109 - 2, P• Raisin or Shoring of Buildings and Structures Three Dollars per For raising or shoring any building or structure the cost of which is more than One Hundred Dollars (100;00) and not more than Five Hundred Dollars ($500900), the per- mit fee charge shall be Three Dollars ($3.00). The permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of One Dollar ($100) for each additional $500,00 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of such raising or shoring. q: Buildinq or Structures Moved Lar er in Size than Twelve ( lZ) -Feet Hi Fourteen S14)-Feet a -and Wentv-five Feet on - FIUX Dol,lars Where any building, structure, shelter, shed or garage in size larger than the following dimensions: twelve (12) feet high, fourteen ( 14) feet wide, and twenty-five (25) feet long is moved from one location to another on private property or to a different lot over the streets of St. Paul, the permit fee charge shall be Fifty Dollars ($50,00) The foundation or basement under said building or struc- ture and all other additions hereto shall be charged the regular permit fee as required. r. Buildin s or Structures Moved Smaller in Size than Uelve Feet Hi h Fourteen 14 Feet Wide, and en - ve Feet Lon - ve Dollars per move Where any building, structure, shelter, shed or garage in size smaller than the following dimensions: twelve (12) feet high, fourteen (14) feet wide, and twenty-five (25) feet long is moved from' one location to another on private property or to a different lot over the streets of St• Paul, the permit fee charge shall be Five Dollars ($5.00). The foundation or basement under said building or struc- ture and all other additions thereto shall be charged the regular permit fee as required. s. Certificate of Occupancy Five D011ars *00) per certificate Where a certificate of Occupancy is required, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of Five Dollars (35,00) for each certificate: 34. Elevators and Moving- Stairways - Permit Fees For; a. Elevators A permit fee charge of twenty-five dollars ($25,00) shall be made for each passenger elevator; fifteen dollars ($15.00) for each power-driven freight elevator; ten dollars ($10,00) for each hand-powered freight elevator; 1-5-53 - 20 - i Sec. 109 - 3 fifteen dollars ($15.00) for each elevator or lift in- stalled in a public sidewalk; fifteen dollars ($15.00) for each manlift; one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) for each $500.00 or fractional part thereof, of market cost for the extension or alteration of any of the above listed types of elevators. be Moving StairwUs Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00) for each Moving Stairway Unit. For the installation of moving stairways, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of twenty five dollars (��25. 00) for each moving stairway unit. c• Dumb-waiters The permit fee charge for the installation of each over- driven dumb-waiter shall be fifteen dollars ($15.00, and for hand-powered dumb-waiters, the permit fee charge shall be one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) for each such Installation* d. Elevator Motors Whenever an electric motor or other electrical device is used in connection with the installation of a power. driven elevator, and so arranged as to form a component part of the elevator machinery, the permit fee charge for the elevator installation shall also cover the installa- tion of the required electrical devices* When belt- driven electric elevators are to be installed, the elec- tric motor shall not be considered a component part of the elevator machinery, and the permit fee for the instal- lation of the electric motor shall be as provided in this section. 49 Electrical Work - Permit Fees For; as Electrical Outlets e Dollar an i ty Cents ($1.50) for lst 25, One Dollar ($1.00) for each additional 254 For the installation of electric wiring in any building or structure for which permits are required under this code, a permit fee charge of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) shall be made for the first twenty-five (25) out- lets or fractional part thereof* For the installation of each additional twenty-five (25) outlets or fractional part thereof, there shall be a permit fee charge of one dollar ($1i00). (For the purpose of this code, the word "outlet' shall be interpreted to mean a light receptacle opening, light fixture opening, a range opening, a switch 1-5-53 .. 21 - 1 109 - 4a. opening including a switch, a convenience opening includ- ing a receptacle, a motor opening or a meter cabinet open- ing* A group of lights for window illumination rigidly attached to one another and made up and installed as one unit' with such unit insulated from all grounded metal work in a manner- as provided by this code, shall be con- sidered as one outlet only. ) , be Installation of Light Fixtures or Lamg Rece tacles ne Dollar and Fifty en s or Ist ZOS One Dollar (51 .00) for each additional 25. For the installation of electric light fixtures or lamp receptacles for use on a lighting outlet, the permit fee charge shall be one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) for the first twenty-five (25) fixtures or receptacles or frac- tional part thereof. For each additional twenty-five (25) fixtures or receptacles or fractional part thereof, an ad- ditional permit fee charge of one dollar ($1.00) shall be made. c. Electric Motors Less than 200 HP) FT?ty cents . per motor plus Fifteen Cents ($.15) per HP For the installation of electric motors of less than 200 horse-power connected to power circuits, a permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of fifty cents (S*50)for each motor plus fifteen cents (S.15) per horse power or fractional part thereof for the total rated capacity of said electric motors. The total permit fee charge shall be not less than one dollar 01 .00) per motor. d• Electric Motors 200 HP or more) . TFirty Dollars per o or For the installation of electric motors with a rated cap- acity of 200 horse power or more connected to power cir- cuits, the permit fee charge shall be a flat rate of thirty dollars (S30.00) per motor. e. Dynamos'or Generators Less than 200 KW) Fifty Cents .5 per dynamo or generator plus Fifteen Cents (S.15) per KW For the installation of dynamos or generators of less than 200 kilowatts each, a permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of fifty cents ($.50) per dynamo or generator plus fifteen cents ($.15) per kilowatt or fractional part there- of for the total rated capacity. The total permit fee charge shall be not less than one dollar ($1.00) per dyn- amo or generator. 1-5-53 - 22 - r ' i r Sec. 109 - 4# f. Dynamos or Generators jZ00 KW or more) Thirty Dollars , per dynamo or generator. For the installation of dynamos or generators with a rated capacity of 200 kilowatts or more, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of thirty dollars ($30.00) per dynamo or generator. g• Transformers jLess than 200 KVA fifty ents .5 per transformer plus Fifteen Cents ($#15) per KVA. For the installation of transformers (exclusive of bell ringing transformers or transformers used in connection with illuminated signs) of less than 200 kilo-volt-ampere (K.V.A. ) capacity per transformer or bank of transformers, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of fifty cents ($.50) for each transformer or bank of transformers plus fifteen cents ($.15) per K.V.A. or fractional part thereof for the total rated capacity. The total permit fee charge shall be not less than one dollar ($1000) per transformer or bank of -transformerse h. Transformers 200 KVA or More) Thirty Do lars per transformer or bank of trans- formers* For the installation of transformers or banks of trans- formers of 200 K.V.A. capacity or more, the permit fee charge shall be based on a flat rate of thirty dollars ($30.00) per transformer or bank of transformers. i# Electric Heating Devices seventy-five a 3) per device and Fifteen Cents ($#15) per KW For the installation of electric heating devices, the per- mit fee charge shall be at the rate of seventy-five cents ($.75) per device plus fifteen cents ($915) per kilowatt capacity or fractional part thereof„ The total fee charge for this permit shall in no case exceed five dollars ($5.00). J# Electric Stoves Two D511ars`M*00) per Unit For the installation of electric stoves, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of two dollars ($2.00) per unit# 1-5-53 .. 23 ., ' Sec. 109 - 4. k. Wirin2 in Private Garages, Sheds Barns or O en Shelters One Dollar and Firty cents per building For the Installation of electric wiring in private gar- ages, sheds, barns or open shelters, the permit fee charge shall be one dollar and fifty cents ($lx50) and shall only cover the light wiring and the installation of drop cords and lamp receptacles. 1, Electric Wiring for Oil or Gas Burning Devices etc. One Dollar and Fifty CM; per installation' For the installation of electric wiring in connection with oil or gas burning devices, electric refrigerators, heat regulators and stokers, a permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1950) for each such installation. m• Outline _Lighting For the installation of outline lighting used on the outside of buildings or structures or on a marquee, stage border, spotlight group, stage proscenium strip or tem- porary lighting (when conforming to the provisions of this code,, the permit fee charge shall be as given in subsection 4-a of this sectiono no Decorative Outline Lighting or Luminous Tubes Fifty Cents or Ist Z5 lineal ft. and Fifteen Cents (5. 15) for each additional 25 lineal feet For the installation of decorative outline lighting or lighting using luminous tubes, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of fifty cents (5.50) for the first twenty-five (25) lineal feet or fractional part thereof plus fifteen cents ($.15) for each additional twenty- five (25) lineal feet or fractional part thereof• o. Wiring for Illuminated Si ns Fi ty Cents f per s gn plus Fifty Cents ($.50) per KW For the installation of electric wiring for illuminated signs, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of fif- ty cents ($.50) per sign plus fifty cents (5.50) per kilowatt capacity or fractional part thereof. In no case shall the permit fee charge for any one sign exceed five dollars ($5.00), p• Storage Batter Chargers ne o'lla` r an Fifty Cents ($1.50) per Unit For the installation of storage battery chargers, the 1-5-53 24 •• a f Sec. 109 - 4 (p) permit fee charge shall be at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1,50) for each such unit* q. Motion Picture Machines our 5ollars an FiftrCents ($4&50) per machine For the installation of motion picture machines, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of four dollars and fifty cents ($4.50) for each such machines rs Stereopticon Machines M MI'a-7- i f.60') pier machine. For the installation of stereopticon machines, the per- mit fee charge shall be made at the rate of One Dollar ($1.00) for each such machine, so Miscellaneous Electrical Installations Z57ne D o ar and i y Gents ,65 per $100 Market Value For alterations to any electrical system or for any' kind of electrical work which is *of such a nature that no new outlet, open?ngs are provided, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) for each $10000 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of such alterations or other electrical works 5. Gas Burner Work - Permit Fees For : as Conversion Burners or Gas Heatinc Appliances to fib,( ' `per hr Four Dc.�ar�s 4,00) each For the installation of conversion burners or gas heating appliances of anniit capacity not exceeding 400,000 B,T.U& per hour, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of four dollars ($4,00) for each such burner or heating ap- pliance, b, Gas Burner E ui ment v er 400,000 T'�p r hr, ) Four Dollars (S4,00) plus One Dollar ($1.00) for each add.. 400,000 BTU per hr. For the installation of any gas burner equipment in which the input capacity exceeds 400,000 B.T.U. per hour, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of four dollars ($4,00) plus one dollar ($1.00) for each 400,000 B.T,Uo per hour or fractional part thereof of the total input capacity* 1-5-53 25 Sec. 109 - 5. c. Gas Fired Incinerator Two Dollars 2.00 per installation. For the installation of each gas fired incinerator, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of two dollars ($2.00) for each installation. d. Alteration Repair or Extension of Gas Burner u pmen Two Dollars 02.00) per $200.00 Cost. For any alteration, repair or extension to existing gas burner equipment, or for the installation of all gas burner equipment not specifically listed herein and for which the work is of such a nature that the fee charge cannot be determined as above listed, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of two dollars ($2.00) for each 4200.00 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of such alter- ations or installations. 64 Gas Fitting Installing; - Permit Fees For: a. Installation of Gas Piping One Dollar and Fifty Cents (§1.50) per $500.00 Cost. For the installation of the necessary gas piping to furnish gas for heat, light or power to a building or structure, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) for each $500.00 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of installation. An additional permit fee charge shall be made, as called for in sub- sections 6-b and 6-c of this section, when appli- ances are installed under the plumbing permit. b. Domestic Gas Appliance One Dollar (§ .00 per installation. For the installation of each domestic gas appliance, a permit fee charge of one dollar ($1.00) shall be made. c. When any permit is issued for both gas piping and plumbing, the application for the permit for such gas piping shall be made out on a plumbing permit application form and the gas piping permit fee shall be paid at the same time the fee is paid for the plumbing permit. 1-5-53 - 26 - Section 109 - 6 d, Alteration Repair or Extension of Gas Piping System One Dollar and Fifty Cents 41 .50 per $500.00 Cost. For any alteration, repair or extension to any ex- isting gas piping system where the work is of such a nature that the fees for such permits cannot be determined from the above schedule, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1 .50) for each $500.00 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of such alter- ations, repairs or installations. 7. Oil Burner Installing, - Permit Fees for : a. Oil Burner or Oil Burner Equipment for Heating System Four Dollars 4.00 per installation For the installation of an oil burner or oil burner equipment for use in connection with a heating sys- tem, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of four dollars ($4.00) for each such instal- lation up to three (3 ) gallons per hour input cap- acity and twenty-five cents ($.25) for each addit- ional gallon per hour . b. Alterations Re airs or Additions One Dollar per ost. For any alterations, repairs or additions to an existing oil burner or oil burner equipment used in connection with a heating system, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar ($1 .00) for each $100.00 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of such alterations, re- pairs or additions. 8. Plasterinq Work - Permit Fees For : a. Plastering or Stucco Work Three Dollars 3 .00 f or 1st 1000 sq. yd. and One Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1 .50) for each addit- ional 1000 sq. yd. For interior and exterior plastering or stucco work including all types of lathing, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of three dollars ($3 .00) for the first 19000 square yards or frac- tional part thereof plus one dollar and fifty cents ($1 .50) for each additional 1,000 square yards or fractional part thereof of plastering or stucco work. 1-5-53 - 27 Sec. 109 - 80 be Refinishing of Plaster or Stucco Work Three Dollars per 1#000 sq. yd. For refinishing interior or exterior plastering or stucco, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of three dollars ($3„00) for each 1,000 square yards or fractional part thereof to be refinished, 9. Plumbing Works - Permit Fees For: .rrr.�i rrr��rrirr..�.rr r.r�iw as Plumbin Fixtures and Devices One Dollar and Fifty Cents -31.50) per permit plus Seventy-five Cents ($.75) per fixture. For the installation of plumbing fixtures and devices ar- ranged to be connected with the sewer or plumbing system and which are required by ordinance to be trapped,, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) for each permit issued plus an additional fee of seventy-five cents ($.75) for each such plumbing fixture or device so installed. be Alteration, Re air or Extension Three i5ollars , per 5 . 0 Cost For any alteration, repair or extension to an existing plumbing system, where the work is of such a nature that the permit fee charge cannot be determined from the above schedule, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of three dollars ($3.00) for each $500.00 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of such alteration, repair or extension* C# Installation of Sewer Line Three Dollars . per installation For the installation of a sewer line from the property line to the building or structure, the permit fee charge shall be a flat rate of three dollars ($3.00) for each such installation. d. Installation of Se tic Tank with Absorption System Five Do ars . . per installatlono For the installation of a septic tank with absorption system, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of five dollars ($5.00) for each installation. 1-5-53 28 - Sec. 109-9. e. Installation of Garbage Grinder Two Dollars 42.00 per installation. For the installation of a garbage grinder for any alteration, repair or extension to an existing plumbing system or to a new plumbin system, the permit fee charge shall be Two dol- lars (42.003 for each such installation. 10. Refrigeration Equipment Installation - Permit Fees For ; a. Refrigeration Equipment Installation For the installation of any system of mechanical refrigera- tion, the permit fee charge shallb a made at the rate of Two Dollars (: 2.00) for each compressor unit of one ( 1 ) H.P. or less, plus fifty cents ($.50) for each additional H.A. up to five (5) H.P. For each compressor unit of five (5) H.P. or over, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of Five Dollars (P5.00) plus One Dollar ( 1 .00) for each addit- ional H.P. The minimum permit fee shall be Two Lollars (4p2. 00) and the maximum permit fee Twenty five Dollars ($25.00) . No permit is required for units under one-half (1) H.P. b. Alteration, Repair or Extension of Refrigeration Equipment For any alteration, repair or extension to existing refrig- eration equipment not specifically listed herein and for which the work is of such a nature that the fee charge can- not be determined as above listed, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of Two Dollars (:W2.00) for each X200.00 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of such alterations or installations. c. Installation of Cooling Towers For the installation of a cooling tower, a permit fee shall be made at the rate of Two Dollars (02.00) for each tower having a maximum capacity of fifteen ( 15) gallons per minute or less, plus fifty cents (:x.50) for each additional three (3 ) gallons per minute. The maximum permit fee for the in- stallation of a cooling tower shall be Ten Dollars ($10.00) . 11 . Signs , Billboards, Marquees and Awnings - Permit Fees For : a. Wall Signs Placed Flat on Building For the erection of a sign placed flat on a building or structure, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of Three Dollars ($3 .00) for the area of one hundred ( 100) square feet or any fractional part thereof. For each addit- ional fifty (50) square feet or fractional part thereof, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of Three "ollars ($3 .00) for the added area of such sign. 1-5-53 - 29 - 2 1 Sec. 109 - 11 b. Roof Signs For the erection of a sign not exceeding 590 square feet in area, upon the roof of a building or struc- ture, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of seven dollars and fifty cents (w17.50) for each such sign, and if such roof sign exceeds 590 square feet in area the permit fee charge shall be ten dollars ($10.001 . e. Pro Jecti n Signs For the erection of a si6n projecting at an angle from Vaa face of a building or structure where such projec,:ion does not exceed five (5) feet beyond the face of eaid building or stro�cture, the permit fee charge ;;hall be made at the rate of two dollars ($2.00) for each twenty-_"I�:-a (25) square feet of area or fractional part thereof of said projecting sign. For the erection of any sign projecting at an angle for more than five (5) feet from the face of a building or structure, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of three dollars ($3.00) for each twenty-five (25) square feet of area or frac- tional part thereof up to two hundred (200 ) square feet . The permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) for each twenty-five (25) square feet or fractional part thereof of area in excess of two hundred (200) square feet. The permit fee charges listed in this sub-section shall cover illuminated as well as non- illuminated signs. d. Marquee, Canopy and Fixed Awning Signs Signs on marquees, canopies or fixed awnings shall be considered the same as independent signs and the permit fee charge for such signs shall be computed as in subsection ll-V'of this section. In the case of painted letters on a panel or component part of a marquee, canopy or fixed awning, no permit or fee charge shall be required. e. Marquees and Awnings Projecting; over Public Property For the erection of marquees or fixed awnings pro- jecting over any sidewalk, alley or public property, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of fifteen dollars ($15.00) for each such marquee or fixed awning, the covered area of which is less than 100 square feet. For each such marquee or fixed 1-5-53 30 - Sec. 109 - lies awning, the covered area of which is more than 100 square feet, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of fifteen dollars ($15900) for the first 100 square feet plus seven dollars and fifty cents ($7.50) for each ad- ditional 100 square feet or fractional part thereof• fs Billboards For the erection of any billboard not exceeding 600 square feet in area, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of three dollars ($3.00) for each such billboard* For the erection of any billboard exceeding 600 square feet in area, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of three dollars (33.00) for the first 600 square feet plus seventy five cents ($s75) for each additional 100 square feet or fractional part thereof. Doubledeck billboards shall be considered as independent billboards. g. Cloth Signs Cloth signs may be placed flat on buildings or structures# or on canopies, etc., for a period of time not exceeding thirty (30) days without requiring a permit or a permit fee charge to be paid, 12s Steam Fitting Work -Permit Fee For: as Steam or Hot Water Heating System For any construction, installation or alteration of any steam or hot water heating system or piping system used In the conduction of steam for heat or power purposes, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of seven- ty five cents ($075) for each such permit issued plus an additional fee charge for the specific work as listed herein. be Steam or Hot Water Boilers for Heating Systems For the installation or replacement of each steam or hot water boiler for a heating system, which does not exceed four hundred (400) square feet E.D.R, of the rated heat- ing capacity of steam radiation or its hot water equiva- lent, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of four dollars ($4.00)• For each additional five hundred (500) square feet E.D.R. or fractional part thereof of equivalent steam radiation, the permit fee charge shall be at the rate of one dollar ($1900) . 1-5-53 - 31 - f I y Sec. 109 - 12. C* Steam Boilers for Power , Heat or Process Purposes For the installation or replacement of each steam boiler for power, heat or process purposes having an input not exceeding fifteen (15) H.P., normal rating, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of four dollars ($4, 00) for each installation* For each additional five (5) H.P. or fractional part thereof, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50). d. Steam or Hot Water Radiators F f y Cents per radiator For the installation of steam or hot water radiators, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of fifty cents ($.50) per radiator. Minimum fee of one dollar ($1.00). e, Unit Heaters Unit Ventilators or Steam Hot Water Heaters e Dollar each . For the installation or replacement of motorized unit heaters, unit ventilators or steam hot water heaters the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar ($1.00) for each such installation or replacement. f. Alterations Repairs, or Additions -to- New or Existin Systems One ollar and Fifty Cents ($le50) per $500.00 Cost For any alterations, repairs or additions to existing systems or for any new installations used in any steam or hot water heating system or in any piping system for the conduction of steam for heat or power purposes, where the work is of such a nature that the permit fee charge can. not be determined by the preceding schedule, said charge shall be made at the rate of one dollar and fifty cents ($1950) for each $500.00 or fractional part thereof of the total market cost of such alterations or installa- tions. 13. Warm Air Heating, Air Conditioning, Vent i tat ton and General h e = Meta ork" Fermit Fees or; a. Gravity Warm Air Heating Systems For the installation, alteration, repair or replacement of gravity warm air heating systems, the permit fee charge shall be made at the rate of four dollars ($4.00) for each such installation, alteration, repair or replace- ment. 1-5-53 .. 32 Sec. 109 - 13. b. Mechanical Warm Air Heating Systems - For the installation, alteration, repair or replacement of mechanical warm air .heating systems, the permit fee charge shall be made at the following rate; Up to 400,000 B.T.U. and any fractional part thereof, the permit fee rate shall be six dollars ($6.00); for each additional 400,000 B.T.U. or fractional part thereof, the permit fee rate shall be six dollars ($6.00) . c. Ventilation; Air Conditioning, Industrial Dust Collection, Ventilation_, Drying or Uonveying Systems . For the installation, alteration, repair or replacement of a gravity or mechanical ventilation system, or of a mech- anical air conditioning system, or of an industrial dust collection, ventilation, drying or conveying system, in- cluding fans, belt drives, filters, air washers, automatic temperature controls, housings for heating and/or cooling coils and humidifiers, distributing duct work and distrib- ution heads and grills, the permit fee charge for each such system shall be made at the following rate; Up to 3,000 c.f.m., the permit fee charge shall be six dollars ($6.00) . For each additional 1 ,000 c .f.m, or fractional part thereof, the permit fee charge shall be one dollar ($1 .00) . 14. General Sheet Metal Work For the installation of any General Sheet Metal Work, the per- mit fee charge shall be; Two dollars ($2.00) for the first $500.00 market value cost or fractional part thereof. For each additional $500.00 market value cost or fractional part there- of, the permit fee charge shall be One dollar ($1 .00) . SEC. 110 - CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY (Applications, Issuances, Fees 11 Certificate of Competency and Regulations ) For the purpose of controlling the quality of workmanship on buildings and structures within the limits of the City of St. Paul, and by so doing to safeguard life or limb, property, public health and public welfare, there are hereby created Certificates of Competency which shall be required of the individual tradesman who desires to engage in any work includ- ed in the following list. A more complete description of the work in which a Certificate of Competency is required shall be given in the Articles in this code covering each type of work listed below. a* Electrical work b. Gas Burner installing and repairing c. Oil Burner installing and repairing 1-5-53 - 33 - See. 110 - 1. d. Plastering e. Plumbing f. Refrigeration equipment installing and repairing g. Steamfitting h. Marm air heating, air conditioning, ventilation, and general sheet metal work installing and repair- ing i. vuelding (structural and pressure - field work only) (tack welding excluded) 2. Certificate of Competency - .How Obtained a. General Requirements Any person submitting an application for a Certifi- cate of Competency in any type of work as listed in subsection 1 of this section, shall be at least twenty-one (21) years of age and a citizen of the United States of America. b. Applications All applications for Certificates of Competency shall be submitted to the Bureau in writing and in such form as may be prescribed by the Bureau. Each application shall be accompanied by a detailed state- ment of training and experience sworn to before a Notary Public. c. Examination Required The applicant shall be required to submit himself to examination as to his qualifications and compet- ence in the work for which he desires the Certifi- cate of Competency. Said examination shall be given by a Board of Examiners as herein provided and shall be given at such time and place as the Board may select. d. Electrical dorkers :exempted from Examination by City Board Electrical workers need not take an examination by a City Board of Examiners to obtain a Certificate of Competency. The applicant for the electrical work- ers ► Certificate of Competency shall be required to furnish a certificate from the Minnesota State Board of Electricity stating that he has passed the exam- ination for master or journeyman electrician pre- scribed by said Board, and holds a Master or Journey- man Electrician's State License. Persons holding a Certificate of Competency as an electrical worker 1-5-53 - 34 - Sec. 110 - 2 . shall be subject to all regulations of this section including fees (except examination fees) , renewal of Certificate of Competency, and revocation of Certificate of Competency. e. Examination Fee Applications for a Certificate of Competency shall be accompanied by an examination fee payment of Five dollars ($5.00) (except applications by elec- trical workers) . No such examination fee shall be refunded in case the applicant fails to pass the examination, but in the event that the applicant fails the first examination, he shall have the . right to again take the examination at such time and place as the Board shall select, without paying an additional examination fee. The applicant shall, however, lose all right to his examination fee upon his second failure to pass the examination or his failure to appear for the second examination when so directed by the Board. 3. Boards of Examiners - Administration a. General For the purpose of determining the suitability of the individual workmen applying for Certificates of Competency, there shall hereby be created the follow- ing Boards of Examiners with the membership of each Board as given herein. (1) Board of Examiners for Gas Burner Installers : This Board shall be composed of the City Archi- tect as Chairman and four (4) appointive mem- bers of whom one (1) shall be a registered Mechanical Engineer, one (1) a qualified repre- sentative of the Gas Utility, one (1) shall be a certified licensed Master Gas Burner Instal- ler, and one (1) shall be a certified Journey- man Gas Burner Installer holding a Certificate of Competency. (2) Board of Examiners for Oil Burner Installers: This Board shall be composed of the City Archi- tect as Chairman, and four (4) appointive mem- bers. The Commissioner shall select the ap- pointive members with the approval of the Coun- cil, one (1) of whom shall be a certified licensed Piaster Oil Burner Installer, @=e-(1) 1-5-53 - 35 - Sec. 110 - 3. a (2) shall l L at ee. -leeneed lLl SY 944 EMPaei instal °i one (1) shall be a certified Journey Oil Burner Installer holding a Certif- icate of Competency, and two ( 2) shall be reg- istered Mechanical Engineers. (3) Board of Examiners for Plasterers: This Board shall be composed of the City Archi- tect as Chairman and four (4) appointive mem- bers of whom one (1) shall be a registered Architect, two ( 2) shall be certified licensed Master Plasterers, and one ( 1) shall be a cer- tified Journeyman Plasterer holding a Certifi- cate of Competency. (4) Board of Examiners for Plumbers This Board shall be composed of the City Archi- tect as Chairman; the City Plumbing Inspector, the Superintendent of the Water Department, and two (2) appointive members of whom one (1) shall be a certified licensed Master Plumber, and one (1) shall be a certified Journeyman Plumber holding a Certificate of Competency, and the Health Officer of the Department of Public Safety as an ex officio member. (5) Board of Examiners for Refrigeration Equipment Installers: This Board shall be composed of the City Archi tect as Chairman and four (4) appointive members of whom two (2) shall be registered Mechanical Engineers, one (1) shall be a licensed Refriger- ation Equipment contractor, and one (1) shall be a Journeyman Refrigeration Equipment Installer holding a Certificate of Competency. (6) Board of Examiners for Steam Fitters: This Board shall be composed of the City Archi- tect as Chairman and four (4) appointive members of whom one (1) shall be a registered Mechanical Engineer, two (2) shall be certified licensed Master Steam Fitters, and one (1) shall be a certified Journeyman Steam Fitter holding a Certificate of Competency, (7) Board of Examiners for Warm Air Heating, Air Conditioning) and Ventilation Installers and General Sheet Metal Workers: 1-5-53 - 36 - Sec. 110 - 3. a (7) This Board shall be composed of the City Archi- tect as Chairman and four (4) appointive mem- bers of whom one (1) shall be a Mechanical Engineer, two (2) shall be engaged in the bus- iness as certified licensed Contractors for the installation of warm air heating, air condit- ioning, ventilation and sheet metal, and one (1) shall be a Journeyman Installer holding a Certificate of Competency. (8) Board of Examiners for delders (Structural and Pressure 7_1. This Board shall be composed of the City Archi- tect as Chairman and four (4) appointive mem- bers, of whom one (1) shall be a member of the American yielding Society, one (1) shall be a registered Mechanical Engineer, one (1) shall be a Hartford Certified Welder, and one (1) shall be a Journeyman Welder holding a Certifi- cate of Competency. b. Duties of Boards: It shall be the duty of each Board of Examiners to subject each applicant for a Certificate of Com- petency to a written examination and such other in- vestigation and practical tests as it may deem nec- essary to determine whether the applicant has suf- ficient knowledge, skill, training and experience to enable him to safely and properly engage in or work at the business or trade for which he desires a Certificate of Competency. It shall also be the duty of each Board of Examiners, after examination of the applicant, to recommend to the Bureau that the applicant be issued or refused the Certificate of Competency. c. Powers of Boards: Each Board of Examiners shall have the power to pre- scribe all reasonable requirements as to experience, training and ability of the applicants. Each Board shall formulate and hold all examinations of the applicants, written, oral and practical, under such rules as said Board may establish. d. Appointive Members of Boards : The appointive members of all Boards of Examiners shall be appointed by the Commissioner with the approval of the Council. Said appointive members shall serve until July 1 of the year following their appointment. 1-5-53 - 37 - A 11 . i Sec. 110 - 3. e. Compensation of Appointive Members: T Each appointive member of a Board of Examiners shall receive compensation for service on the Board in the amount of ten dollars ($10.00) per day for each day of such service . f. Meetings of Boards. Said Boards of Examiners shall meet upon call from the City Architect who is hereby empowered to call all meetings of the Boards whenever in his opinion there is a sufficient number of applicants for ex- amination. Examinations will normally be scheduled at six (6) month intervals, but when the number of applicants during any inter�.m period exceeds five (5) for any one (1) Board of Examiners, a special interim examination may be conducted• 4. Certificates of Competency - Fees For: The fees for the issuance of the Certificates of Com- petency shall be in addition to the examination fee and shall be due prior to the issuance of said certificates. The initial fee for issuance of the Certificates of Competency (and the annual renewal fees) shall be as follows: a. Electrical Work: Fees Master Electrician - Class A and Class A-1 $5.00 Journeyman Electrician-Class B and Class B 1 3.00 b. Gas Burner Installing and Repair: Class A and Class B - - - - - - - 5.00 Class C - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.00 c. Oil Burner Installing and Repair: Master Oil Burner Installer - - - - - 5.00 Journeyman Oil Burner Installer - - - - 3.00 d. Plastering: Master Plasterer - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Journeyman Plasterer - - - - - - - - 3.00 e. Plumbing: Master Plumber - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Journeyman Plumber - - - - - - - - -3.00 1-5-53 - 38 - z . r Sec. 110 '- 4. f. Refrigeration Equipment Installing and Repair: Master Installer - - - - - - - - - $5.00 Journeyman Installer - - - - - - - - 3.00 g. Steam Fitting: Master Steam Fitter, Class A. Class 8 and Class C - - - - - 5.00 Journeyman Steamfitter - - - - - - - 3.00 h. Warm Air Heating, Air Conditioning, Ventilation, General Sheetwork, Installing and Repair: Master Installer - - - - - - - 5.00 Journeyman Installer - - - - - - - - 3.00 i. Welding (Structural and Pressure) : Welding Contractor - - - - - - - -5.00 Journeyman Welder - - - - - - - - - 3.00 5. Certificates of Campetency_ (Expiration, Renewal and Revocation) a. Expiration All Certificates of Competency shall expire on t he last day of the calendar year of issuance unless sooner revoked or forfeited. Each person holding a Certificate of Competency shall renew such cer- tificate for the year following by the payment of the annual fee on or before the expiration date of the existing certificate. Upon failure to renew said Certificate of Competency in the time speci- fied, it shall expire together with all rights to engage in or work at the business or trade for which the certificate was issued. b. Reinstatement of Expired Certificates Reinstatement of expired Certificates of Competency may be made up to March 1 of the year following their expiration upon the payment of a penalty of five dollars (65.00) . Said penalty payment shall be in addition to the regular renewal fee. The penalty charge for reinstatement of certificates after March 1 shall be increased by one dollar ($1.00) for each month or fractional part thereof to the end of the calendar year following the ex- piration of the previous certificate. 1-5-53 39 'Sec. 110 - 5. c. Failure to Reinstate Certificates The failure of any person to reinstate his Certificate of Competency within one (1 ) year after its expiration shall make it necessary for such person to make application for and pass a new examination before receiving a renewal of his certificate, d, ertlf Icate& of Com ete c JoE Present Li Sense Hollers 11 Certificates of Competency and licenses in effect at he time of enactment of this code shall remain in the ef- ect until their expiration date on the last day of the cai- ndar year in which this code is enacted. All new Certifi- Oates of Competency and licenses applied for after the date of enactment of this code shall be secured in the manner stated herein. All persons holding Certificates of Compet 4ncy and persons having licenses in effect on the date of enactment of this code shall be entitled to receive the Certificate of Competency in their appropriate fields with- out examination and without payment of the examination fee. These persons must, however, make application to the Bureau requesting the Certificate of Competency and pay the fee charge prior to the last day of the calendar year in which this code is enacted. All other regulations pertaining to licenses and Certificates of Competency shall be in effect from the date of enactment of this code. ea Certificate of Comgeten2y for Warm Air Heatins, Air Con- on InS, Ventilation anc1,,Genera.l _§heet_ Metal, W9rK Any person who has been engaged in the business of warm air heating, air conditioning, ventilation, or general sheet metal work prior to the enactment of this ordinance shall be entitled to receive a Certificate of Competency without examination or payment of examination fees, providing they demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Board of Examiners that they are qualified and providing such application is made within sixty (60) days. f• Certificate of ComEetency for Refrigeration E ui .ment In- sue: Any person who has been engaged in the business of refrig- eration equipment installing prior to the enactment of this ordinance shall be entitled to receive a Certificate of Competency without examination or payment of examination fees, providing they demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Board of Examiners that they are qualified and providing such application is made within sixty (60) days* g. Reyocat ion of Cert if icates of Competency The Commissioner shall have the power to revoke any Certif- icate of Competency which may have been obtained through any 1-5-53 - 40 - f tec. 110 - 5 g. fraud practiced upon the Board of Examiners* The Commis- sioner shall also have the power to suspend or revoke any Certificate of Competency held by any person whose work is found to be improper or defective or so unsafe as to jeop- ardize life or property, providing the person holding such certificate is properly notified and granted the opportun- ity to be heard bef ore such action is taken. he Code ions by Tradesmen When any holder of a Certificate of Competency shall have been convicted for the second time by a court of competent jurisdiction for violation of the provisions of this code, the Commissioner shall immediately revoke the Certificate of Competency of the person so convicted, i. Period of Revocation Any person who has had a Certificate of Competency revoked shall not secure a new certificate for a period of six (6) months following such revocation. The new certificate shall not be issued until said person shall comply with all regulations pertaining to applicants who have not previous- ly held a Certificate of Competency under this code, 6. Certificate of ComnetenSX - Records ��Iii1���1�1M1i1� The Bureau shall keep a complete and up-to-date record of Certificates of Competency, including all applications, ex- aminations, certificate issuances and revocations. SEC. III - LICENSES JAPPLICATIONS. ISSUANCES FEES AND REGULATIONS) 1. Licenses - Re uired For Any person, firm or corporation desiring to engage in the bus- iness of the construction, alteration, repair, installation, servicing, moving or wrecking of any building, structure or part thereof, as listed below, shall first obta;n a license from the Bureau authorizing him or them to engage in such bus- iness, The City Architect shall consult with the Examining Board and if they find, the Information on the application in- dicates the person, firm or corporation possesses the necessary qualifications and meets the minimum requirements for a certif- icate of competency and other relevant laws, issue a temporary license until the next examInaticn is held, Where State licen- ses are required, no temporary license shall be issued unless the applicant has a State license* a. Concrete block manufactur ng and dealing be Building or Structure movirig c. Electrical work d. Gas Burner installation and repair e. Gas Range installing and repair f# Oil Burner installing and repair g. Plastering L-5-53 - 41 - -,Sec♦ 111 - 1, he Plumbing Is Refrigeration equipment installing and repair 3• Sign and billboard erection ko Steam fitting li Warm air heating, air conditioning, ventilation and general sheet metal work installing and repair m. Welding (structural and pressure) no Wrecking. 2, Re ulations for icensin Persons Partnershl2j, Firms or 20roo a• Individuals Where a license is desired by an individual to engage in a business in which work in any of the trades listed in Sec- tion 110 is required, the individual shall first obtain a Certificate of Competency in the appropriate field before a license shall be issued. The Certificate of Competency must be kept unexpired at all times during the effective dates of the license* be Partnership, Firm or Corporation Where a license is desired by a partnership, firm or corpor- ation to engage in a business in which work in any of the trades listed in Section 110 is required, at least one ( 1 ) responsible member of such partnership, firm or corporation, or officer or qualified department head of such corporation, shall be required to obtain a Certificate of Competency as a master tradesman to entitle such partnership, firm or cor- poration to a license to engage in such business• The name of the qualified person shall appear on the license, c. QLal i 'ied Members Where the license of a partnership, firm or corporation is based upon a Certificate of Competency of one member of such partnership or firm or the officer or qualified department head of such corporation., the right to operate under such license continues only as long as the qualified person re- mains a member of said partnership, firm or corporation. In case he severs his connection with said partnership, firm or corporation, it shall become necessary for another member of the partnership or firm, or officer or qualified department head of such corporation., to qualify for a Certificate of Competency as herein required, in order for said partnership, firm or corporation to continue its license to engage in such business, d. License for War Air Heating, Air Conditionin Ventilation, en ra 1 .5heet Metal .j�onMacto_r Mm Any person, partnership, firm or corporation who has been engaged in the business of warm air heating, air condition- ing, or ventilation for a period of at least two (2) years, prior to the date of the enactment of this ordinance shall, 1-5-53 42 .. r � wSec. III - 2 d• upon application within ninety days, be granted a license as a warm air heating, air conditioning, ventilation or general sheet metal contractor. (1 ) The above license does not give the license holder the right to perform any of the following items of work; The construction, installing, altering, or servicing of any part or portion of boilers, heating coils, cool- ing coils, piping, radiation, plumbing, electrical work or refrigeration, (2) These items of work are authorized and permitted under other specific licenses herein provided for, e. License for Refrigeration E ui ment Install in Contractor Any person, partnership, firm or corporation who has been engaged in the business of refrigeration equipment instal- ling for a period of at least two (2) years, prior to the date of the enactment of this ordinance shall, upon appli- cation within ninety (90) days, be granted a license as a refrigeration equipment installing contractor. 3. Place of Business No license shall be granted to any person, partnership, firm or corporation to engage in any of the businesses listed in Sectiat. 111-.1 unless such person, partnership, firm or corporation shall have and maintain a bona fide address or location where all types of business may be transacted. The License Certificate shall be kept exposed at this address at all times, and the Bureau shall be notified immediately of any change of location of this address. If any municipality or governmental subdivision has licenses or license requirements substantially the same as any license that may be required by this Code and has restrictions or regulations relative to residence requirements of the individual, person, partnership, firm or corporation or requirements as to place of business or number of employees or type of business to be car- ried on therein, the applicant may not obtain a license under this ordinance unless they shall comply with those regulations to the same force and effect as in their own locality. These requirements relative to residence or place of business shall be applied under this Code with the same force and effect as they are applied in their own locality, Where an applicant is from a location wherein no residence requirements or place of business requirements exist or where no license requirements are in effect, a license shall be granted to them in Saint Paul providing that they meet all other requirements of this ordin- ance. 4. Bond Re"ggirements No license granted under the terms stated herein shall become effective until the licensee shall have filed with the Bureau 1-5.53 M43 - "Sec. 111 - 4* a surety bond in the penal sum as listed below, operating in favor of the City of Saint Paul and conditioned that the City will be saved harmless from any loss or damage by reason of im- proper or inadequate work performed by the holder of said lic- ense under the provisions of this code* Such bond shall be sub- ject to approval as to form, execution and surety. as Electrical Contractors License - - - - - $50000400 (This bond is in addition to that required by the State of Minnesota) be Gas Burner Installation Contractors License 50000000 c. Gas Range Installers License - - - - - - 10000*00 d, Oil Burner Installation Contractors License 50000*00 e* Plastering Contractors License • - - - - 50000*00 f. Plumbing Contractors License - - - - - 5.9000.00 g• Refrigeration Equipment Installing Contractors License - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50000900 he Sign and Billboard Contractors License • - 108,000*00 i. Steam Fitting Contractors License- - - - - 5,000000 3s Warm Air Heating, Air Conditioning' Ventilation and General Sheet Metal Contractors License 50000000 k0 Welding Contractors License (Structural and Pressure) - - - - - - - - - - - - 50000000 1. Wrecking Contractors License - - - - - 10,000000 (The bond required for wrecking a single frame structure not over two stories high shall be $20000,00. Wrecking contractors are required to file with the City, certificates of insur- ance covering Workman's Compensation and Public Liability Insurance in adequate limits. ) 5. Licenses Fees For Any person, partnership, firm or corporation fulfilling all qualifications and regulations stated herein, and upon payment of the following fees to the Bureau, shall be issued a license to engage in the business specified by said license. ....... ._License - Ana e l License Fee a. Concrete Block Dealer - - - - - - - $25*00 be Building or Structure Moving Contractor - - - 50.00 c, Electrical Contractor Class A License - - - - - - - - .. 25*00 Class A-1 License - - - - - - - 10000 d. Gas Burner Installation Contractor- - - - - 25,00 e* Gas Range Installer - - - - - - - - - 5.00 f, 031 Burner Installation Contractor- - - - - 25.00 g. Plastering Contractor - - - - - - - - - 2500 he Plumbing Contractor - - - - - - - .. 25„00 Is Refrigeration Equipment Installation Contractor 25*00 3• Sign and Billboard Contractor - - - - - - 25.00 k* Steam Fitting Contractor Class A - - - - - - to - - - - 25*00 Class B - - - - .. .. - - - - - 25*00 Class C - - - - - - - - - - .. » 10,600 1-5-53 44 - a Sec. 111 - 5. 1, Warm Air Heating, Air Conditioning, Ventilation and General Sheet Metal Contractor - - - - - $}25,00 m, Welding Contractor (Structural and Pressure) - - 25,00 no Wrecking Contractor - - - - - - - - - 25000 o, Passenger Elevator Operator ( Initial Fee) - - •- 2,00 Renewal if paid on or before expiration .- - 1100 Renewal if allowed to lapse - - - - - - 2,00 6, Expiration and Renewal of Licenses wA�w.��wr..n uwiwrt�rwwwur+w ww Mr wrwiy4rwr.rrwr rlrwrrrww.ww a. Exp.....ir.at i° All licenses shall expire on the last day of the calendar year of issuance unless sooner revoked or forfeiteds If a license granted hereunder is not renewed previous to its expiration, then all rights granted by such license shall cease, and any work performed after the expiration of the license shall be in violation of this code. b• Renewal Persons, firms or corporations who wish to renew their li- censes after the expiration date shall be charged the full annual license fee. No pro-rated license fee shall be allowed. 7, Revocation or w Suspension wr wriwiy of Licenses r�Mrwwiw rr-yrrnrw.�.wriru �wwr+ww rrwwrirrw �.w� a. The Commissioner shall have the power to suspend or revoke the license of any person, partnership, firm or corporation, licensed under the regulations of this code, whose work is found to be improper or defective or so unsafe as to jeop- ardize life or property, providing the person holding such license is given twenty (20) days notice and granted the opportunity to be heard before such action is taken, If. and when such notice is sent to the legal address of the licen- see and he fails or refuses to appear at the said hearing, his license will be automatically suspended or revoked five (5) days after the date of hearing, be When a license has been suspended by the Commissioner, the period of suspension shall be not less than thirty (3 0) days nor more than one ( 1 ) year., such period being deter- mined by the Commissioner. The suspended license may be reinstated at the end of the specified period of suspension, c. When any person, partnership, firm or corporation holding a license as provided herein has been convicted for the sec- ond time by a court of competent jurisdiction for violation of any of the provisions of this code, the Commissioner shall revoke the license of the person, partnership, firm or corporation so convicted* . Such person, partnership,f irm or corporation may not make application for a new license for a period of one year. The new license shall not be is- sued unless the person, partnership, firm or corporation 1-5-53 to 45 - c: Spec. 111-7 c. shall comply- with all requirements of applicants who have not previously held a license, SEC. 112 CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY AND,OT .CERTIFICATES 1 . Certificate of Occupancy Whenever a Certificate of Occupancy is specifically required herein, the certificate shall be posted on the building or prem- ises and shall contain (a) a certification as to its compliance with the provisions of this code; (b) a statement of the pur- poses for which the building may be used in its several parts- (c ) the maximum permissible live loads on each floor area; (d5 the number of individual persons that may be accommodated in each story, in case such number is limited by a provision of law or by the permit for said building; and (e) all special stipulations of the permit, if any. 2• New Buildings No building except single family dwellings and duplexes here- after erected shall be occupied or used in whole or in part un- til a Certificate of Occupancy shall have been issued by the Bureau and posted on the premises. 31 TM2orarX Occu anc Upon request of the holder of a permit or of the owner, the Bur- eau may issue a temporary Certificate of Occupancy for part of a building, provided that such temporary occupancy or use would not ,jeopardize life or property, 4. Buildings Hereafter Altered No building hereafter enlarged or extended or altered wholly or in part so as to change its classification of occupancy, and no building hereafter altered, for which a Certificate of Occupan- cy has been heretofore issued, shall be used or occupied in whole or in part until a Certificate of Occupancy shall have been issued by the Bureau certifying that the work for which the permit was issued has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this code, If the use or occupancy of such building was not discontinued during the work of alteration, the use or occupancy of the building shall continue for not more than thirty (30) days after completion of the alteration unless a certificate for such use or occupancy shall have been issueds 5. Issuance of Certificate of Occupancy rr�.i ri.r.r—rilr� ar■ rr A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Bureau within five (5) days after written application therefor if the building at the time of such application shall be entitled theretoi Cop- ies of Certificates of Occupancy shall be furnished, on request, to persons having a proprietary interest in the building. 6. Change of Occupancy as No change of occupancy shall be made in a building hereafter erected or altered that is not consistent with the last issued 1-5-53 .• 46 - ti • � 3rec. 112 - 6 a. Certificate of Occupancy for such building, unless a new Certif- icate of Occupancy is secured: No change of occupancy that would bring a building under some special provisions of this code shall be made, unless the Commissioner finds, upon Inspec- tion, that such building conforms substantially to the provis- ions of law with respect to the proposed new occupancy, and is- sues a Certificate of Occupancy therefor, be The occupancy of a building shall not be deemed to have changed because of a temporary vacancy or change of ownership or tenancy. The re-establishment in a building, after a change of occupancy has been made, of a prior use that would not have been permitted in a new building of the same type of construction is prohibited, The change from a specifically prohibited use to another spec- ifically prohibited use shall not be made, 7. Certificate For Completed Structure Upon the completion of the construction or alteration of a structure, the Commissioner shall, if so requested by the hold- er of the permit, issue a certificate to the effect that the structure has been completed in conformity with the provisions of this code, and indicating the use or uses to which the struca, ture may thereafter be put and to what extent. 8. Certificate For .Completed Installation yi��r■r�i�w� wriri ■ rl■fjrrrir rrr rr...r.rr_.r• When a certificate is specifically required by a provision of this code for an installation, extension, alteration or repair of an elevator or elevator equipment, plumbing, gas piping, el- ectric wiring or heating system, or other element of construc- tion, it shall be unlawful to use or permit the use of the in- stallation, equipment or appliance to which such provision ap- plies, until the appropriate certificate has been issued. 9. Duty of Police ..ram■--�'- ... �_ Whenever it shall be necessary in the opinion of the Commission- er of Public Buildings to call upon the Commissioner of Public Safety for assistance in carrying out or enforcing any of the provisions of this code, he shall have the authority so to do, and it shall be the duty of the Department of Public Safety or any member of said Department of Public Safety, when called up- on by the said Commissioner of Public Buildings, to act accord- ing to the instructions of and to perform such duties as may be required by said Commissioner of Public Buildings in order to enforce or put into effect the provisions of this code, 100 Duty of Fire Department ! 10r■1■r■_II��Ir■��1■ QMr��.ga+�■ The Commissioner of Public Buildings shall have authority to direct the fire department through the Commissioner of Public Safety to tear down any defective or dangerous wall or building or structure or any part thereof in case of the destruction or partial destruction by fire for the preservation of life or health of the public or safety of adjoining property„ 1-5-53 .• 47 - ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS SEX. 201 - DEFINITIONS a. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following terms shall, for the purpose of this code, have the meanings indicated in this section, b, lords used in the present tense include the future; words in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural and the plural the singular. c. V.1here terms are not defined in this section, they shall have their ordinarily accepted meanings or such as the context may imply. fAlle means any public space or thoroughfare twenty (20) eet or less inwidth which has been dedicated or deeded for public use. Alteration, as applied to a building or structure, means a change or rearrangement in the structural parts or in the exit , lighting; or ventilating facilities; or an enlargement, whether by extending on a side or by increasing in height ; or the moving from one loca- tion or position to another; the term alter in its various moods and tenses and its participial forms, refers to the making of an alteration. (NOTE: Compare with definition of "repair" ) . Amusement Device means a mechanically operated device which Is used to convey persons in any direction as a form of amusement. Apartment means a room, or a suite of two (2) or more rooms, in a building occupied, or which is intended or designed to be occupied, as the home or residence of an individual, family or household.. App roved, as applied to a material, device or method of construction, means approved by the Commissioner un- der the provisions of this code, or by other author- ity designated by law to give approval in the matter in question.. Approved P.lasonry means masonry constructed of brick, stone, concrete, hollow-block, solid block, or other material approved after test, or a combination of these materials. Area, as applied to a form of construction, means an un- covered sub-surface space adjacent to a building. (NOTL: The distinction between area and court should be noted. ) 1-16-53 - 1 - SEC. 201 Area, as applied to the dimensions of a building, means the maximum horizontal projected area of the build- ing at grade. (NOTE: Compare with definition of "floor area" .1 ASS A.means the ,American Standards Association. A,S.T.M. means the Awierican Society for Testing Mater- Ma s. Automatic, as applied to a fire door or other opening protective,, means normally held in an open position and automatically closed by a releasing device that is actuated by abnormal high temperatures or by a predetermined rate of rise in temperature. Awnings, Drop is a device so constructed which can be raised or lowered and supported entirely on the face of a building by a metal or wood frame suitably constructed and properly attached to the building so as to leave the area underneath it entirely unob- structed thereby. Drop awnings may be built of any approved material. Awnings, Fixed is a device which is attached to a build- ing and supported by a suitable means which. in ef- fect shades that portion of the building and shall be securely attached and cannot be raised or lowered and shall leave the area underneath it entirely un- obstructed. Basement means that portion of a building partly below grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor is not greater than the vertical distance from the grade to the ceiling, Provided, however, that if the vertical distance from the grade to the ceiling is five (5) feet or more, such basement shall be counted as a story. Brick means a solid masonry unit, usually solid, having a shape approximating a rectangular prism not larger than twelve (12 ) inches by four (4) inches by four (4) inches. A brick may be made of burned clay or shale, of lime and sand, of cement and suitable ag- gregates, or of fire clay or other approved mater r-' ials. _Bu__i__l__diing means a combination of materials to form a con- struction that is safe and stable, and adapted . to permanent or continuous occupancy for public, in- stitutional, residence, business or storage purposes; the term "building" shall be construed as though followed by the words "or part thereof" . For the 1-16-53 40 2 - Sec. 201 purposes of this code, each portion of a building, separated from other portions by a fire wall, shall be considered as a separate building* (NOTE; The distinction between "building" and "structure" should be noted.) Building Line means the line, beyond which, property owners or others have no legal or vested right to extend a building or any part thereof, without spec- ial permission and approval of the proper authori- ties, (NOTE: Compare with definitions of "lot line" and "street line". ) Bureau, when referred to within this code, and unless —~otherwise stated, shall mean the Bureau of Public Buildings which is a division of the Department of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings. Commissioner, when referred to within this code and un- less otherwise stated, shall mean the Commissioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings. Court means an open, uncovered and unoccupied space within the lot lines of a lot, and includes the yard. (NOTE: Compare. with definition of "area", ) Curb Level is the level of the established curb In front OT + auilding measured at the center of such front. Where no curb has been established, the Commissioner of Public Works shall establish such curb level, or Its equivalent for the purposes of this code* (NOTE: Compare with definition of "grade". ) Dead Load means the weight of walls, partitions, floors, roofs and all other permanent construction of a building. Display Sign means a structure that is arranged, in- eended, designed or used as an advertisement, announcement or direction; and includes a sign, sign screen, billboard and advertising devices of every kind. Dwe�llinq means a building occupied exclusively for res- --3 a ce purposes and having not more than two (2) apartments, or as a boarding or rooming house sere ing not more than five (5) persons with meals or sleeping accommodations or both. (NOTE: Compare with definition of "residence building". ) 1-16-53 .. 3 r ,- SEC. 201. Fire Door means a door and its assembly, so constructed and assembled in place as to give the specified protection against the passage of fire. Fireproof Construction - See definition in Article VII. Fire Resistance Raatin means the time in hours that the material a or construction will withstand the stan- dard fire exposure as determined by a fire test made in conformity with the "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and 11aterials" , A„S.T.M. , E 119 - 50. Fire Retardant Ceilinng means a ceiling construction whicFi has been proved by test as satisfactory for use as ceiling protection for a floor or roof con- struction which has a. fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour. Fire Retardant Treated Lumber means lumber which has been treated by a pressure impregnation process to give a flame spread classification of fifty (50) or less according to the method for the "Fire Hazard Classification of Building Materials" of Under- writers ► Laboratories, Inc . , and which is shown to be so classified by a certificate or label issued by Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. Fire !F:'alls - See "'.^lalls" . First Story is the story of any building, the floor of which s at or first above the level of the side- walk or adjoining ground. Floor Area means a floor space enclosed by exterior walls, fire walls, or fire partitions, or by a combination of them. (NOTE: Compare viith definition of "area" . ) Footing is the projecting course or courses at the bottom of a foundation wall, column or pier. Foundation is the sub-structure on which the building or structure is supported. Frame Construction - See "flood Frame Construction" . Garage, Private means a building, shed or enclosure, or a part t ereof designed or used for the shelter or storage of motor vehicles containing flammable fuel and having a floor area not exceeding 750 square feet, outside 4ep. dimPnsia-,1 1-16-53 - 4 - SEC. 201. Garalic means a building or structure or part thereof designed or used for the storage, sale, re- pair or servicing of motor vehicles containing flammable fuel. Sales rooms where motor vehicles are kept for display and sales purposes only which are not charged with flammable fuel, shall not be considered garages. Gara a Parki�ngg means a building or structure or part thereof igned or used for the shelter or storage of motor vehicles containing flammable fuel. Gas Fitting shall be taken to mean the work of putting together any fittings, pipes or fixtures or other appliances which are to contain 7as for heat , light or power purposes. Gasoline Service Station means a structure, buildings, or premise or any portion thereof where volatile flammable oil for retail supply to motor vehicles is stored, housed or sold. (NOTE: The service station should not be confused with the bulk station, where quantities of volatile and flammable oil are kept for distribution to ser- vice stations. ) Grade, with reference to a building, means, when the curb level has been established, the mean elevation of the curb level opposite those walls that are located on, or parallel with and within fifteen (15) feet of, street lines; or, when the curb level has not been established, or all the walls of the building are more than fifteen (15) feet from street lines, "grade" means the mean elevation of the ground adjoining the building on all sides. (NOTE: Compare with definition of "curb level" . ) Habitable Room means a room occupied by one or more persons or living, eating or sleeping; and in- cludes kitchens serving apartments or individual households, but does not include bathrooms, water closet compartments, laundries, serving and storage pantries, corridors, cellars and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended periods. Heavz Timber Construction - See definition in Article II. taHeight as applied to a building, means the vertical dis- nce from grade to the highest finished roof sur- face in the case of flat roofs, or to a point at the average height of roofs having a pitch of more than one (1) foot in four and one half (41) feet. 1-16-53 5 - SEC. 201. _"H_e���_i .ht"of a building in stories does not include dents and cellars, except in school build- inr*s of ordinary noncombustible or frame con- struction, the basement or cellar shall be deemed a story when used for purposes other than storage or heating. "Height" , es applied to a court, means the verti- catdistance from the level of the floor of the lowest story served by that court to the level under consideration. "Height" , as applied to a story, means the verti- cal distance fron top to top of two (2) suc- cessive tiers of floor beams or finished floor surfaces. "Height" , as applied to a wall, means the verti- cal distance to the top measured from the foun- dation wall, or from a girder or other immediate support of such wall. Hereafter means after the time that this code becomes effective, Heretofore means before the time that this code becomes e I'Ve ct ive. Institutional Building - See definition in Article III. Light Noncombustible Construction - See definition in Article . Live Load means all loads except dead loads. • Lot means a portion or parcel of land considered as a unit, devoted to a certain use or occupied by a building or a group of buildings that are united by a common interest or use, and the customary acces- sories and open spaces belonging to the same. Lot Line means a line dividing one lot from another, or from a street or other public space. (NOTL,: Compare with definition of "building line" and "street line" . ) Marquees mean a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported only by the building and projecting over public property. Masonry means architectural terra cotta, brick, and other solid masonry units of clay or shale, concrete masonry units, glazed building units, gypsum tile or block, plain concrete, stone, structural clay tile, structural "lass block, or other similar building 1-16-53 - 6 - Sec. 201 , units or materials, or combination of same, bonded together with mortar. Multifamily House means a building occupied as the home or residence a of individuals, families or households living independently of each other, of which three (3 ) or more are doing cooking within their apartments; Including among others tenement house, apartment house and flat. N.B�F U. means the "National Board of Fire Underwriters'l. Non-Combustible - Noncombustible as applied to a building construc on material means a material which, in the form in which it is used, falls in one of the follow- ing groups (a) through (d). No material shall be classed as noncombustible which is subject to in- crease in combustibility or flame s-pread rating be- yond the limits herein established, through the ef- fects of age, moisture or other atmospheric condition as, for example, various types of treated wood# Flame spread rating as used herein refers to ratings obtain- ed according to the method for fire hazard classifi- cation of Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc, For data on such ratings see Underwriters ' Laboratories Fire Protection Equipment List under the headin Building Materials -- Hazard Classification (Fire) ?40 U8). Occupied, as applied to a buildin , shall be construed as ough followed by the words or intended, arranged or designed to be occupied". Ordinary Construction - See definition in Article VII. Owner includes his duly authorized agent or attorney in � ract, a purchaser, devisee, fiduciary, and a person having a vested interest in the property in question. Passageway means an enclosed hallway or corridor connect- ng a required means of exit to a street, or other open space adjoining a street when such required exit does not lead directly to a street* Pent House means an enclosed structure other than a roof s ructure, located on the roof, extending not more than twelve ( 12) feet above the' r oof. (NOTE: See definition of "roof structure". ) Person includes a corporation or a co-partnership as well was an individual. Place of Assembly means a room or space in which provision is made f of or the seating of one hundred ( 100) or more persons for religious, recreational, educational, political, social or amusement purposes or for the 1-16.53 .. 7 - Sec. 201, consumption of food or drink# Such room or space shall include any occupied connecting room or space In the same story, or in a story or stories above or below, where entrance is common to' the rooms or spaces. Place of Business means maintaining a bona fide address or ocat on where all types of business may be trans- acted. Public Building - See definition in Article III. Repair means the replacement of existing work with the same kind of material used in the existing work, not Including additional work that would affect the structural safety of the building, or that would af- fect or change required exit, lighting or ventilating facilities, or that would affect a vital element of an elevator, plumbing, gas piping, wiring or heating Installation, or that would be in violation of a provis ion of this code. (NOTE- Compare with definition "alteration". ) Required means required by some provision of this code* Residence Building - See definition in Article III. Roof Structure means a structure above the roof of any part of a building enclosing a stairway, tank, ele- vator machinery or ventilating apparatus, or such part of a shaft as extends above the roof, and not housing, living, or recreational facilities. (NOTE: Compare with definition of "pent house". ) Self Closing, as applied to a fire door or other openings ?�proteective, means normally closed and equipped with an approved device which will insure closing after- having been opened for use. Semifireproof Construction - See definition in Article VII. Shaft means an enclosed shaftway or space, extending ver- tically through one ( 1 ) or more stories of a building, connecting a series of two (2) or more openings in suc. cessive floors, or floors and roof. Shall, as used in this code, is mandatory. Solid Mason my is masonry consisting of solid masonry units laid continuously with the ,joints between the units filled with mortar, or consisting of plain concrete* Solid Masonry Unit is a masonry unit whose net cross- sectional area in every plane parallel to the bear• ing surface is seventy-five percent (751.) or more or its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane. Net cross-sectional area shall be taken as 1-16-53 .. 8 _ Sec, 201* the gross cross-sectional area minus the area of the cores or cellular space. Gross cross-sectional area shall be ,determined to the outside of the scoring, but the cross-sectional area of the grooves shall not be considered as part of the area of the coring and shall not be deducted from the gross cross-sec- tional area to obtain the net cross-sectional area. S rinklered means equipped with an approved automatic sprinkle system properly maintained. St r_w,a_y means one ( 1 ) or more flights of stairs and the necessary landings and platforms connecting them, to form a continuous and uninterrupted passage from one story to another in a building or structure. Standard Fire Test means the fire test formulated under e proce ure of the American Standards Association as "American Standard% Storage Building - See definition in Article III . Storer means that part of a building comprised between a floor and the floor or roof next above. (NOTE: See definition of "height% ) Street means any public throughfare (street, avenue, boulevard, park) or space more than twenty (20) feet in width which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for public use. Street Line means a lot line dividing a lot from a street, (OTE Compare with definitions of "building line" and "lot line"O Structure means a combination of materials to form a cons ruction that is safe and stable; including among others, stadiums, gospel and circus tents, reviewing stands, platforms, stagings, observation towers, radio towers, water tanks and towers, trestles, piers, wharves, sheds, coal bins, fences and display signs; the term "structure" shall be construed as though followed by the words "or part thereof". (NOTE: The distinction between "structure" and "building" should be noted. "Structure" is the broader term• "building" is a restricted form of "structure". Unl2rotected Metal Construction - see definition in Article VII, Walls "Bearing Wall" means a wall which supports any vertical load in addition to its own weight, 1-16-53 9 - Sec. 201. "Cavit Wall" means a wall built of masonry units or of pan concrete, or of a combination of these mater- ials, so arranged as to provide an air space within the wall, and in which the inner and outer parts of the wall are tied together with metal ties. "C_urtain Wall" means a non-bearing wall between col- umns or piers and which is not supported by girders or beams, "Faced Wall" means a wail in which the masonry facing and backing are so bonded as to exert common action under load. "Fire Partition" means a partition which subdivides a builaIng to restrict the spread of fire or to pro- vide arbas of refuge, but is not necessarily continu- out through all stories nor extended through the roof and has a fire-resistance rating of at least two (2) hours. "Fire Wall" means a wall constructed in accordance w t ect�on 9100 for top purpose of subdividing a building or separating buildings to restrict the spread of fire and which starts at the foundation and extends continuously through all stories to and above the roof, except where the roof is fireproof or semi- fireproof and the wall is carried up tightly against the under side of the roof slab* "Foundation Wall" means a wall below the first floor extenalng bel6w the adjacent ground level and serving as support for a wall, pier, column or other strut- tural part of a building. "Hollow Wall of Masonry" means a wall built of mason- ry un s so arrange as to provide an air space with- in the wall, and in which the inner and outer parts of the wall are bonded - together with masonry units, ".Non-Beari__n_2__Wa__ll" means a wall which supports no vet ca load t"hier than its own weight. 1-16-53 - 10 - SEC, 201. "Panel Wall"means a non-bearing wall in skeleton construction, built between columns or piers and wholly supported at each story. "Partz Wall" means a wall used or adapted for point service between two (2) buildings. "Retainin, !RTall" means any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material including liquids. "Veneered ':''all" means a wall having a facing which is not a ac ed and bonded to the backing so as to form an integral part of the wall for purposes of load bearing stability. [good Frame Construction - See definition in Article VII. !"biting includes printing and typewriting. `.'bitten Notice shall be considered to have been served if 2[eliveFed at or sent by registered mail to the last business address known to the party giving the notice. Yard means a court that extends along the entire length of a lot line, Zoning means the reservation of certain specified areas within the City of Saint Paul for buildings and structures for certain purposes with other limita- tions such as hei-ht, lot coverage and other stipu- lated requirements, ARTICLE III CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCIES AND CONSTRUCTION SEC. 301 - CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCIES 1, Classes Desi Hated. For the purposes of this codep buildings are a assified$ with respect to occupancy and use: as public buildings, institutional buildings res- idence buildings business buildings and storage build- ings, (a) Public building means a building in which persons congregate for civic, political, educational, re- ligious, social or recreational purposes; includ- ing among others: armories courthouses museums assembly halls dance halls passenger stations auditoriums exhibition bldgs, recreation piers bath houses grandstands restaurants ebowling alleys gymnasiums schools churches lecture halls skating rinks city halls libraries stadiums club rooms lodge rooms theaters colleges motion picture theaters (b) Institutional building means a building in which persons are harbored to receive medical$ charitable or other care or treatment, or in which persons are held or detained by reason of public or civic duty, or for correctional purposes; including among others: asylums infirmaries penal institutions homes for the aged jails reformatories hospitals nurseries sanitariums houses of correction orphanages (c) Residence building, except when classed as an in- stitutional building, means a building in which sleeping accomodations are provided; including among others: apartments dormitories multifamily houses club houses dwellings studios convents hotels tenements lodging houses 1-19-53 - 1 - Sec. 301 - 1, (d) Business building means a building occupied for the transaction of business, for the rendering of pro- fessional services, for the display or sale of goods, wares or merchandise, or for the performance of work or labor; including among others: bakeries gasoline service power plants banks stations radio stations barber shops ice plants smoke houses chemical lab- laboratories stores oratories markets telephone exchanges creameries office buildings television stations electric sub- open air stores work shops stations factories (e) Storage building means a building for the housing, (except for purely display purposes ) of airplanes, automobiles, railway cars or other vehicles of trans- portation, for the sheltering of horses, livestock or other animals, or exclusively for the storage of goods, wares or merchandise, not excluding in any case, offices incidental to such uses; including among others: barns garages grain elevators cold storage gasoline bulk hangars freight depots stations storage warehouses 2, Mixed Occ_uEanc , Where a minor portion of a building is Med or orrice, study, studio or other similar purpose, the building shall be classified as to occupancy on the basis of the major use, In other cases where a building Is' occupied for two or more purposes not included in one class, the provisions of this code applying to each class of occupancy shall apply to such parts of the building as come within that class; and if there should be conflict- ing provisions, the requirements securing the greater safety shall apply, 3, Doubtful Classification. In case a building is not spec- Ifically provided pr, or where there is any uncertainty as to its classification, its status shall be fixed by a duly promulgated rule giving due regard to safety. SEC, 302 - CLASSIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION 10 T es Designated. For the purposes of this code, con- struction as used in buildings shall be classified as follows: 1-19-53 2 » Sec. 302 - 1. (a) Fireproof Construction (b) Semi fireproof Construction (c) Heavy Timber Construction d) Ordinary Construction e) Noncombustible Construction f) Wood Frame Construction (g) Unprotected Metal Construction 1-19-53 • 3 - ARTICLE V - LIGHT AND VENTILATION SEC. 501 - GOAL 1. New Buildings For the purpose of providing adequate light and ventila- tion' every building hereafter erected, shall be con- structed, arranged and equipped to conform to the provis- ions of this article. 2. Alterations a. No building shall hereafter be altered nor rearranged so as to reduce the size of a room or the amount of window space to less -than that required for buildings hereafter erected, or so as to create an additional rooms unless such additional room is made to conform to the requirements for rooms in buildings hereafter erected, except that such rooms may be of the same height as existing rooms in the same story. b. No building shall hereafter be enlarged, nor shall the lot on which it is located be diminished so that the dimensions of a required court shall be less than prescribed for buildings hereafter erected. 3. Limitation Nothing in this article shall be construed to modify the provisions of any other ordinances or of any rule author- ized by law or ordinance, regulating yards, courts or other open spaces; but whenever the provisions of this article require greater yards, courts or open spaces than prescribed in such ordinance or rule, the provisions of this article shall control. 49 Streets For purposes of this article, the term "street" shall be deemed to include railroad rights-of-way, parks, or waterways, twenty (20) feet or more in width. SEC. 502 - ROOMS 1. Habitable Rooms at Every habitable room shall be provided with natural light by one or more windows and shall be ventilated by windows or openings, opening directly on a street or on a court conforming to Section 507, In cases 1-22-53 - 1 - Sec. 502 - 1. where the number of habitable rooms exceeds twenty (20) 0 the ventilation may be by approved mechanical means. b. Such rooms shall be not less than seven (7) feet wide in any part# and shall contain not less than seventy (70) square feet of gross floor area. Such rooms shall have a clear height of not less than seven (7) feet six (6) inches for at least sixty (60) square feet of floor area. O's When kitchens serving dwelling units are completely enclose., the ross floor area shall be not less than sixty (60) square feet and not less than ninety (90) square feet when dining space is included$ ex- cept that in dwellings having no bedrooms, the gross area of the kitchen shall be not less than fifty (50) square feet• Kitchens not completely enclosed shall conform to the requirements for alcoves unless sep- arately lighted and ventilated as required for habit- able rooms. 2. Public Buildings Every room used as an auditorium or for public assembly and every other room, except a habitable room, that is not provided with windows opening directly on a street or on a court as prescribed in this section for business and workrooms, shall be provided with an approved system of mechanical ventilation as prescribed in this article. Mechanical ventilation is not required if the space with- in such room exceeds one hundred (100) cubic feet for each occupant and is also provided with windows on at least two (2) sides of the room having an aggregate area of not less than ten per cent (10%) of the floor surface, one half (J) of which is openable, and opening on a street or court, 3. Rooms in Institutional Buildings In institutional buildings every room except infrequent- ly used rooms shall be provided with natural light by one or more windows opening on a street or on a court conforming to the requirements of this article. Every such room shall also be provided with air by windows as required for habitable rooms or by an approved system of mechanical ventilation as prescribed in this article. In jails and other detention buildings, the opening on such street or court of the windows of cells or similar rooms may be indirect. The above requirements shall pre- vail except where special conditions of room occupancy or usage require special treatment. 1-22-53 - 2 — Sec. 502 4. Bathrooms and Toilet Compartments �w�wwww��w■�ww■www�r� ��wrw�w Every bathroom and every room containing one ( 1 ) or more waterclosets or urinals, shall be provided with light and ventilation by: (a) one ( 1 ) or more windows opening on a street or on a court conforming to the requirements of this article; (b) one ( 1 ) or more windows opening on a vent shaft which extends to and through the roof or into a court conforming to the requirements of this article; (c) a separate duct of noncombustible and corrosion re- sistant material, not less than seventy-two (72) square Inches in cross-section, extending independently of any duct used for other purposes to and above the roof; (d) a ventilating skylight; or (e) an approved means of mechanical ventilation as prescribed in this article: 5. Service Pantries Service pantries, except in dwellings and in apartments, shall be ventilated as prescribed in this section for bathrooms. 6. Alcoves Any alcove opening off a habitable room, unless separate- ly lighted and ventilated, shall be included as part of that room in computing the amount of window area required. The alcove shall have an unobstructed opening between it and the main room of at least eighty (80) per cent of the wall area of the common wall, measured on the alcove side, unless it is separately lighted and ventilated as prescrib- ed for habitable rooms. 7. Other Rooms a• Every room, other than a habitable room, used or occupied by persons, except rooms with infrequent occupancy, shall be provided with one or more windows opening directly on a street or on a court or ventil- ating skylights conforming to the requirements of this article; or such rooms shall be provided with an ap- proved means of mechanical ventilation. Where the occupancy of the room 3s five (5) persons or greater, such ventilation shall be mechanical ventilation as prescribed in this article. b. In mezzanine spaces, which are open to and form a part of another room, the area of such mezzanine space shall be added to the floor area of the room In which it is located in computing the window areg required for both spaces. 1-22-53 .. 3 .. Sec. 502 8. St_a_irw!rs and Corridors as Every stairway, public hall or corridor in multi- family houses and in institutional buildings shall be ventilated by either; (a) providing with one ( 1 ) or more windows opening directly on a street or on a court conforming to the requirements of this article; (b) providing with a means of mechanical ventilation approved by the Commissioner; or (c ) providing with natural ventilation to the outer air by means of a system of vent flues not less than twelve ( 12) by twelve ( 12) inches in size approved by the Commissioner, All public hails and vestibules mechanically ventilated shall be equipped for artificial lighting and shall be kept properly lighted at all times. be If windows are used to provide such light and ventila- tion, there shall be at least one ( 1 ) window or ven- tilating skylight for every twenty (20) feet of length, or fraction thereof, unless a window is placed at the end of such hall or corridor so that it will adequately light the public hail or corridor for its entire length. c. Every recess or return, the depth or length of which exceeds twice the width of the hall or corridor, that is shut off from any other part by a door or doors, shall be deemed a separate hall or corridor within the meaning of this section. 9. Rooms Having Special Hazards Rooms in which dust, fumes, gases, vapors or other noxious or deleterious impurities tending to injure the health of occupants or to create a fire hazard, exist or develop by reason of use or occupancy, shall be provided with an ap- proved system of mechanical ventilation to remove effectu- ally , such impurities during occupancy. 10. Rooms Below Grade Every room, other than a habitable room, the ceiling of which is below grade or is less than four (4) feet above grade and which is frequented by the public or in which five (5) or more persons are regularly employed or con- gregate, shall be provided with an approved means of mech- anical ventilation as prescribed in this article, unless provided with windows as required for habitable rooms, 11. Access to Rooms and Waterclosets as In multi-family houses hereafter erected or altered, access shall be had to living rooms, kitchens and bed- rooms without passing through a bedroom. 4 .. Sec. 502 - 11 . b. Access without passing through a bedroom shall also be provided to at least one ( 1 ) water closet, unless every bedroom has direct connection with a water closet or a bathroom having water closet accommodation. SEC. 503 - WINDOWS AND VENTILATING OPENINGS 1. Glass Area The aggregate glass area of windows required by this article shall be not less than one-tenth ( 1/10) of the floor area of the room served by them. In habitable rooms such glass area shall be not less than ten ( 10) square f eet,. and in bathrooms it shall be not less than . three (3 ) square feet. Z. Openi_ ngs Windows or other openings required for ventilatinn shall have an aggregate openable area of at least fifty (50) per Cent of the glass area required for lighting. SEC. 504 - .VENT SHAFTS 1. Size Vent shafts required by this article, shall have a cross- sectional area of not less than one-tenth (1/10) of a \ square foot for every foot of height of shaft, but not less than nine (9) square feet in any cases, No such shaft shall be less than two (2) feet in its least dimension* 2. Skylights Unless open to the outer air at the top for its full area, such shaft shall be covered by a skylight glazed with glass not less than one-eighth ( 1/8) inch in thickness• Such shaft shall be protected with a wire screen as specified In this code, Section 924-4, and have a net area of fixed louvre openings equal to the maximum required shaft area. 39 Air Intakes a• Such shafts shall be connected with a street, alley or court conforming to the requirements of this artic- le by a horizontal intake at a point below the lowest window opening on such shaft. 5 .. sec. 504 - 3. b. Such intake shall have a minimum unobstructed cross- sectional area of not less than three (3) square feet with a minimum dimension of twelve (12) inches. c. The openings to the intake shall be not less than one (1) foot above the bottom of the shaft, street sur- face or bottom of court, at the respective ends of the duct or intake. Openings shall be protected by substantial screens of corrosion resistant material having a mesh not larger than three-fourths (3/4) inch. d. Such intake shall be constructed of noncombustible, corrosion resistant material. SEC. 505 - VENTILATING SKYLIGHTS Skylights installed to meet the requirements of this article shall: (a) be glazed with glass not less than one eighth (1/8) inch in thickness; (b) have glass areas not less than required for the windows they replace; (c) be protected with wire screens as specified in Section 924-4; and (d) be equipped with movable sash or louvres of an aggregate net area not less than required for open- able parts in the windows they replace$ or with approved ventilation of equal efficiency. SEC. 506 - MECHANICAL VENTILATION When mechanical ventilation is required$ or is permitted as an alternative to provide the necessary changes of air, the system shall be designed and constructed in accord- ance with generally accepted good practice. Such systems shall be capable of supplying outside air at a rate of not less than ten (10) cubic feet per minute per person, based on number of occupants determined in accordance with . Sec. 602-2. SEC. 507 - COURTS 1. Width a. Every court or yard, if light and ventilation are dependent on such, required by this article to serve habitable rooms shall have a width at any given level of not less than one third (1/3) of the height of such court, but not less than six (6) feet, b. Every other required court shall have a width at any given level, of not less than one fourth (J) of the height of such court, but not less than six (6) feet. 1=22-53 - 6 - ARTICLE VI - MEANS OP EGRESS SEC. 601 - APPLICATION OF ARTICLE 1. - New Buildin&s Except as otherwise provided by law, .buildings hereafter erected, except dwellings, shall be provided with exit facilities in accordance with the requirements of this article. 2, Alterati.ones No building shall hereafter be altered so as to reduce the number or capacity of exits to less than required for buildings hereafter erected of similar construction and number of occupants. . SEC. 602 - GENERAL. 1,- Exit Way Defined a., "Exit way" means: (a) the exit doorway or doorways; (b) such doorways together with connecting hallways or. stairways, either interior or exterior; or (c fire escapes, by means of which persons may proceed safely from a room or space to a street or to an open space which provides safe access to a street., Exit ways from any room may lead through other rooms of the same tenancy r b. Two or more separate exit ways may use the same corridor or hallway; provided that such corridor or hallway is enclosed by and separated from exit stair- ways and other parts of the building by partitions having a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour. . 2. Number of Occupants a: The dimensions and capacity of exit ways shall be proportioned to the number of persons to be accommo- dated6 b: When the number of persons to be accommodated by the exit way is not stated in the application for a per- mit or is not otherwise fixed, it shall be decided on the basis of the gross area of the space devoted to a particular purpose and shall be assumed to be as shown in Table Not I. 1-27-53 - 1 - < r Sec. 602 - 2 b. able 7a"o . _ GROSS AREA OCCUPANCY PER PERSON Dance hall, lodge room, or place of assembly . . . ♦ . r . . . . . . . 15 sq. ft. Store - street floor and sales basement. . . . 30 sq. ft. Other floors . . . . . 0 . . . . . . 60 sq* fto Space used for occupancies not listed above: Public # . . . 0 Sq. FM. Institutional . 1 Residence . 125 Business. . 100 Storage ' 300 SEC. 603 - NUMBER OF EXITS 1. From Rooms Every room having an area exceeding 1,000 square feet or occupied by more than one hundred (100) persons shall have at least two (2) exit ways. 2. From Stories Every story shall have at least one (1) exit way, and every story that exceeds 2,500 square feet in area shall have at least two (2) separate exit ways. 3. Apartments In multifamily houses exceeding two (2) stories above the basement, and in every two-story multifamily house having more than six (6) apartments using a common exit way, every apartment that has no direct exit to a street or to a court o ening on a street, shall have access to at least one (l� additional exit way separated from and independent of the primary interior stairway or fire tower. 4, Places of Assembly A* Every room, gallery, balcony, tier or other space having a capacity of more than one hundred (100) persons shall have at least two (2) exit doorways, b. Every room, gallery, balcony, tier or other space having a capacity of more than two hundred (200) per- sons shall have at least two (2) exit ways, and where the capacity is more than six hundred (600) pep- sons at least three (3) exit ways, and where the 1-27-53 2 - See. 603 - 4 bo capacity is more than one thousand (1,000) persons at least four (4) exit ways. Such required exit ways may use communicating hallways or corridors, and exit ways from two (2) or more separate places of assembly may use common interior stairways, but the required exit ways for any one place of assembly shall not use a common interior stairway. c.. Where a place of assembly or part of such a place is located below grade, no stairway to the first floor may be considered as an exit unless such stairway leads direct to the outside or to an exit hallway leading to the outside._ 59 Basements Basements shall be provided with a stairway, window or hoistway opening connected direct to the outside air so located and of such size as to permit its use by firemen at the time of fire; provided that such provision need not be made where the basement is sprinklered. 6. Residence Occupancy Located Above a Business Occupancy Residence occupancies located above a business occupancy shall be provided with two (2) exit ways. 7. Institutional Occupancies Every story in which persons are harbored to receive med- ical, charitable or other care or treatment, or in which persons are held or detained by reason of public or civic duty, or for correctional purposes, shall have at least two (2) separate exit ways. SEC. 604 - LOCATION 1. Exit doorways shall be so located that no point in a floor area, room or space served by them is more than one hundred (100) feet distant from an exit doorway, measured along the line of travel. When a floor area is subdivided into smaller areas, such as rooms in hotels, multifamily houses, and office buildings, the distance from the door of any room, along an unobstructed hallway, to an exit doorway, shall be not more than one hundred twenty-five (125) feet$ except that hallways above the first story shall not extend beyond an exit as a dead end more than fifty (50) feet. Where the building is of fire proof construction or semifireproof construction, or the building is sprinklered the above distances may be in- creased fifty (50) per cent.. 1-27-53 - 3 - Sec, 604. 2. Exit doorways and exit ways shall b e. located with proper regard to safety of the occupants and ease of exit. The size and shape of the room or space, the accessibility of streets and open spaces, the ability to use horizontal exits and the desirability of good separation of exit doorways shall be considered. SEC. 605 - INTERIOR STAIRWAYS 1. . Construction and Arrangement of Interior Stairways a, Required interior stairways shall be constructed of noncombustible materials throughout, except in buildings of wood frame construction, noncombustible$ unprotected metal, and ordinary construction not exa seeding thirty-five (35) feet from grade level to the floor of the topmost story and occupied by not more than seventy five (?5) persons above# or forty (40) persons below the first story above grade. . Such stairways shall have solid risers securely fas- tened in place. b. When treads or landings are of slate, marble, s tone or composition, they shall be substantially supported for their entire length and width. c, . Treads and landings shall be constructed in a manner to prevent persons from slipping thereon. d, Every required stairway shall lead, either directly or through an exit hallway, to a street, or to an open space that communicates with a street, e, The continuity of all stairs which may be used for exit purposes, shall be interrupted at street level by partitions or doors, or other means shall be used, to indicate the main floor level and make clear the direation of egress to the street. 2. Enclosures a. All interior stairways in buildings connecting two or more stories, whether required as exits or note . shall be enclosed, except as otherwise provided in paragraph d. b. Interior required stairways in unsprinklered build- ings shall be enclosed with fire partitions if the buildings ( a) exceed thirty five (35) feet from grade level to the floor of the topmost story; (b) are occupied by more than seventy five (75) persons above, or forty (40) persons below, the first story above grade not counting those in the first story. In multifamily houses four (4) stories or more in height, interior required stairways shall be enclosed with fire partitions. 1-27-53 - 4 - Sec. 605 - Z. Co In other buildings interior stairways shall be en- closed in partitions having a fire resistance rating of not less than one ( 1 ) hour. In buildings of fire- proof construction and semifireproof constructions such partitions shall be noncombustible, d. An enclosure shall not be required for: (1 ) A flight of stairs from the main entrance floor to the floor next above when such stairs are not a part of a required stairway. (2) A flight of stairs in a building of fireproof construction, semifireproof construction, or a sprinklered building of heavy timber construc- tion or ordinary construction or noncombustible construction, when such stairs connect only one story with one other story immediately above or below it. In such case, the upper end of the stairway shall not connect to a hallway serving as an exit except through a fire door. (3 ) A flight of stairs from a balcony or mezzanine having an area not exceeding twenty-five (25) per cent of that of the floor immediately below* e. Open„ings No openings except the necessary doorways, and win- dows opening to the exterior of the building, shall be permitted in a stair enclosure required by this section. Such doorways shall be equipped with ap- proved self-closing fire doors, except that when fire partitions are not required for the enclosure, sub- stantial self-closing metal or metal covered doors or solid wooden doors of the flush type of nominal thickness not less than one and three-fourths (1 3/4) inches. may be used. In school buildings, doors on openings in stair enclosures may have wired glass panels; the area of such glass in any one door shall not exceed 720 square inches. 3, Basement Stairs Basement stairways located under stairways from upper stories shall be completely enclosed by construction with a fire resistance rating equal to the required enclosure above the basement and in no case less than one (1 ) hour. I-27«53 5 Sec. 605 4e Moving Stairways a. Moving stairways moving in the direction opposite to that of egress which are equipped at the head of each flight with a device for stopping all flights simul- taneously, and moving stairways moving in the direc- tion of egress, may be considered as exit stairways, provided they conform in all respects to requirements of this section for protection of required interior stairways, except the requirement for minimum width which shall be not less than twenty-four (24) inches, be In sprinklered buildings moving stairways which are not considered as required exit stairways, need not be enclosed as required for enclosure of interior stairways, if enclosed at the upper floor landings by a noncombustible enclosure equipped with an ap- proved double acting self-closing door or doors of metal and wired glass. Wired glass in metal frame- work may be used for the enclosure provided no light of glass has a length or width greater than forty- eight (48) inches. The enclosure shall include a landing at each floor which is of sufficient length beyond the moving stairway to permit the full open- ing of the door or doors beyond the hand rail and having a width not less than that of the floor open- ing as shown in Figure 5e 5. Width a. The minimum unobstructed width of a stairway serving as a required exit shall be not less than forty-four (44) inches. In multifamily houses and storage buildings, and in other buildings occupied by a single tenant and limited in occupancy to forty (40) persons, such width may be thirty six (36) inches* The width of stairs shall be measured between hand rails except where hand rails project not more than three and one- half (31) inches into such width as shown in Figures 1, 2, 3 and 4e b. The unit of stairway width used as a measure of exit capacity shall be twenty two (22) inches. Fractions of a unit shall not be included except that an allow- ance of one-half unit may be made for twelve ( 12) inches of stair width added to one or more twenty- two (22) inch units of stair width. ce The aggregate width of exit stairways serving any story shall be based on the number of occupants of that story as determined by Section 602-2 in accord- ance with the following table No. II. 1-27-53 - 6 - <i I Q • y T+Ci•� nllzNN i 5 Fig, 1 Dimension A is the clear width between handrails on two sides] sections 605-5a and 8c; and the width of landing, sections 605-7b and 5a. Fig, 2 Dimension A is the clear width with handrail on one sides sections 605-►5a and 8b. Fig. 3 Dimension A is the height between floors or landings, sec- tions 605-7a; and the width of landings sections 605-7b and 5a. Fig. Dimension A is the clear width between side and intermed- iate handrails, sections 605-5a and 8d. Dimension B is the overall height of newel post or standard# sections 605-8d. 1 � b ' i i. �ry t� If- So m C — rz , e- MG- ` N 4D A(j p 1'L o T [-- t T 1v-j Gt M :>v ! Gl. J A►! 1L4v N. `� 5 0 �7 LzVrrr 1� 'f SpR [ NQ Or r lRC SKAOICC. fRaMcr 5 c5 c: oi[�. Mc � �. L . � ir, w.leL � o � J� In. co G� 1. Lc -�• Sec. 605 - 5 c. TABLE NO. II Number of Persons Per Unit of Exit TYPE OF OCCUPANCY Width Places of Assembly on Ground or Street Floor. , . . . , , , , . 100 Occupancies Other Than as Listed Above: Public . . , . , , , , . 60 Institutional. . 30 Residence . • 30 Business . , . . , 60 Storage 0 , . , 60 The population of a mezzanine floor discharging through a floor below shall be added to the popul- ation of such floor . A stairway may be used as a required exit from all floors which it serves, d. When the building is sprinklered, the required ag re- gage exit capacity may be reduced by one-third (1g3 )0 6. Treads and Risers a. Treads and risers of required stairs shall be so pro- portioned that the product of the width of tread, ex- clusive of nosing, and the height of riser, in inches, shall be not less than seventy (70) nor more than seventy five (75), Risers shall not exceed seven and three-fourths ( 7 3/4) inches in height, and treads, exclusive of nosing, shall be not less than nine and one-half (9l) inches wide; except that in schools the proportion and dimensions of the treads and risers may, in the discretion of the Commissioner, be adjusted to suit the age of the pupils for which the school is Intended* Treads and risers shall be of uniform width and height in any one story, be The use of winders is prohibited in required stairways. 7. Landings at No flight of stairs shall have a vertical rise of more than twelve ( 12) feet between floors or landings; ex- cept that in stairways serving as exits in public buildings, such vertical rise shall not exceed eight (8) feet, as shown in Figure 3. be The length and width of landings shall be not less than the width of stairways in which they occur, as shown in Figure 3. 1-27-53 •• 7 - Sect 605• 89 Handrails as Except for steps in aisles, stairs shall have walls or well secured balustrades or guards on both sides, be Such stairs when less than forty-four (44) inches In width shall have handrails on at least one side, as shown in Figure 2. ce Such stairs when required t o be forty-four (44) Inches or more in width shall have handrails on both sides, as shown in Figure It d. When the required width of a flight of stairs exceeds eighty-eight (88) inches, an intermediate handrail, continuous between landings, securely supported and terminating at the upper end in newels or- standards, with no projections, shall be provided as shown in Figure 4, 96, Space Under Stairs The space under stairs built in whole or in part of com- bustible materials shall be left entirely open and kept clear and free from encumbrances, or if any part of the space is enclosed, no access shall be provided to the enclosed space. This section shall not apply to one and two family houses. SEC. 606 • FIRE TOWERS It Except as specified below, fire towers, when installed, shall conform to the requirements for interior stairways In this code, Section 605. 2. The enclosing walls shall be of approved masonry or re- inforced concrete and there shall be no openings in such walls, except for the necessary doors or windows. The fire tower shall have a roof of fireproof construction* 3• Access to the stairway at each story served by a fire tower shall be by vestibules or outside balconies having floors or noncombustible materials and provided with sub- stantial railings at least four (4) feet high, without any openings greater than eight (8) inches in width. Such balconies or vestibules shall adjoin either a street or a court not less than ten ( 10) feet wide nor less than one hundred fifty ( 150) square feet in area, and the per- missible doors and windows in the enclosing walls shall open on such street or court. The balconies or vestibules shall be level with the floors of the building and the stair landings of the fire tower, The clear width of such connecting balconies and vestibules shall be not less than that required for hallways, 1-27-53 - 8 - i II ! I pLn0 i � � F. L & vn -ft-00 II i 11 1 ►.1 � �.. � oR I II � Mre ouTS 1d r3�LcA + QJv ��r, � i I I c�nlcnwl Y rLt, i ; r ELEv i 1 I 1 ( 1 � II I tl V 's ST+ tyu %. a I � � x-� t � nS fzo•,q 1 �,1 r. to rL a �I �Lc,csn- ti � �rz.e If 11j •.� q o cs tL � I + f rzn.tL V SSTs *.,uLE cara0 + k1 &I O�fE� h�R VES� + f31u�..fe _T y_f i L /S rL cz. n hl <h X.–M L-SL'T s Fart F t3., L—T 0A k ,,TJ © t7sRECZ Co MWtj + e-,%, - +W - �� G. (polo Sec. 606. 3. Self-closing fire doors, swinging in the direction of travel from the building to the fire tower, shall be provided at both building and fire tower ends of such balcony or vestibule. The court shall lead either dir- ectly or through an exit hallway to a street, or to an open space that communioates with a street* SEC. 607 - HORIZONTAL EXITS 1. General Horizontal exits shall consist of vestibules, open air balconies, bridges, or doorways through or around fire- walls or fire partitions, connecting two floor areas, In buildings of other than fireproof or semitireproat con- struction, such fire partitions shall be continuous throughout all stories from the foundation to the roof. 26 Connecting Floor Areas The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to hold the occupants of both floor areas, allowing not less than three (3) square feet of clear floor space per person. 3. - Stairways On each side of a horizontal exit, there shall be at least one interior stairway or fire tower conforming to the requirements of this article, adequate for the num- ber of occupants on that side of such horizontal exit served by the stairway. 49 Vestibules and Balconies When vestibules or open air balconies are used, they shall conform to the requirements for vestibules or open air balconies of fire towers as given in Sec„ 606. 5. Bridges doges When bridges are used, they shall be constructed of non- combustible material, The clear width of such bridges shall be not less than required for exit hallways. 6a Openings All doorways or windows opening on, under, or within ten (10) feet of such vestibules, balconies or bridges shall be equipped with self-closing fire doors or approved fire windows. 1-27-53 - 9 Sec. 607. 7. Gradients Where there is a difference in level between the con- nected floor areas, gradients of not more than one (1) foot in ten -(10) feet shall be provided. No stairs or steps shall be used in a horizontal exit. SEC. 608 - EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS 1. General Exterior stairways shall be constructed of noncombustible materials except on buildings of wood frame construction, and on buildings of ordinary construction not over three (3) stories in height. Exterior stairways shall conform to the requirements for interior stairways in See, 605, except that enclosures shall not be required and risers may be open for a height of one (1) inch or less at the bottom. 2, Access Each story served by an exterior stairway shall have access to the stairway direct through an exit doorway. 34 Openings Protected Except where wooden stairways are permitted, all doors and windows opening on or within ten (10) feet of such stairs or stairways shall be protected by approved self closing fire doors or approved fire windows. 4, Guards Unless otherwise enclosed, metal mesh or other rigid guards at least four (4) feet high without any openings greater than eight (8) inches in width shall be provided throughout on each unenclosed side of such stair or stairways. 5• Enclosures If exterior stairways other than wooden stairways are en- closed on any side, such enclosures shall be of noncom- bustible materials. 6-. Glass Glass used in the construction of enclosures shall be wired glass of approved type. 1-27-53 - 10 - Sec. 608. 7. Str�engt_h_ Such stairways shall be of sufficient strength to sus- -tain a live load of one hundred (100) pounds per square foot or concentrated loads of three hundred (300) pounds spaced three (3) feet center to center each occupying an area at least one (1) foot wide by the depth of the . treads whichever will produce the greater stress. 8. Details All balcony floors and treads and risers of stairs shall be solid except that perforations not exceeding one-half (*) inch in diameter may be used for purposes of drain- age. All stairways shall be built permanently to the ground. SEC. 609 - RAMPS Ramps used in place of stairways shall be constructed and enclosed as required for the stairways displaced; ramps used as exits shall have a slope not to exceed one (1) foot in ten (10) feet and shall be provided with non-slip surfaces. SEC. 610 - EXIT HALLWAYS 1. The clear width of every hallway or passage leading to a required exit shall be not less than at the rate of twelve (12) i-aches for every one Y:ar_dred (100) persons to be accommodated by the hallway but not less than forty-four (44) inches. In multifamily houses or in case less than forty (40) persons are to be accommodated, the minimum clear width may be thirty six (36) inches. 2. The hallway or corridor connecting a stairway with exit doors leading to the streets or leading to a court or open space communicating with a streets shall have a clear width of not less than the aggregate required width of stairways served thereby* 3. The enclosing walls, floors and ceilings of exit hallways connecting a required exit stairway to the doorway lead- ing to the outsides shall have afire resistance rating of not less than that required for the exit stairways which they serve. In sprinklered buildings of fireproof or semifireproof constructions the enclosing walls may have panels of wired glass in metal frames. SEC. 611 - DOORWAYS 1. Width The aggregate clear width of doorways serving as required exits shall be not less than at the rate of twenty-two 1-27-53 - 11 - Sec. -611 - 1. (22) inches for every one hundred (100) persons to be accommodated. No exit doorway serving as an exit- for more than forty (40) persons shall have a clear width of less than thirt -four (34) inches (nominal thirty- six (36) inch door, 2. Hanging of Doors a. The doors of required doorways shall be so hung and arranged that when fully opened they will not in any way diminish or obstruct the required width of hallway, stair, or other means of exit. b. Doorways opening onto a street or to a court or open space communicating with a street, and serving as a required exit way for more than forty (40) persons shall have the doors, including the doors of vestibules, so hung as to swing open in the direc- tion of exit travel. This requirement shall not be construed to prohibit the use of sliding or overhead doors in stables, garages, or shipping and receiving rooms of business buildings and storage buildingsgAnd , such sliding or overhead doors shall not be counted as serving as any required exit. c• All exit doors in rooms occupied by forty (40) or more persons and all exit doors in exit ways from places of assembly shall be hung to swing open in the direction of exit travel. d. No exit door shall open immediately on a flight of stairs, but a landing the length and width of which are not less than the width of such door, shall be provided between such door and such stairs. e. Where the size of the exit doorway requires two (2) doors in the same opening, the doors shall b e so hung as to require no center post in the opening for the doors to close against unless each door is at least thirty-four (3 4) inches wide clear opening (nominal thirty-six 36) inch door . 3. Revolving Doors a. Revolving doors, to be acceptable as exit doors# shall have a width equal to that required for an acceptable swinging door. The width in the case of such a door with rigid braces shall be the width of a single wing. The width in the case of such a door in which the wings may be readily released from one another by pressure so they may swing independently, shall be the aggregate clear width of the two (2) openings on each side of the central shaft* In exit wa s from places of assembly, only the width of one (1}y wing shall be considered in figuring exit require- ments. 1-27-53 - 12 - Sec. 611 - 3• b, Revolving doors shall not be used as exit doors in theaters or institutional buildings, nor shall they be used as exit doors in buildings occupied as stores where more than seventy-five (751 persons are likely to be congregated, unless (a) there are also exit doors of the swinging type having an aggregate width of at least fifty (50) per cent of required width of exit doors; and (b) there is at least one (1) swinging door adjacent to each revolving door. c. Revolving doors shall not be used in required exit ways from places of assembly except under one or more of the following conditions: (1) Where the place of assembly is in a building of fireproof construction. (2) Where the place of assembly and the remainder of the building are protected by an automatic sprinkler system. (3) Where the place of assembly has a capacity of not over two hundred (200) persons. and has an exit door of the swinging type adjacent to each revolving door. (4) Where a place of refuge is provided for all occupants of the place of assembly in portions of the building between the exit doors of the place of assembly and the revolving doors, and there is an exit door of the swinging type adjacent to each re- volving door. Such place of refuge may consist of hallways.9 stairways, or areas separated from the place of assembly by fire walls or fire partitions. d. Revolving doors shall be used in exit ways only at points of egress from the first story above grade. e. All revolving doors in exit ways from places of assembly shall be of an approved type which will collapse under pressure, 4• Panic Hardware The exit doors in places of assembly with a capacity in excess of five hundred (500) persons, and the exterior exit door of school buildings housing in excess of one- hundred (100) students, shall be equipped with approved panic release devices. These may include devices so arranged that operation of one door equipped with a pan- ic release device# releases the other door of a pair of doors. 1-27-53 — 13 — SEC.. 612 MAINTENANCE I* PhIsical Condition All required exit ways shall at all times be maintained in good, safe, usable condition, and shall at all timos be kept free and clear of obstructions and readily ac- eessible. 2. Exit Signs as In rooms accommodating more than one hundred (100) persons, required exit doorways, other than those normally used for entrance, shall be plainly marked by approved exit signs., sufficiently illuminated when the floor area is occupied, to be readily dis- tinguished. b. Enclosed interior stairways and exterior stairways, which are provided in or for a building in addition to the required stairways and which do not conform to the provisions of this article for required stair- ways, shall be marked in a suitable manner to indic- ate that they are not approved exits., but may be marked to indicate the extent to which they can be used as means of egress. c. When the exits are not visible from all locations in public corridors, directional signs, as required by the Commissioner, shall be placed on walls or otherwise displayed in conspicuous locations to dir- ect occupants to exits. 3• Lighting at Required stairways, hallways and other means of exit, including exterior open spaces to or through which exits lead, shall be kept adequately lighted at all times that the building served thereby is occupied. b. Artificial lighting shall be provided whenever nat- ural lighting is inadequate. c.. In places of assembly the lighting shall be such during occupancy that the light intensity at every . point thirty (30) inches above the floor is not less than five (5) foot-candles except during a perform- anee requiring dimming or darkness; provided that during the showing of motion pietures .where it is the practice for patrons to proceed to and from seats at any time, such light intensity shall be not less than one-twentieth (1/20) of a foot-candle. 1-27-53 - 14 - Sec. 612 - 3. d. Lights required to comply with the provisions of this section and lights in public buildings that are likely to be or become dangerous in any way to occupants, shall be protected by suitable wire netting or other efficient means against breakage and other hazards* e. In public buildings and institutional buildings, the artificial lighting required by this subdiv- ision shall be by electricity so arranged and sup. plied that the interruption of service on any cir- cuit inside the building will not result in total interruption of the required lighting* 49 Occupancy Prohibited No part of a stairway, whether interior or exterior, nor of a fire tower, nor of a hallway, corridor, ves- tibule, balcony, or bridge, serving as an exit way, shall be used for any purpose which will interfere with its value as an exit way* 59 Radiators No coil or radiator, or steam riser shall be placed in an exit stairway, nor in an aisle of a ,f loor area in. which seating accommodation is provided, unless the same be placed in a recess formed in or by the walls or partitions and guarded by a substantial metal screen* 6. Safes and Other Heavy Objects No safe or other concentrated load shall be placed on a stair landing or in a stair hall, nor shall its weight be carried by a beam which also carries the floor of such landing or stair hall, 1-27-53 15 ARTICLE VII REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION SEC* ?01 - COMPLIANCE A building or structure need -not comply with all of the pro- visions for a given type of construction so long as it com- plies with every requirement of this code affecting a building or structure for the intended occupancy, heig;it, area, and locations SEC. ?02 - FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION 19 General ae All structural members shall be of approved noncombus- tible construction. be No pipes, wire, or other service equipment shall be embedded in the required thickness of fireproofing of columns or other structural members nor shall they be between the required fireproofing and the member pro-. tected except in the case of beams or joists protected by a fire resisting ceiling* Nothing in this section shall prohibit the installation of pipes, wire, cables or other service equipment between the required thick- ness of fireproofing and the beams or columns provided that the space occupied by the pipes is also filled with material. Also nothing in this section shall pro- hibit the installation of a standard electrical outlet box properly installed without openings between the box and the finish or plaster surfacer Any other wires, cables or equipment installed within fireproof- ing of the columns shall be without openings* 2* Walls a* Exterior walls and wall panels shall have a fire re- sistance rating of not less than four (4) hourse be All bearing walls shall be constructed of masonry, re. inf orced concrete, or other noncombustible materials having the equivalent rating. ce Lintels over openings in walls shall be protected as required for beams provided that when the span does not exceed four (4i feet or. such opening is spanned by an adequate masonry arch or fireproofed beam above the lintel, the fireproofing may be omitted, Stone lintels shall not be used in fireproof construction, unless supplemented with iron or steel lintels, caps* able of taking the full load, or with suitable masonry arches* 1-290»53 Sec* 702. 3. Columns a, Columns shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than four (4) hours, Steel and cast iron columns shall be protected with fireproofing material not less than one (1) inch thick, All spaces between the required fireproofing and the member protected shall b e fire- stopped at each floor lever b, Where the fireproofing of columns is exposed to damage from trucking or handling of merchandise, it shall be jacketed for a height .of five (5) feet from the floor with a substantial covering. 4. Floors and Roofs a. Floor and roof constructions shall have a fire resis- tance rating of not less than three (3) hours. b. Floor and roof slabs in reinforced concrete construction; other than slabs supported on joists, shall be at least four (4) inches thick. 5• Beams and Girders a, Beams and girders supporting masonry or reinforced cona- erete walls shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than four (4) hours. Other beams and girders shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than three hours. b, Beams and girders shall be individually protected in a manner to give the required fire resistance ratings; ex- cept that beams may be protected by a fire resisting ceiling of such construction that the fire resistance rating of the floor and ceiling assembly, or roof and ceiling assembly, will be not less than three (3) hours, provided the space above the ceiling is fire-stopped with noncombustible material to. form areas of not over 12000 square feet, and provided further that the beams where such firestopping occurs are individually protected, Where a fire resisting ceiling is used throughout and un- punctured except for, four (4) inch standard ceiling out- let boxes, the 1,000 square foot fire stop area and the individual fireproofi of beams and girders may be omitted, The three (3) hour fire resistance rating as outlined in the appendix must be maintained. • c. Beams or other steel members supporting or constituting parts of floors or roofs, shall be securely connected to one another and to girders or columns. 1-29-53 - 2 - Sec. 702, 6. Trusses and Rigid Frames a. Trusses and rigid frames shall be of noncombustible con- struction. b. Trusses and rigid frames supporting columns or masonry or reinforced concrete walls shall be individually pro- tected by noncombustible construction having a fire re- sistance rating of not less than four (4) hours. Other trusses and rigid frames shall be protected by noncom- bustible construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than three (3) hours except that trusses and rigid frames which support only roof loads and ceilings over floor areas having a clear height of not less than twenty-five (25) feet below the lower chords of the trusses or low steel of the rigid frames at the center line of span may be protected by ceiling of noncombus- tible construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour. Such ceilings shall have no openings except openings into shafts or ducts the en- closing walls of which are of construction equivalent to the ceiling. When the clear height is forty (40) feet to the lower chord of the trusses or to low steel of the rigid frame at the center line of span, they may be un-; protected if the roof is of noncombustible construction. In all cases the columns of the rigid frame must be fire protected up to the bottom of the haunch with noncom- bustible construction having a fire resistance rating of four (4) hours. 7. Partitions as Only noncombustible construction shall be used for cor- ridor partitions, for partitions enclosing toilet rooms and other service compartments, and for partitions sep- arating the spaces occupied by separate tenants; but this shall not prohibit the use of wooden doors, door casings, frames, jambs and bucksp window and transom frames and casings unless the partitions are required to be fire partitions. b. Nothing in this section shall prevent the erection of temporary partitions of woad, glass or other approved material within rooms or spaces, not exceeding 5,000 square feet in area, occupied by a single tenant. c. All permanent partitions shall rest on noncombustible material. 8. Flooring, Trim and Interior Finish a. Where wooden sleepers are used for laying wooden floors# the space between the floor slab and the underside of the wooden flooring shall be filled with noncombustible 1-29-53 - 3 •� Sec. 702. - 8 a. material in such a manner that there will be no open spaces under the flooring which will exceed one hundred (100) square feet in area. b. Wooden or other combustible flooring shall be secured to the floor construction, except that flooring of wood, linoleum, rubber, tile or cork may be secured to a sub- floor of wood. c. Wooden trim used for door or window casings, chair rails, picture moldings and baseboards shall be backed solidly with noncombustible material. d. Combustible material used as wall or ceiling finish or as acoustical covering shall not exceed one (1) inch in thickness except for projecting decorative moldings, and the total area of such material in any room or space shall not exceed 5#000 square feet, unless the material so used is an approved material of low fire hazard. Any material which has a flame spread classification of 50 or less according to the method for the "Fire Hazard Classification of Building Materials" of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or which has a classification of fire retardant or better according to the test method of Fed- eral Specification SS-A-118A, shall be accepted as of low fire hazard. e. Supporting members for wall or ceiling finish shall be noncombustible except for furring strips applied directly against a noncombustible surface. SEC. 703 - SEMIFIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION 1. General as All structural members shall be of approved noncombustible construction. b. No pipes, wire, or other service equipment shall be em- bedded in the required thickness of fireproofing of col- umns or other structural members nor shall they be between the required fireproofing and the member protected except in the case of beams or joists protected by a fire re- sisting ceiling. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the installation of pipes, wire, cables, or other service equipment between the required thickness of fireproofing and the beams or columns provided that the space occupied by the pipes is also filled with material. Also nothing in this section shall prohibit the installation of a stan- dard electrical outlet box properly installed without openings between the box and the finish or plaster ser- vice. Any other wires# cables or equipment installed within fireproofing of the columns shall be without open- ings. 1-29-53 - 4 - Sec. 703 2. Walls as Exterior walls and wall panels shall have a f ire res is- tance rating of not less than four (4) hours. be All bearing walls shall be constructed of masonry, rein- forced concrete or other noncombustible materials having the equivalent rating. c. Lintels over openings in walls shall have a fire resis- tance rating of not .less than three (3) hours; except that when the span does not exceed six (6) feet or such opening is spanned by an adequate masonry arch or fire- proofed beam above the lintel, the fireproofing may be omitted.. 3. Columns a. Columns shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than three (3 ) hours* Steel and cast iron columns shall be protected with fireproofing material not less than one ( 1 ) inch thick. All spaces between the required fireproofing and the member protected shall be fire- stopped at each floor level. be Where the fireproofing of columns is exposed to the dam- age of trucking or the handling of merchandise, the fire- proofing shall be ,jacketed for a height as necessary from the floor with substantial covering. 4. Floors and Roofs a. Floor and roof constructions shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours. be Floor and roof slabs in reinforced concrete construction, other than slabs supported on ,joists, shall be at least three (3 ) inches thick. 5. Beams and Girders a& Beams and girders supporting masonry or reinforced con- crete walls shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than three (3 ) hours* Other beams and girders shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours. be In buildings not bvef seventy five (75) feet in height, beams and girders shall be individually protected in a manner to give the required fire resistance ratings, ex- cept that beams which do not support masonry walls may be protected by a fire resisting ceiling of such con- struct ion that the fire resistance rating of the floor and ceiling assembly, or roof and ceiling assembly, will be not less than two (2) hours, 1-29-53 46 5 - Sec. 703 - 5• c. In buildings over seventy-five (75) feet in heights beams and girders shall be individually protected in a manner to give the required fire resistance ratings, except that beams may be protected by a fire resisting ceiling of such construction that the fire resistance rating of the floor and ceiling assembly or roof and ceiling assembly, will be not less than two 12) hours, provided the space above the ceiling is firestopped with noncombustible mat- erial to form areas of not over 1,C00 square feet, and provided further that the beams where such firestopping occurs are individually protected. d. Beams or other steel members supporting or constituting part of floors or roofs, shall be securely connected to one another and to girders or columns,. 6. Trusses and Rigid Frames a. Trusses and rigid frames shall be of noncombustible con- struction, be Trusses and rigid frames supporting columns or masonry or reinforced concrete walls, shall be individually protecten by a noncombustible construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than three (3) hours. Other trusses and rigid frames shall be protected by noncombustible con- struction having a fire resistance rating of not less than two 12) hours except that trusses and rigid frames which support only roof loads and ceilings over a floor area having a clear height of not less than twenty-five (25) feet below the lower chords of the trusses or low steel of the rigid frame at the center line of the span, may be protected by ceilings- of noncombustible construc- tion having a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour, Such ceilings shall have .no openings ex- cept openings into shafts or ducts enclosing walls of which are of construction equivalent to the ceiling. When the clear height is forty (40) feet to the lower chord of the trusses, or the low steel of the rigid frame, at center line of span, they may be unprotected if the roof is of noncombustible construction, In all cases, the columns of the rigid frames must be fire pro- tected up to the bottom of the haunch with noncombustible material having a fire resistance rating not less than three (3) hours. 7. Partitions a. If combustible material enters into the construction of partitions, they shall be built to have a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour; but this shall not prohibit the use of wooden doors, door casings, frames, jambs and bucks, window and transom frames and casings, unless the partitions are requiredt o be fire partitions. 1-29-53 - 6 - Sec. 703 - 7. be Nothing in this section shall prevent the erection of temporary partitions of wood and glass or of metal and glass within the rooms or spaces occupied by a single tenant. ee All permanent partitions shall rest on noncombustible materials. 8. Flooring, Trim and Interior Finish ■ r■�nr■��rr■■■■rrrr—r��■■w■■ as Where wooden sleepers are used for laying wooden floors the space between the floor slab and the underside of the wooden flooring shall be filled with noncombustible material in such a manner that there will be no open spaces under the flooring which will exceed 100 square feet in area. b* Wooden or other combustible flooring shall be sedured to the floor construction, except that flooring of wood, linoleum, rubber, tile or cork may be secured to a sub- floor of wood. es Wooden trim used for door or window casings, chair rails, picture moldings and baseboards shall be backed solidly with noncombustible material. d• Combustible material used as wall or ceilin finish or as acoustical covering shall not exceed one (1f inch in thickness except for projecting decorative moldings, and the total area of such material in any room or space shall not exceed 59000 square feet, unless the material so used is an approved material of low fire hazard. Any material which has a flame spread classification of 50 or less according to the method for the "Fire Hazard Classification of Building Materials" of Underwriterst Laboratories, Inc. , or which has a classification of fire retardent or better according to the test method of Federal Specification SS-A-118, shall be accepted as of low fire hazard. e. Supporting members for wall or ceiling finish shall be noncombustible except for furring strips applied directly against a noncombustible surface. SEC. 704 HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 1. Walls_ a. Exterior walls and all bearing walls shall be of masonry, reinforced concrete# or other noncombustible materials having the equivalent rating. 1-29-53 r 7 - Sec. 704 - 1. be Exterior walls which are within three (3) feet of a lot line along an adjoining area which is or may be built upon or which are within six (6) feet of another building of other than fireproof or semifireproof construction on the same lot, shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than four (4) hours. o. Walls over openings shall be supported by masonry arches, or by lintels of steel or reinforced concrete. Lintels over openings more than six (6) feet wide shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than three (3) hours. d, All structural members supporting masonry or reinforced concrete walls shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than three (3) hours. 2. Columns as Wooden columns shall be not less than eight (8) inches, nominal, in any dimension. All corners shall be rounded or chamfered. be Columns shall be superimposed throughout all stories on each other,. on reinforced concrete or metal post caps with brackets or be connected by properly designed steel or iron caps, pintles and base plates or by timber splice blocks affixed to the columns by means of devices or connectors housed within the contact faces. o. Steel and cast iron columns used in place of timber col- umns shall have .a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour, d. Columns shall not rest on floor timbers nor shall they rest on masonry foundations unless stone, cast iron or steel bases are used to transmit their loads. 3. Beams and Girders a. Beams and girders of wood shall be not less than six (6) inches, nominal, in least dimension nor less than ten (10) inches nominal in depth. If built up of two (2) or more pieces they shall be properly glued or bolted laminated pieces; precaution shall be taken to prevent decay of contact faces. be Wall plates, boxes of self-releasing type or approved hangers, shall be provided where beams or girders rest on walls. c. Where girders and beams meet columns, they shall be fitted around pintles and around columns or butted up close to 1.29.53 8 • Sec. 704 - 3o.* i rectangular columns. The adjoining ends of girders and bea*g shall be cross tied by approved reinforced concrete, steel or iron post caps or metal straps lag screwed or bolted to their sides or shall be intertied to and with the columns by through-bolted corbel blocks, side bol- sters, splice blocks and fillers so that the stresses are transferred by means of devices or metal connectors housed within the contacting faces of the members# d. Where intermediate beams are found necessary for the support of a floor, they shall rest on top of the girders; ,or they may be supported by approved steel or iron hangers into which the ends of beams shall be closely fitted$ Interstices between beams framed together shall be filled in with a preservative compound. e. Steel beams, girders and trusses used in place of timber beams, girders and trusses shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour. f. Wooden beams and irders supported by walls shall have at least eight (8 inches of masonry between their ends and the outside face of the wall. Where beams enter walls from opposite sides, there shall be at least eight (8) inches of masonry between sides of adjacent beams. 4. Floors a. Floors shall be constructed of splined or tongued and grooved plank not less than three (3) inches, nominal dimension, laid crosswise or diagonally, but this shall not preclude the use of laminated floors, consisting of planks not less than four (4) inches wide, nominal dim- ension, set on ed a close together and spiked at inter- vals of eighteen M) inches and covered with one (1) inch, nominal dimension flooring. In laminated floors the planks shall be laid with broken joints so that no continuous line will occur across the floor. Laminated floors shall not be spiked to the supporting girders. Joints of the planking shall be over supports or at the quarter points with no more than two-thirds (213) of the joints at such quarter points. Joints between planks shall be perfectly tight. Floors may be given a pitch of about one (1) inch in twenty (20) feet to points of discharge to relieve the floors of the weight of water from automatic sprinklers and hose, and avoid, as much as possible, water drainage to floors below.. b. Flooring shall not extend closer than one-half (J) inch to walls, and the space thus left shall be covered by a molding fastened to the wall which will not obstruct an expansive movement of the floor due to wetting; or the masonry may be corbeled under the floor planks to cover this space. 1-29-53 9 - Sec 704 - 4. c. Floors shall have the least possible number and amount of openings, and these openings shall in all cases be pro- tected as required for shafts as provided in this code, or in some other approved manner. 5.- Roofs a. Roof decks shall be of matched or splined plank not less than two and one-half (2*) inches, nominal thickness, or two (2) inches, nominal thickness, if the building is sprinklered, or of laminated planks not less than three (3) inches, nominal width, set on edge close together and laid as required for floors; and beams and girders sup- porting roof loads only shall be not less than six (6) inches, nominal, in least dimension. When supporting roof loads only, wood bolsters intertying adjoining gir- ders or connecting roof trusses with columns may be used. Other forms of roof decks may be used if of noncombustible materials. be Timber arches or trusses may be used to support roof loads.. The framing members shall be not less than four (4) inch by six (b) inch, nominal dimensions, except that spaced members may be composed of two (2) or more pieces not less than three (3) inches, nominal, in thickness when blocked solidly throughout their intervening spaces or when such spaces are tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate of not less than two (2) inches, nominal thicknessp secured to the underside of the members. Splice scabs shall be not less than three (3) inches, nominal thickness. When protected by approved automatic sprinklers under the roof deck, the framing members may be reduced to not less than three (3) inches nominal thickness. b. Roof Anchorage Every roof girder, and every alternate roof beam, shall be anchored to an exterior or interior wall or to an interior column; roof planking where supported by a wall shall be anchored to such wall at intervals not exceeding twenty (20) feet;, monitor and saw tooth construction shall be anchored to the main roof construction. Anchors shall consist of steel or iron bolts or straps of sufficient strength and ample anchorage to resist a vertical uplift of the roof of not less than twenty (20) pounds per square foot of roof sur- face, less the weight of the roof. 7. Power Drives All belt or rope drives used to transmit power from one story to another, shall be located in belt towers. Such towers shall be enclosed as required for shafts, as specified in this code, Walls having holes for shaft or belt drives shall be protected with approved self-enclosing fire doors. 1-29-53 - 10 40 Sec. 704, 8. Condition of Timber Wood used in heavy timber construction shall be installed in such manner as to prevent dry rot or rapid decay„ No paint or finish of any kind shall be applied until timbers are thoroughly seasoned. SEC. 705 - ORDINARY CONSTRUCTION 1. Definition Ordinary construction, as applied to buildings, means that in which exterior walls and bearing walls are of three (3) hour fire resistance construction and in which the structural members including columns, floors, and roof construction are wholly or partly of wood of smaller dimensions than required for heavy timber construction or of steel or iron not pro- tected as required for semifireproof construction. 2. Walls Exterior walls and all bearing walls shall be of masonry, reinforced concretes or other noncombustible material having the equivalent rating. 3. .Beams, Girders and Joists a. Wooden beams and joists, except headers and tail Joists and except for bearing at joints limited within the allowable stresses provided in this code, shall have bearings of at least three ( 3) inches in length. b• Wooden trimmers, headers, and tail Joists over� six (b) feet in length, unless supported on walls or girders, shall be hung in approved metal stirrups or hangers. If wood girders are set flush with the floor Joists, the Joists shall rest in approved metal stirrups or hangers. The ends of Joists against the girders shall be securely nailed to the girders. c. Except in the case of pitched roofs, wooden floors and roof Joists having spans in excess of eight (8) feet shall be rigidly braced with continuous rows of bridging at intervals not exceeding eight ( 8) feet. d. Joists shall be doubled under partitions which run over and parallel to the Joists, or shall be designed for the load. e. The ends of wooden beams and Joists resting on masonry shall 'be out to a bevel of three (3) inches in their depth. Sec. 705 - 3. f. Wooden joists, beams and girders resting on opposite sides of a masonry wall shall be separated from one another by at least six (6) inches of solid masonry. g. When a wooden girder rests on masonry, an air space of one-half (i) inch shall be provided on the sides and end of such girder for ventilation, and each wall bear- ing end of a girder shall be cut on a bevel. !�. Anchorage as All trimmers and at least one beam or joist in every six (6) feet resting on masonry walls, shall be secured to such walls by approved metal anchors attached at or near the bottom in a manner to be self releasing, Each end of a trimmer, beam or joist that is supported by a girder, shall be secured or tied in an approved manner to such girder or to a trimmer, beam or joist corres- pondingly supported from the opposite side of such girder. Anchors and ties shall be so arranged as to form continuous ties between opposite masonry walls. be Where floor or roof joists or beams run parallel to masonry walls, such walls shall be secured t o four (4) or more joists of the floor or roof construction by a - proved metal anchors at maximum intervals of eight (8 feet for dwellings, and six (6) feet in other buildings. c. Wall plates and roof construction shall be anchored to the walls at least every six (6) feet. d. Wooden girders shall be anchored to the walls and fas- tened to each other with suitable steel straps placed near the bottom of the girder. 5. Load-Bearing Partitions a. Load-bearing partitions shall be the equivalent of 2 x 4 inch studs nominal dimensions, spaced not to ex- eeed sixteen (161 inches on centers with the larger dim- ension perpendicular to the wall. All openings shall have studs doubled on each side and if more than three (3) feet and six (6) inches wide, they shall be trussed over or shall have lintels of sufficient size to carry the load. be Load-bearing stud partitions shall have top plates not . smaller than double two (2) by four (4) inch, nominal dimension, and shall be set over girders, partitions be- low, or other suitable supports with the space between the ceiling and the floor above f irestopped with solid two (2) inch, nominal thickness plank, or with noncom- bustible material. 1.29-53 - 12 • Sec. 705. b. Wooden Columns a. Wooden columns in the several stories of a building shall be set directly above one another, on top of the column below. be The loads on wooden columns shall be transmitted to the columns below through reinforced concrete or metal caps with brackets, or through metal caps and bases with pintle connections or other approved column connections; provided that wooden bolsters may be used to support roof girders. as Wooden columns shall not rest directly on floor joists. d. When supported by masonry, suitable stone or metal bases shall be set between the column and the masonry. 7. Firestopping a. When the walls are furred, the space created by the fur- ring shall be firestopped with noncombustible material at floors, ceilings and roofs. The firestopping shall be the full thickness of the furring and extend from the ceiling to the underside of the flooring or roof. be When joists run parallel to the wall, the space between the wall and nearest joist shall be not less than one (1) inch and shall be solidly filled with masonry or ap- proved noncombustible material. c. Interior stud partitions shall be firestopped at the floors and ceiling of each. story by a two (2) inch, nom- inal dimension, wood plate, the width of the stud or the equivalent. d. When sliding doors are pocketed in partitions, such pockets shall be completely firestopped at the top, bottom and ends, with noncombustible material or with wood not less than two (2) inches in thickness, nominal dimension. e. Joists shall be firestopped at the ends and over supports for the full depth of the joists with noncombustible material or with wood not less than two (2) inches in thickness, nominal dimension. f. No firestopping shall be covered or concealed until in- spected by the Bureau. 1-29-53 - 13 - Sec. 705 8, Bay Windows and Show Windows Bay windows and show windows that extend beyond exterior walls shall be constructed of noncombustible materials, except that show windows that do not extend above the second story floor level and bay windows on dwellings may be constructed of wood; when such bay windows of wood are more than ten ( 10) feet in width, they shall _be covered on the exterior surfaces with met- al or other approved noncombustible, weatherproof materials. 9. Mansard Roofs Mansard or other slanting roofs having a pitch of more than sixty (60) degrees from the horizontal, hereafter placed on a building over forty (40) feet in height, shall be of fireproof construction or semif ireproof construction. 10. Draft Stops in Attic Spaces Attic spaces shall be divided into areas of 3,000 square feet or less by tight draft stops; these shall be of two (2) thick- nesses of one ( 1 ) Inch lumber with ,joints broken or the equiv- alent, with access doors of similar construction. 11. Ceilings Ceilings shall be covered with an approved material having a fire resistance rating of at least one ( 1 ) hour. SEC. 706 - NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION 1. Definition Noncombustible construction, as applied to buildings, means that In which all structural members, including floors, roofs and their supports, are of steel, iron, concrete, or of other noncombustible materials, and in which the exterior wails are of noncombustible construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours. a• Materials no part of which will ignite and burn when sub- jected to fire• Examples; asbestos fiber, brick, clay tile, concrete, glass, gypsum, iron, portland cement$ slate, steel, stone. be Materials having a structural base of noncombustible mat- erial as defined in "a", with a surfacing not over one- eighth ( 1/0) inch thick which has a flame spread rating not higher than fifty (50)9, Examples; certain types of pro- tected steel sheets, gypsum wall board. 1-29-53 •• 14 • Sec. 7060- 10 -- c. Materials made up of noncombustible material as defined in a, together with combustible components in such form that cross-sections of the material in any plane present a similar composition, and having a surface flame spread rating not higher than twenty five (25) without evidence of continued progressive combustion. Examples: certain insulation materials as, blocks of cellular glass, boards of glass fiber, slabs of wood excelsior impregnated with portland cement. d. Materials, other than as described in b, made up of layers with no layer having surface flame spread rating higher than twenty five (25) without evidence of continued pro- gressive combustion., Examples: certain sandwich type materials, 2. Walls Exterior enclosure walls shall be of noncombustible construc- tion having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours and provide a durable and stable weatherproof exterior. 3. Structural Members All structural members shall be of steel, iron, reinforced concrete, or of other approved noncombustible materials. 4• Partitions Partitions shall be constructed as required in semifireproof construction as specified in Section 703-7. SEC, 707 - WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION lo Definition Wood frame construction, as applied to buildings, means that in which walls and interior construction are wholly or partly of wood. 2. Walls a. Framing for exterior walls shall be constructed to develop a strength and rigidity equivalent to wooden studding, not less than two (2) by four (4) inches, nominal dimension, spaced sixteen (16) inches on centers with the larger dimension perpendicular t o the wall, and braced with sheathing, or diagonal bracing at the corners, to secure the necessary rigidity. b• In buildings except private garages, an exterior wall which is less than three (3) feet distant from the lot line along an adjoining area which is or may be built 1-29-53 - 15 - Sec. 707 - 2b, upon shall be of noncombustible construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours; except that the material of the weather surface may be similar to that of other exterior walls of the building. e. An exterior wall which is less than six (6) feet distant from a wall of another building of wood frame construc- tion on the same lot shall be of noncombustible con- struction having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours, except that the material of the weather surface may be similar to that of other exterior walls of the building, and except that when the aggre- gate area of the two buildings does not exceed one and one-half (1*) times the limiting area fixed by this code for either building, such fire resistance rating shall not be required. 3. Stucco as Stucco shall consist of portland cement mortar or other approved mortar, on approved metal lath, concrete masonry, brick work or other approved backing. be Stucco shall be kept at least eight (8) inches above ad- jacent ground surfaces, with sills, coping and other projecting courses provided with drips where the backing is of masonry. c. Corrosion-resistant flashing to prevent moisture from penetrating behind the stucco shall be provided over wall openings and over projecting courses• 4, sills Sills where used shall be anchored to the foundation walls at intervals not exceeding six (6 feet by anchors equivalent to bolts not less than one-half ( ) inch in diameter with proper washers embedded at least six (6) inches in the foundation, 5. Anchorage a. In all buildings twenty (20) feet or more in width where joists run at right angles to the rafters, the rafters shall be tied to the ceiling joists with wood or metal ties nailed to the foot of alternate rafters and extend- ing across four (4) joists well nailed to each joists be All joists shall be well lapped and nailed across the building to form ties between outside walls. 1-29-53 - 16 - t'JR ► = 14 oa- p D 1{ L rL � t rL S Jo � sTs , JOISTS ► ? AlLTi - 0kj Gnp o rL �a uIF 0 t' � nT ,Tta � j= rL c 5 o,r t t,,� y„ oS (� n IL _ 1 ouc, Loeri o �+ r- m r. $j op S a 12Ri g '� o lAo C-pQ.O t� ca� � oMr5u5TtObL Ivan-T c. rzi�•.L sTo � ptacy TL ► orL \�wh► LL5 br- r1L&m� co ►� sttt � ct ► oti! nT c � am2 tti� �. � s Sec• 707 6, Beams Girders and Joists shall conform to the requirements of ec. 705.3# paragraphs a to d Inclusive-* Where ledger or rib- bon boards are used to support Joists, such boards shall be not less than one ( 1 ) by four (4) inch, nominal dimensions, shall be cut into the studs and securely nailed with not less than two (2) tenpenny nails to each studs and the Joists shall be spiked to the studs, 7. Load Bearing Partitions shall conform to the requirements of ece 7 4WD e 8. Wooden Columns shall conform to the requirements of Sec. 705-6. 9e Firestoppina ae Exterior walls of wood frame construction shall be properly firestopped at each floor levels at the top story ceiling level, at the roof level in the case of fiat roofs, and at the foot of roof rafters in the case of sloping roofs as shown in Figure 10 be Joists shall be firestopped at the ends and over supports for the full depth of the Joists. c, Interior stud partitions shall be firestopped at the floors and ceiling of each story by a two (2) inch, nominal dimen- sion, wood plate the width of the stud or the equivalent* de When sliding doors are pocketed in partitions, such pockets shall be completely firestopped at the top, bottom and ends, ee Firestopping shall be of noncombustible material or of wood not less than two (2) inches in thickness, nominal dimension. No firestopping shall be covered or concealed until Inspec- ted by the Commissioner, 10. Draft Stops in Attic Spaces Draft stops shall be provided in attic spaces as required by Sec• 705-10. 119 Ceilings Ceilings shall conform to requirements of Sec. 705-11, SEC. 708 - UNPROTECTED METAL CONSTRUCTION Unprotected metal construction, as applied to buildings, means that in which the structural supports are unprotected metal and in which floors and roofs are of noncombustible construction, and the exterior walls are of noncombustible construction having a fire resistance rating of less than two (2) hours, 1-29-53 17 •• _a -ARTICLE VIII - MATERIALS AND DESIGN LOADS SEC. 801 - MATERIALS 1. Quality of Materials All building materials shall be of a quality to meet the intent of this code, and shall be new or approved equal by the Commissioner. In case there is reason to doubt the _ quality of a material to be used in a building or structure; . the Commissioner may require tests to be made to establish its suitability, or to determine whether it conforms to the intent of this code. 2. Alternate Materials and Methods of Construction as The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the use of any material or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this codes providing any such alternate has been approved. be The Commissioner may approve any such alternate pro- vided that the proposed design is satisfactory and that the material and method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, strengths effect- iveness, fire resistance, durability and safety. The Commissioner shall require that sufficient evidence or proof be submitted to substantiate any claims that may be made regarding its use. 39 Advisory Board as To aid the Commissioner in determining the suitability of alternate materials and methods of construction, there shall hereby be created an Advisor 4Board con- sisting of the City Architect and four (4) appointive members of whom two (2) shall be registered architects or engineers and two (2) who are qualified by exper- ience* training and education, and who are actively engaged in matters pertaining to building construction. be Subject to the approval of the Council, the Commiss- ioner shall select the four (4) appointive members of the Advisory Board who shall be residents of the City of Saint Paul and shall serve without pay. The ap- pointive members shall have had a minimum of seven (7) years experience in matters pertaining to buildingp desi or construction. Said members shall serve a two (2) year term with the exception that for the first term of two (2) of the members the term shall be one (1) year. This provides for the expiration 2-2-53 1 - See. 801 - 3b. of the terms of two (2) members and the appointment of two (2) new members each year, The term shall be- gin on July 1 of the year .of appointment. c, The Advisory Board shall consider all matters which are regulated by this code, and which are submitted to it by the Commissioner* Reports shall be submitted to the Commissioner in writing and these reports shall be available for public inspection at the office - of the Bureau. The recommendations or reports of the Advisory Board shall in no bind the Commissioner. d. Meetings of this Board shall be called by the City Architect or within two (2) weeks after a request from the members of the Board. The Board shall adopt rea- sonable rules and regulations for conducting the in- vestigation and shall render all decisions and find- ings in writing to the Commissioner. ' The Board shall appoint one of its members as Chairman and one as Secretary. SEC. 802 - TESTS 1. Conduct of Tests Tests required by Sec. 801 . 1 shall be conducted under the supervision of the Commissioner, except that duly au- thenticated tests by a competent person or laboratory may be accepted by him in lieu of tests under his own super- vision„ So far as practicable test procedure shall be des- cribed in rules duly promulgated in accordance with this Code„ 2e Approvals Any material or method of construction meeting the require- ments of this code or rules authorized thereunder shall be approved by the Commissioner within a reasonable time after the completion of the tests. All such approvals and the oonditions under which they are issued shall be reported and kept on filep open to publics inspection* 3f Conditions Attached to Approvals a Materials or methods of construction which have been tested and approved shall be used and installed in accordance with the terms of approval. 7 ' So far as practicable, materials for which special approvals have been issued shall ,have a distinctive brand mark or label for identification impressed on or otherwise attached to them. It shall be unlawful 2"z-53 - 2 - Sec. 802 - 3b* to use any such brand mark or label on any other mat- erial than that for which the approval was issued, 4• Additional Tests The Commissioner may require tests to be repeated, if at any time there is reason to believe that a material no longer conforms to the requirements on which its approval was based. 5• Tests on Completed Work In case there is reason to question the safety of a floor or other structural part of a building or structure in the course of construction or before a certificate of occupancy has been issued, the Commissioner may require load tests or other suitable tests to determine the acceptability of the construction. Such tests shall be made under the super- vision of the Commissioner, The tests shall be made with a superimposed load equal to not less than twice the de- sign live load, and within twenty four (24) hours after the load is removed, the assembly shall recover at least three quarters (3/4) of the maximum deflection. 6. Re3ection Any material or method of construction failing to conform to the requirements of this code or rules adopted there- under shall not be used. SEC. 803 - WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIALS For the purpose of estimating dead loads in the absence of more definite information, the weights of building materials shall be assumed to be as follows: L, bs per cu. ft, Brickwork . 6 • 12o _ Cast stone • • . • • • . • • • • • 1.44 Concrete, light weight aggregate. • 90 Concrete, stone aggregate . . . , . 144 Concrete block, hollow, stone aggregate . 85 Concrete block, hollow, lightweight aggregate 65 Granite, ashlar masonry . 165 Limestone, oolitic , 135 Sandstone • . . 144 Oak 0 & ,. • 45 Southern yellow pine • • 39 Cypress, larch, short leaf yellow pine and tamarack . , . . . . , . . , , 32 Douglas fir, Port Orford cedar, hemlock, redwood, and white pine. 3� Spruce . • • • • • • • • . • • • 2 Water • • . . 62.5 Steel 490 2-2-53 - 3 - sec. 803. Partitions and Walls Lbs. per sq, ft, of wall surface Wood studs 2 x 4, wood lath or plaster board, 518 in, plasters two sides . . . . . . 20 Solid plaster 2 in.with metal studs 'and metal lath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Wood studs 2 x 4, metal lath and 3/4 in, plaster, two sides, . . , . . . . 116 Hollow partitions of metal studs, metal lath and 3/4 in* plaster, two sides „ . 171 Plaster on masonry or blocks . . , , , 5 2 in* structural clay the with scored face . 14 3 in* structural clay the with scored face , 17 4 in, structural clay the with scored face , 18 * 6 in, structural clay the with scored face . 28 Gypsum tile, 2 in. . . . . . . . . . 91 Gypsum tile, 3 in. , . . 10 Gypsum tile, 4 in, . . . 13 Gypsum tile, 6 in. hollow . . 181 4 in. glass block masonry . 18 # These weights are for non-load-bearing tile. See ASTM C34-41 for weights of load-bearing wall -tile. Ceilings Lbs. per sq. ft. of surface Suspended ceilings of metal lath and plaster . . . , . . , . 10 Roofing Lbs. Per sq* ft. horizontal surface Wood shingles . . . , . , . . . . Asbestos shingles. Asphalt shingles . . Slate, 4 inch 10 Tar and gravel, 5 ply . 6 Ready roofing . o o . . . 1 Copper or tin . . . 6 9 . . . 1 Corrugated iron # 0 2 Clay the . . 10-18 Skylights, metal and wired glass. . 8 SEC. 804 - LIVE LOADS 1. General a. Every building and structure shall be designed and erected of sufficient strength in all its parts to 2-2-53 - 4 - Sec. 804 - la. sustain safely all live loads depending thereon, whether permanent or temporary, in addition to the dead loads. b. Every temporary support placed in or under a building or structure shall be of sufficient strength to carry safely the load to be supported thereby, 2. Floor Loads No .floor hereafter erected in a building shall be designed for less than the following live loads per square foot of area uniformly distributed, according as the floor may be intended to be used for the purposes indicated. When the uses to which such building, or part thereof, is to be applied, involve greater stress, the calculations and loads shall be in accordance with the provisions of this code. Occupancy Live Load Public Buildings: _L_b_s_. g�e�r sq.ft. Armories lyU Assembly halls, auditoriums, churches, lecture halls and lodge rooms: Fixed seats. . . 60 Movable seats 100 Dance halls, exhibition buildings, grand- stands, gymnasiums, museums, passenger stations, recreation piers, restaurants 100 City halls, court houses, club rooms. . . 80 School and college classrooms 40 Corridors. . 100 Theaters: Aisles, projection rooms . 100 Orchestra floor . 60 Balconies 60 Stage floor . 150 Institutional Buildings: Hospitals, asylums, infirmaries, sanitariums: Operating rooms . . 60 Private rooms . 40 Wards . 9 40 Public spaces . . . . . . . . 80 Laboratories, X-Ray rooms . . . 0 100 Penal institutions, reformatories, jails, and houses of corredtion: Cell blocks. 40 Corridors and stairways . . 0 . . 100 Nurseries, orphanages, homes for the aged 40 Residence Buildings: Public rooms and corridors 80 Other areas . 40 2-2-53 _ 5 _ 1 Sec. 804 " 2• Business Buildings: Office buildings * 80 Factories, work shops - light work • 125 Bakeries, laundries • . . 0 a . 150 Stores, light merchandise . , . . 125 Stores, heavy merchandise . a • . 250 Storage Buildings; Garages • • . . . • . • , 4 100 Storage warehouses, light . . . 125 Storage warehouses, heavy • , . 250 When occupancies or uses not listed above are involved, the live load shall be determined in a manner satisfactory to the Commissioner, 3. Floor Loading Storage Garages a• The floor loading in all passenger car storage garages shall be seventy (70) pounds per square foot live load except the first floor which shall be designed for one hundred (100) pounds per square foot* be The beam, column, and footing loading from all floors where the seventy (70) pound load is used shall be considered as fifty (50) pounds per square foot live load. c• All floor slabs or floors shall be so designed as to be able to carry a .concentration of fifteen hundred (1500) pounds located at any point, this fifteen hundred ( 1500) pounds not to be considered in addition to the seventy (70) pounds per square foot but to be considered as being able to resist the fifteen hundred (1500) pound concen- tration located at any point, and seventy (70) pounds per square foot when the concentration does not occur, 4. Provision for Partitions In office buildings or other buildings where partitions might be subject to erection or rearrangement, provision for partition weight shall be made, whether or not partit- tons are shown on the plans, unless the design live load exceeds eighty (80) pounds per square foot; 59 Concentrated Floor Loads Every floor hereafter erected in a business building or storage building shall be designed to sustain safely a concentrated load of two thousand (2,000) pounds placed upon any space two and one-half (2J) feet square wherever 6 2 Sera:. 804 - 5, such load upon an otherwise unloaded floor would produce stresses greater than the uniformly distributed. load for which the floor is designed, Floors in garages, and fl:uora used for automotive trucking shall be designed for `the= maximum wheel loads. 6. Stairway and Balcony Raili!Ms Stairway and balcony railings, both exterior and interior, shall be designed to resist a horizontal thrust of fifty (50) pounds per lineal foot applied at the top of the rail- ing. ?, Roof Loader IIncludiing Snow L oads a. Ordinary roofs either flat or pitched, shall be designed for a load of not less than forty (40) pounds per square foot of horizontal projection in addition to the dead loads and in addition to either the wind or other loads. b. When a roof, in addition to serving as a closure of a building or structure, is to be used as a floor, it shall be designed to carry safely the live-load to be imposed but not less than the minimum live-load pre- scribed in this section for floors. c. Accessible ceilings, scuttles, and ribs of skylights shall be designed to support a concentrated load of two hundred (200) pounds occupying an area two and one- half (2*) feet square and so placed as to produce maxi- mum stresses in affected members. �. Sidewalk Loads For sidewalks over vaults and areas, the live-load shall be three hundred (300) pounds per square foot uniformly distributed• 9. Yard and Court Loads For yards and courts inside the lot lines the live-loads shall be taken at not less than one hundred twenty-five (125) pounds per square foot uniformly distributed. 10. Reduction in Live Loads a No reduction shall be applied to the roof live load# b. For live loads of one hundred (100) pounds or less per square foot, the deaign live load on any member sup- porting a floor area of one hundred fifty (150) square 2►2-53 - 7 Sec. 804 - 10b. feet or more may be r educed at the rate of eight hun- dredths ( .08) per cent per square foot of the total floor area supported by the member, except that no reduction shall be made for areas to be occupied as places of assembly. The reduction shall exceed neither R as determined by the following formula, nor sixty (60) per cent: R = 100 X D+L 7•. 3L in which: R - reduction in per cent D - dead load per square foot of area supported by the member L - design live load per square foot of area supported by the member For live loads exceeding one hundred (100) pounds per square foot, no reduction shal•1 be made except that the design live loads on columns may be reduced twenty (20) per cent. 11# Posting of Live Loads The live-load for which each floor, or part of a floor, of a business building or a storage building hereafter erected is designed and approved shall be conspicuously posted in that part of the story to which it applies. 12. Loading Restricted No person shall place, or cause or permit to be placed, on any floor of a building or on any part of a structure, a greater load than the approved or accepted safe load. SEC. 805 -- WIND PRESSURE 1. When Considered All buildings and structures, including tanks and towers, shall be designed to resist a horizontal wind pressure on all surfaces exposed to the wind, allowing for wind in any direction, in accordance with the following table No. I. The height is to be measured above the average level of the ground adjacent to the building or structure. 2-2-53 - 8 - Sec. 805 - 1, TABLE N0. I WIND PRESSURE Height one Wind Pressure Feet) (Lbs. per s . f t. Less than 50 20 5o-99 2t� 100-199 2 200 and above 30 No allowance shall be made for the shielding effect of other buildings or structures. 2. Exterior Walls Every exterior wall shall be designed to withstand the pressure specified above, acting either inward or outward, 3. Roofs as The roofs of factory buildings, armories, hangars, and other buildings with large open interiors, shall be designed to withstand an external suction of not less than twenty-five (25) pounds per square foot. b. Roofs or sections of roofs with slopes greater than thirty (30) degrees shall be designed to withstand pressures, acting inward normal to the surface, equal to those specified above and applied to the windward slope only. 4. Stabilitv Tho overturning moment due to wind/pressure shall not ex- ceed sixty-si.1, and two-thirds (66 2 3) per cent of the mo- ment of stability disregarding live loads, unless the build- ing or structure is securely anchored to the foundation to resist this force. 5, Signs a, All signs shall be designed to withstand the horizontal pressures shown in the following table No. II applied to the projected exposed areap allowing for wind from any direction: 2-2-53 g i 31 y ... l.Jf'' }? in no I i ....,.. .t_ F:y r:. :t:.tl p i:l:.J U.-.d M, 5._' x'{.9 y.r-} Wor `t `L�..1 •j... SiJ ter. a.�:�t} •y r � � � . -.- � r� .,, i1b � �.i ,i. ..:r. al annul- ...f. •} W- an -410001-In ,t . . i? i W 1: r r, v -. i L�r..,S r. t.• 4 i 1. to abonnam 'i!.• 0 0 r.°, l t l•,!.. ::.r"a•.. { s _ e 0 L a a . - a 1.M ._)r t .1(.j,}. , Li'' � 3... .!.:?♦�.i r'. °.i.' .3. p.'.�'ry ". .�.... j•'/Y t' �r '� `;V .� • . Mn :i'i.i.'i:";^- :' !Von yt.: . r t,'.:.' ., ..:.e . ,•^:'.f}^r _ (,_ ,'.. :.. � .. > -Q ! M.Q ilitUR Y o ,tff':''j ?x' Trn .... '.!0 MI/(: !+r^Ie...' SET W.' A TO ;- 43 f. .. py pt ,t.,ri}. .1, •y fy. ,.t..) ,>J-_.!`i�?,r•l -i.a I�•.,,•r' (�. ,.t,j{. Alive Y I Molt _ _ f r r LlJ t Y �3.• {h:. .:.•. - -r1�' r- own - • i�::i S .gr.', to i - n a !A ..d�.Y•„•�o f�J r-. 7t�-. M:'� ',ar:•j,� tr• _ r...y I ., r♦';;f�ii'. t r' 'f.:.l. 110 7 .�!f:.'...r� !',.. � i.'J1`Li �Y:iEr {' 3. 11 ... .•�.."r'�),). ` .�. - *G:r., .� i Vii: �, l. '�-_ .'?`ti; �3,.. . - .-t .� i _`r.'i-��r.. .. 1J}: yrt:Y";(::•;.it... - _. . . .. :+`-...J•sl� ...n -.. :':i:�.-/ C:t..t ;!'.#^{.. v .'� ,"l Yid t 1 „"1 is.i t!i`. •1 /.�'..,t LIr. • i . .. .. ((.. ' - "�`� } ya L'.•Y `.1 y ifs,♦jam,,-� {.! S.F:LrY .4 �•.. .'ta.t i�.. l Y•`I J via . ., .+_t _?'n . l.1 ..[':}t le .,J•M , �. ♦`. t ):, _ i r. •.... ;1h now \ .t l.:_S yy Y i .s . r - s .._,} j'\f . . 'r l �.a r Ong, .:,9 ri:A f i' C.Z•-. 9f i '.rl ux1 rf W i a t.'. V 1 1, r.:,'. j , W c IMF'.•. 0, .. . r .} :t#. 1� �.S 'Yi=l: Owl ST do., COAL chi • .I •1'..,l.n .1t r,. t .y �i �}l.i •1 A F''s S ._.. ti^ I}Ae. .. .•y. ... ._ . a rr t A i ryyI t.. • ` � ja0v QW, ..I. . ...�J t Ft•. Vz Wan "I"n rr J • .'I i a 0 , L. ) nj t.. W tnh ni clt.: � !' f '<Y t... •' .. Vii.. r f t' � .. `!'r1 •. ,t•)1j ) i .. .�,.. S ♦.If �1._.�.r }i w(•^t LIB �< Rini • 1 1 AVIV tow" ? i'. M e': ! { 0 rr y:•.. *nor. zoo Ury ow.... wk. � \. ... 4 { ! t t ♦ ♦ E I .. i1. .. �-� , , . : .: . .i r_ . ... { � .. � . _ _ .. • ,_ .. _ � � • • t + t `.r r � , � • �"F' x 4 a , i. � � r .. .. .. ... ♦ , , 1 r � � � r ' �. .� � • ' � � _)' .. �.y A .r •f. � { �. .... ...r. � r ...,. ... . rl,} i��ri .. 4 .. r. _ � '� .. t t • . � r . � � � � ., • � � t r . , r • _ _ _ ' i • ♦ � � ,�j. � . � . r . •- r s j . � • r ♦ , ,a .. . . ,i:' �� � 1. � '. . � r' �. • � � ' .. � � .� ..J �.` , ' �� + - i , ;♦ _ C .w i r'.{ � � � � .. •. ,. . . �.. � r a 1 ,.,1 . , r . .t � .. .. . . • ., - i ; t � ,. • . • r �. . ... .+ >' + . , � , � � ` �. , • r f :' a � � .. � • .. s � , x 4 ... ' R .. _ i _ '. i !y 3 � 4 { - N 5. . .. '..Y.� 1 ' a b • �F �. Y �� ,.. � 4 :. ( .. ' .�� . . , i . r. . �; . , . f .. _ .: .. , :, r . . ... ,_ .. �• }: . � _ ' ,. ... :. . + �... j, ^ f . . .. a t 1 ^I • •q• L�:} .. .fit•. ' .`•,!x t f(.l. .! r ~�, Q lik Ply •.1"7 ve Ct•„” ,1. .1 l•' nCAI ....l;j 'J' a � ...r:, .. \,•.�L.••� T• :07 _ > f t r .. . k. r w ! opt � � inj asp AV ronvan • too 0 7 10 in , i rr r vV& 65 14WON , ;QUA Yoh not 1- gn ,'w .>_.. _ ..., .•. � .� .. .,.. �.' !�, 11 �" 3 rt Mri'w..ten ...w...,rr..,•.,.�,.as.. _ .,.. ..ur.�. , t a1.1 ' y, r r r.� a � ., '•iJ� t.a.. ,3 ... ; , on nc n. ova via Oki as ';r 4 1 s � S t_ .}.� .t- ... _.'l • .. � �: ... rt.♦ ..<<: 1. ^. ., -. r r ..r•. Lod _ f' . . T mop an Imp w -'f doe. 805 - 5 a. TABLE NO. II HORIZONTAL WIND PRESSURE Height rom 4F Wind pressure round to top of gound per s uare foot sign in feet 3011d 019%6 Qpen s s P to 30 15 25 1-50 25 35 100-151-99 99 35 9 200-299 38 k 53 b. Signs in which the projected area exposed to wind consists of seventy (70) per cent or more of the gross area as determined by the over-all dimensions shall be classed as solid signs; those in which the projected exposed area is derived from open letters, figures, strips, and structural framing membersp the aggregate total area of which is less than seventy (70) per cent of the gross area so determined, shall be classed as open signs. 2-2-53 -al! �► ARTICLE IX GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS SEC. 901 - WORKMANSHIP Workmanship in the fabrication, preparation and installation of materials shall conform to generally accepted good practice. Specific provisions of this article shall not be deemed to suspend any requirements of good practice, but shall be regarded as sup- plementing or emphasizing them, and shall be controlling. The Commissioner of Public Buildings shall, as may be necessary, pro- mulgate rules in accordance with the provisions of this code, em- bodying the requirements of such generally accepted good practice. SEC. 902 - WORKING STRESSES, GENERAL a. Every building or structure hereafter erected and all new construction in the alteration of an existing building or structure shall be so designed and constructed that the work- ing stresses fixed in this article are not exceeded. In us- ing these stresses, the effects of all loads and conditions of loading and the influence of all forces, affecting the de- sign and strength of the several parts, shall be taken into account. be Higher stresses than specified in this article may be used only if it is clearly established, by test or other approved evidence, that material of a higher grade or a superior workmanship is to be employed. The use of higher stresses, however, shall not be allowed until a statement, giving the reasons for' such permission, together with the facts and cir- cumstances on which it is based, is placed on file and made a part of the official record of the permit. SEC. 903 - EXCAVATIONS 1. General a. Until provision for permanent support has been made, ex- cavations shall be properly guarded and protected to prevent the same from becoming dangerous to life or limb, and, where necessary, shall be sheet-piled or braced to prevent the adjoining earth from caving in, by the person causing the excavation to be made. be The person causing any excavation to be made shall pre- vent the movement of the earth in the adjoining property and the trees and natural objects thereon or therein and maintain or restore all public sidewalks, curbs, pave- ments and the property of public utilities located within street lines, which may be affected by the excavation, 2-11-53 1 } i r Sec.. 903, 2. Support of Neighboring Buildings and Structures a. When an excavation extends not more than ten (10) feet below curb level or below the surface of the ground where there is no such curb level, the person causing the ex- cavation to be made shall notify the owner of the adjac- ent property in writing at least one (1) week before the excavation is commenced; and thereupon the owner of the adjacent property shall be permitted, if necessary, to enter upon the premises where such excavation is to be made, to underpin and support any building or structure then located on such adjacent property by proper founda- tions. b. When an excavation extends more than ten (10) feet below curb level, the person causing such excavation to be made shall be responsible for the preservation and protection from injury of every building or structure which may be affected by such excavation. When necessary, and if afforded the necessary consent to enter upon the adjoin- ing land, the person causing such excavation shall under- pin and support said building or structure by proper foundations, irrespective of the depth to which the foundations of such building or structure may extend. If the necessary consent is not accorded to the person mak- ing the excavation, then it shall be the responsibility of the person refusing such consent to preserve and pro- tect such building or structure from injury and, when necessary, to underpin and support the same by proper foundations. For that purpose such person shall, when necessary, be permitted to enter the premises where such excavation is being made. c. In case there is a party wall along a lot line of the premises where an excavation is being made, the person causing the excavation to be made, shall at his own ex- pense, preserve such party wall in as safe a condition as it was before the excavation was commenced and shall, when necessary, underpin and support the same by proper foundations. d. In case a building or structure is so located that the curb level to which it is properly referred is at a high- er level than the curb level to which the excavation is referred, such part of the necessary underpinning or foundation as may be due to the difference in the curb levels, shall be made and maintained at the joint expense of the owners of the adjoining premises at that point. 2-11-53 - 2 - 1 i SEC. 904 - FOUNDATIONS, GENERAL 1. Foundation walls or other permanent supports shall be carried not less than three (3) feet, six (6) inches below the grade of the adjoining ground, except when erected upon hardpan or solid rock, and they shall rest on solid ground or on leveled rock, or on piles or other suitable foundation when solid earth or rock is not found. 2. Footings a. Footings when needed shall consist of solid masonry, re- inforced concrete or steel grillages. Footings of wood may be used if they are entirely below permanent water level or if they are impregnated with creosote or other approved preservative as specified for pile foundations in Section 907-2. b, Where metal is incbrporated in or forms part of a founda- tion, except reinforcing steel in concrete and steel grillages encased' in concrete, it shall be protected from rust by concrete, or by such materials and in such manner as may be approved by the Commissioner. 39 Footing. Loads The full dead load, including the weight of the footings, foundations, the overlying fill, and the reduced required live loads on the lowest walls, piers or columns shall be considered in proportioning and designing the footings. 4. Design a. Footings shall be so designed that the pressure on the soil per unit of area shall, so far as possible, be uniform under all parts of the building or structure. b. The areas of footings shall be in proportion to the full dead loads, including the weight of the footings; in no case shall the full dead 'loads plus the live loads re- duced in accordance with Section 804-9 1 ause a pressure under the footing exceeding the soil bearing capacity permitted by Section 905, SEC. 905 - SOIL BEARING CAPACITIES L. Presumptive Capacity a. Footings shall be so designed that the allowable bearing capacity of the soil in tons per square foot, as given below, shall not be exceeded unless the particular soil of which the building is to be placed shows a greater bearing capacity than that specified in this section. 2-11-53 - 3 ! 1 secs. 905-1 a. Soft clay 1.0 tons Medium stiff clay 2.0 tons Sand, fine, loose 2.0 tons Sand, coarse, loose; compact fine sand 3.0 tons Gravel, loose 4.0 tons Sand-gravel mixture, compact 6.0 tons St. Peter Sandstone (undisturbed) 15,0 tons Solid rock - Not more than twenty-five (25) per cent of the ultimate- crushing strength of such rock. be In case a building or structure rests partly on rock or hardpan and partly on some other soil, the bearing value shall be reduced or special provisions made in the design of the structure to prevent serious differential settle- ments which will impair the safety of the structure. 2. Soil Tests a. When a doubt arises as to the safe sustaining power of the soil upon which a building or structure is to be erected, or it is desired to exceed the presumptive cap- acity, the Commissioner of Public Buildings may direct that borings and/or tests be made by and at the expense of the owner of the proposed building or structure to determine the sustaining power of the soil. Whenever such a test is made, the Commissioner of Public Buildings shall be notified so that he may be present in person or by a representative, A complete record of the test shall be filed with the Commissioner of Public Buildings, be The proposed safe load shall be allowed if the increment of settlement obtained under fifty (50) per cent overload does not exceed sixty (60) per cent of the settlement ob- tained under the proposed safe load. The settlement under the allowed load shall not exceed one-half (J) inch. If, at the proposed safe load, the above conditions are not satisfied, the allowable bearing value shall be reduced accordingly. 39 Filled Ground No foundation of a building or structure shall be placed on fill material, organic material, or silt until the Commis- sioner of Public Buildings has determined, by test or in- spection, the safe bearing value that may be assumed. 2-11-53 4 ' • L SEC. 906 - FOUNDATION WALLS 1. Materials Foundation walls shall be built of masonry, reinforced con- crete or steel encased in masonry; provided that when struc- tural clay tile is used, it shall meet the requirements to re- sist frost action in the presence of moisture, in accordance with ASTM C34-52 for structural clay load bearing wall tile# grade LB X. 2. Thickness at Foundation walls shall be of adequate strength and thickness to resist lateral pressures from adjacent earth and to support their vertical loads; but the thickness shall be not less than the actual thickness of walls supported by them, except as permitted by paragraph(c) below, and shall be not less than the minimum thicknesses specified in paragraphs (d) and ( e) below. b. No tension shall be allowed in any foundation masonry wall. as Foundation walls of plain concrete masonry eight (8) inches thick and twelve (12) inch walls of hollow masonry units may used as foundations for dwellings with masonry-veneered wood frame walls, or with ten-inch (1011) cavity walls; provided that the dwelling is not more than one and one-half (1*) stories in height and the total height of the wall, including the gable, is not more than twenty (20) feet. The eight (8) inch walls shall be cor- beled to provide a bearing the full thickness of the wall above. The total projection shall not exceed two (2) inches with individual corbels projecting not more than one-third (113) the height of the unit. The top corbel course shall be not higher than the bottom of floor joists and shall be a full header course. d. Foundation wails of hollow masonry units shall be, with no exceptions, at least twelve (12) inches thick, (1) Solid masonry walls reinforced with at least one three-eighths (3/8) inch round deformed bar, con- tinuous from footing to top of foundation wall, for each two ( 2) feet of length of the wall, may be eight (8) inches thick. (2) Solid masonry walls that do not extend more than five (5) feet below the adjacent finished ground level may be eight (8) inches thick. The total height of the foundation wall and the wall supported shall not exceed that permitted by Section 908-5 ,for eight (8) inch walls. 2 .11-53 - 5 - 1 Sec. 906-2da (3) Foundation walls of cast-in-place concrete may be eight (8) inches thick; and when supporting one (1) story structures, and the area within the foundation walls is not excavated, they may be six (6) inches thick if the total height of the foundation wall and the wall supported is within the allowable height of six (6) inch walls as specified in Section 908-5, a-(4) . eq Foundation walls of rubble stone shall be at least sixteen (16) inches thick. ' 3. 'Retaining Walls Retaining walls shall be designed to resist lateral pressure of the retained material in accordance with accepted standard engineering practice. 4. Waterproofing and Dampproofing In buildings having basements, if dampness is present in the ground, foundation walls below the adjacent ground level shall be rendered waterproof or dampproof as conditions require by some approved process. SEC. 907 - PILE FOUNDATIONS 1. General a„ Piles shall be driven to solid bearing where practicable. The method of driving shall be such as not to impair their strength. When piling is used to support new buildings and structures, a record of the driving of the piles shall be filed with the Building Commissioner; such data to be furnished by the pile driving contractor. When the sup- porting power of piles is to be determined by tests, cer- tification shall. be furnished in the form of a report to the Commissioner. b. If there are indications at any site at which piles are to be used, that conditions exist with respect to soil con- stituents or changing water levels which will cause ser- ious deterioration of the piles, and if investigations demonstrate that such conditions actually do exist, suit- able protective measures against such deterioration shall be employed or the design loads shall be appropriately re- duced. c. All piles shall be accurately spotted$ driven plumb, with the butt, and point, if necessary, protected from injury during driving. Injured or broken piles shall not be used. 2-11-53 - 6 - f ' Sec. 907 - 1. d. The allowable load on piles shall be as determined by The Engineering News Formula or by a loading test, but shall not exceed the maximum loads specified in subsections 2# 3,4, and 5, except on the basis of a loading test. e. Where any doubt exists as to the safe load-carrying cap- acity of any pile, the Commissioner may order a loading test to be made on the pile. f. The safe load-carrying capacities may be determined by means of loading tests performed on not less than two (2) typical piles of an installation, Tests shall be made with one hundred and fifty (150) per cent of the proposed load and such tests shall be considered unsatisfactory and the results unacceptable ifs after the piles being tested have been standing twenty-four (24) hoursp the total net settlement after deducting the rebound is more than one-hundredth (1/100) of an inch per ton of total test load. g. The use of types of piles not specifically mentioned here- in, and the use of piles under conditions not specifically covered herein, may be permitted, subject to the approval of the Commissioner, upon the submission of acceptable test data calculations and other information relating to the structural properties and load-carrying capacity of such piles. Prior to giving such approvals the Commis- sioner may require any information or demonstrations which he deems necessary for the determination of the adequacy of the design or of the suitability of the method of in- stallation. In no case shall the allowable design load exceed that determined in accordance with the provisions of this section. h. If the supporting capacity of a single row of piles is sufficient to adequately support a structure, the piles shall be driven alternately ,to the left and right of the center line of the wall, the centers of the piles being at least one-half (J) their cut-off diameter distance from the center line of the wall, except in wood frame structures where piles may be driven in a single row. I* The minimum distance between centers of piles not driven to rock shall be not less than twice the greatest diameter of a round piles nor less than twice the diagonal dimen- sion of a rectangular or rolled structural steel piles nor less than two ( 2) feet six (6) inches. The minimum distance between centers of piles driven to rock shall be not less than the greatest diameter of a round pile plus one (1) foot, nor less than the diagonal dimension of, a rectangular or rolled structural steel pile plus one (1) foot. 2-11-53 - Sec. 907 - 1. J. Plain concrete used for capping of piles shall be not less than twelve (12) inches above the tops of the piles, except that for one (1) story buildings of wood frame construction or unprotected metal construction,, the thick- ness shall be not less than eight (8) inches.. When re- inforced concrete is used for capping, the thickness at the edge shall be not less than twelve (12 ) inches above the reinforcement and two (2) inches between the top of the pile and steel reinforcement placed above it. The minimum horizontal distance from the edge of the cap to the nearest pile surface shall be three (3) inches and all pile caps shall extend four (4) to six (6) inches below the cut-off of the piles• Timber capping shall be of dense, sound wood not less than six (6) inches thick pro- perly joined and attached to the piles* 2. Timber Piles a. Timber piles shall be sound, straight timber and if round, they shall have a reasonably uniform taper and shall con- form to the standard Specification for Round Timber Piles, ASTM D25-52T(ASA 06-1939) . For short piles and light loads, round piles at least eight (8) inches in diameter at the cut-off and six (6) inches in diameter at the tip may be used with the approval of the Commissioner. Squared timber piles less than eight (8) inches square* nominal, shall not be used. b• Where the safe load carrying capacity is not determined by tests made in accordance with subsection 1 of this section, the maximum allowable load on a timber pile shall be twenty (20) tons and shall not exceed 500 p.s.i, at the mid-length cross section, ev Wooden piles under buildings or structures built over water, may project above the surface a sufficient amount to raise the building above the highest water line, and the building may be placed directly thereon without other foundation. d, Untreated piles used in permanent constructions except where used for lightly loaded wood frame construction over water or marsh lands$ shall be out off below perman- ent water level. e. Piles of Southern Pine, Norway Pine, Douglas Fir or Red Oak when pressure treated by an empty cell processp with Grade One coal tar creosote to a net final retention of not less than twelve (12) pounds of creosote per cubic foot may be used as follows: Where the upper portion of the pile is exposed and accessible for inspectionp the out off may be above ground level or water level; where the upper portion of the pile will not be readily accessible 2-11-53 8 i Sec. 907 - 2e. for inspection, the out off shall be below the ground level but may be above the ground-water level provided the tops are encased in masonry footings so that no part of the pile will be exposed to the air. The tops of the cut-off piles shall be treated with three (3) coats of hot creosote. The accepted standard for the treatment of timber piles in accordance with the specifications of the American Wood- Preserverst Association, C1-51, C3-52 and C12-51 shall be deemed to be generally accepted good practice. f. The use of other species of wood and the use of other pre- servative materials and methods of treatment may be used subject to written approval of the Bureau. 3, Concrete-filled Steel Pipe Piles a. Concrete-filled steel pipe piles shall have a nominal out- side diameter of not less than ten (10) and three fourths (3/4) inches and a nominal wall thickness of not less than five sixteenths (5/16) inch except that pipes having a nom- inal outside diameter fourteen (14) inches or over shall have a nominal wall thickness of not less than three- eighths (3/8) inch. The steel pipe shall conform to the standard Specifications for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles ASTM A252-46„ The ends of each tube shall be faced perpendicular to its axis. b, Steel Tubular piles. Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting the use of concrete filled steel tubular piles of less wall thickness in size than covered by the provisions of paragraph "all when such piles are driv- en with closed ends provided the requirements of Section 907-1 are satisfied. c. Splices shall be so made and installed as to insure good alignment of the spliced parts. For each splice in excess of one, a five (5) per cent reduction in allowable load shall be made, except that piles which have been spliced at the mill, or by an approved procedure in the field, to develop full section strength shall be acceptable as the equivalent of unspliced piles. d. The load on concrete-filled steel pipe piles shall not ex- ceed a unit stress of one fourth (1) of the specified con- crete strength on the concrete which shall have an ultimate compressive strength at the end of twenty-eight (28) days of not less than 2,500 pounds, plus 9,000 pounds per square inch on the steel. Where the safe load-carrying capacities of concrete-filled steel pipe piles are not determined by tests made in accordance with subsection 1 of this section, maximum allowable loads shall be as follows: 2-11-53 - 9 - r See. 947-3d. (1) Piles driven open-ended to rock: 10 3/4 inch Outside Diameter Pile 55 Tons 12 3/4 inch Outside Diameter Pile 70 Tons 14 inch Outside Diameter Pile 80 Tons 16 inch Outside Diameter Pile 100 Tons 18 inch Outside Diameter Pile 120 Tons 20 inch Outside Diameter Pile 140 Tons 22 inch Outside Diameter Pile 150 Tons The above loads are based on wall thicknesses of three- eighths (3/8) inch. They shall be reduced by ten er cent (10%) when wall thicknesses of five-sixteenths ( /16) inch are used for piles less than fourteen (14) inches in diam- eter. For each increase of one-sixteenth (1/16) inch in wall thickness, the above values may be increased by ten per cent (10%) . with a maximum increase of twenty per cent (20%). (2) Piles driven open-ended to cemented hardpan which is not underlaid by a softer stratum: Not more than the values given above for rock-bearing piles but in no case more than seventy (70) tons. (3) Piles driven open or closed-ended, and bearing in gravel, sand, and similar granular material which is not underlaid by a softer stratum: Not more than fifty (50) tons. (4) Piles driven open or closed-ended, and bearing in other materials: Thirty (30) tons if driven forty (40) feet or less into the ground; Forty (40) tons if driven more than forty (40) feet into the ground. 4. Concrete Piles a. Concrete piles moulded and cured before driving shall be provided with not less than two per cent ( 2f) , nor more than four per cent (4f) of longitudinal reinforcement. The steel shall be so placed that there is not less than one and one-half (11) inches of concrete on all sides. The diameter or lateral dimension of such piles shall be not less than eight (8) inches at the point, and shall average not less than ten (10) inches throughout the leng- th of the pile for piles up to fifteen (15) feet, nor less than fourteen (14) inches for piles up to thirty (30) feet, nor less than fifteen (15) inches for piles up to forty (40) feet. For piles over forty (40) feet in length the diameter or lateral dimension shall be one thirty- fifth (1/35) of the length, but no pile shall be required to exceed two (2) feet in diameter or lateral dimension. Where the safe load-carrying capacity is not determined 2-11-53 - 10 - Sec. 907-4a, by tests made in accordance with subsection 1 of this section, the maximum allowable load in tons shall not ex- ceed two (2) times the average diameter or least lateral dimension in inches, nor shall it exceed forty (40) tons. b. Concrete piles cast in place shall be so made and placed as to insure the exclusion of foreign matter and to insure a continuous and full sized pile. Piles shall be driven in such order and with such spacing as to insure against distortion or injury to the finished pile and no pile shall be driven within ten (10) feet of a pile filled with concrete less than twenty-four (24) hours old. The aver- age diameter of such piles shall be at least eleven (11) inches and the diameter at the point shall be at least eight (8) inches. The placing of the concrete through water in such piles is prohibited. Where the safe load- carrying capacity is not determined by tests made in ac- eordance with subsection 1 of this section, the maximum load shall be thirty (30) tons. e. The concrete for concrete piles shall be equal to that specified for 3,000 pound concrete. The concrete as it is placed shall be spaded or otherwise agitated to insure uniform consistency and a complete filling of the pipe or mold. The placing of the concrete of a pile, when once started, shall continue uninterruptedly until the pipe or mold is entirely filled. 5. Rolled Structural Steel Piles a. . Rolled structural steel piles shall conform to the stan- dard Specifications for Steel for Bridges and Blildings, ASTM A7-52T and ASTM A6-52aT, and shall be of H form, with flange projection not exceeding fourteen (14) times the minimum thickness of metal in either flange or web.;. and with total flange width at least eighty-five ( 85) per cent of the depth of the section. No section shall have a nominal thickness of metal less than three dighths (3/8) inch nor a nominal depth in the direction of the web of less than eight (8) inches, Rolled structural steel piles forty (40) feet or less in length shall not be spliced, except where special permission is granted by the Commis- sioner for the use of spliced sections, due to unforeseen field conditions. b. The allowable load on rolled structural steel piles shall not exceed 9,000 pounds per square inch. Where the safe load-carrying capacities of rolled structural steel piles are not determined by tests made in accordance with sub- section 1 of this section, maximum allowable loads per pile shall be as follows: (1) Piles driven to practical refusal to a firm bearing on rock or on cemented hardpan which is not underlaid by a softer stratum: 2-11-53 - 11 - P ; Sec. 907-5b. (1) Size of Pile Allowable Nominal Depth in Inches .:Load 8 , . . . . . 40 Tons 10 0 . . . . 45 Tons 12 . 0 . . 55 Tons* 14 . . . . . 70 Tons* 4:For steel piles which are driven to practical refusal on bed rock, the maximum allowable load per pile shall be seventy (70) tons for piles twelve (12) inches nominal de th and ninety (90) tons for piles of fourteen (10nehesand over nominal depth, provided the unit load does not exceed 6800 p. s.i* on any pile, (2)Piles bearing in gravel, sand and similar granular material which is not underlaid by a softer stratum: Not more than the values given above for rock bear- ing piles, but in no case more than fifty (50) tons. (3)Piles bearing in other materials: Thirty (30) tons unless driven more than forty (40) feet into the ground, " forty (40) tons if driven more than forty (40) feet into the ground. SEC. 908 MASONRY 1. Materials a. QUALITY AND DESIGN. Quality of masonry materials shall conform to minimum requirements specified in this section. Masonry units may be reused when clean, sound, and conform to other requirements of this chapter, Masonry construc- tion shall conform to detailed minimum requirements spec- ified in this chapter, b. COMBINATION OF UNITS. Where units of different types or strength are used in combination, the lowest allowable stresses shall be used. c. DIMENSIONS. Dimensions given are nominal, actual dimen- sions of unit masonry may not be decreased by more than one-half (2) inch. d, BRICK. Building brick of clay, shale, sand limes or con- crete shall be of a quality at least equal to that re- (uired by ASTM Standard Specifications for "Building Brick" made from clap or shale) , (C 62-50) ; ASTM Standard Specifications for "Sand-Lime Building Brick", (C 73-51) ; or ASTM Standard Specifications for "Concrete Building Brick", (C 55-52) . When in contact with the ground or 2-11-53 - 12 - Sec, 906 - ide where severe freezing action occurs in the presence of moisture, the brick shall be of at least grade W for clay shale or sand-lime brick; or grade A for concrete brier• Other solid masonry units of clay or shale shall meet the requirements for physical properties of brick as spec if ied 'in ASTM Standard Specifications for "Build- ing Brick" (made from clay or shale),, (C 62-50). e. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS* Concrete masonry units shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by ASTM Standard Specifications for "Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units", (C. 90-52); or ASTM Standard Specifica- tions for "Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units", (C 145-52), when used for bearing walls or piers, or equal to ASTM Standard Specifications for "Hollow Non- Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units", (C 129-52), when used for non-load-bearing purposes and not exposed to the weather * No hollow or solid concrete masonry. units shall be used until said units have been seasoned, or cured, for a per- iod of at least thirty (30) days after the manufacture of same. f, STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE. Structural clay tile shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by ASTM Standard Specifications for "Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile", (C34-52), grade LB when used for bearing walls or piers, or grade LBX when exposed to the weather or soil; or equal to ASTM Standard Specifications for "Structural Clay Non-Load Bearing Tile", (56-52), used for interior non-load bearing purposes; or equal to ASTM Standard Specifications for "Structural Clay Floor Tile" (C57-52), when used for floor construction, g• CAST STONE. Cast stone shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by A.C.I. Specifications for "Cast Stone", (704-44). he STONE, Natural stone shall be sound and free from loose or friable inclusions, sufficient strength and durability for the purposes used. i, GYPSUM UNITS. Gypsum partition the or block shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by ASTM Standard Specifications for "Gypsum Partition Tile or Block", (52-41 )0 J* GLASS BLOCK. Glass block shall be precoated with a mat- erial to improve adhesion to mortar bearing surfaces. 2.11-53 - 13 • Sec. 908 - 1. - k. GLAZED BUILDING UNITS. Glazed building units shall conform to the requirements of ASTM tentative specifications for "Glazed Masonry Units", (C 126-52T) except that the require- ments for finish shall not apply to salt glazed building units. 1, CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. Cementitious materials used in mortars shall be of a quality at least equal to the quality of material required by the following applicable specifi- cations: ASTM Standard Specifications for "Quick Lime for Structural Purposes", (C 5-26) ; ASTM Standard Specifica- tions for "Normal Finishing Hydrated Line", (C 6-49) , and before slaking shall contain at least eighty-five (85) per cent, by weight, of calcium oxide; ASTM Standard Speeifi- cations for Hydraulic Hydrated Lime for Structural Pur- �oses, (C 141-42) ; ASTM Standard Specifications for 'Natural Cement" (C 10-37) ; ASTM Standard Specifications for "Masonry Cement" (C 91-49) ; ASTM Standard Specifica- tions for "Portland Cement" (C 150-52) ; ASTM Standard Specifications for "Gypsum" (C 22-50) . m, AGGREGATE. Aggregate for mortar shall be of a quality at east equal to that required by ASTM Standard S ecifica- tions for "Aggregate for Masonry Mortar", (C no WATER. Water used in mixing mortar shall be clean and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkali or organic mater- ials. 2, Construction a. All masonry shall be protected against freezing for at least forty-eight (48) hours after being placed. No frozen materials shall be built upon. b. Except when carried independently by girders at each floor, no wall shall be built up more than twenty five (25) feet in height in advance of other walls of the building. c. Masonry walls that meet or intersect shall be adequately bonded or anchored. Piers having less than four (4) square feet of cross sectional area when located at an intersec- tion with a wall shall be bonded into and built as part of that wall, d, Except for window-paneled backs and permissible chases and recesses, walls shall not vary in thickness between their lateral supports. When a change in thickness, due to min- imum thickness requirements, occura between floor levels, the greater thickness shall be carried up to the higher floor level. e. Isolated piers or posts on the interior of buildings shall not be built of stone. The unsupported height of piers 2-11-53 - 14 - Sec. 908-2 e, shall not exceed ten (10) times their least dimension. Hollow masonry units shall not be used for isolated piers to support beams and girders unless solidly filled with concrete or Type A mortar in which case the allowable load may be increased twenty-five ( 25) per cent. f. Door and window openings in walls shall be spanned by well buttressed arches, or by lintels having bearings propor- tioned to their loads but not less than four (4) inches. g. No masonry, except for interior non-load bearing partitions: shall be supported on wooden girders or other forms of wooden construction. h. No timber, other than nailing blocks not exceeding two (2) by four (4) by eight (8) inches in size, shall be placed in masonry walls; except that in buildings of ordinary construction, timber lintels may be placed over openings$ on the inside of the wall, resting at each end not more than two (2) inches on the wall, and chamfered or out to serve as centres for masonry arches; and with the further exception that titaber members used for decorative purposes may be set against the masonry, or may be set into the masonry where the wall exceeds eight (8) inches in thick- ness. i. During erection, walls shall be adequately braced and arches temporarily supported, 3. Mortar a. GENERAL. General mortar other than gypsum mortar used in ; masonry construction shall be classified as set forth in Table A. Mortar when applied shall have a flow after suction for one (1) minute of not less than seventy per cent (70%) of that immediately before suction when determined by the method of the water retention test of the ASTM Specifica- tion for "Masonry Cement", (C 91-49) . TABLE A TYPES OF MORTAR TYPE MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2" CUBES AT 28 DAYS, #/sq. in. A 2500 B 1800 C 600 Tests made for classification of mortar by compressive strength shall be made as described in the ASTM Specifi- cations for "Masonry Cement", ( 91-49) , using the propor- tions and materials proposed for use. 2-11-53 - 15 - � a Sec. 908 - 3. b. STRENGTH, Unless the strength classification of the mortar has been established by test in accordance with this sec- tion, mortars using the cementitious materials set forth in Table B shall be assumed to meet the strength classifi- cations shown when mixed with aggregate in the proportions required by this section. The volume of aggregate in mor- tar shall be at least two times but not more than three times the sum of the volumes of cementitious materials or, the amounts set forth in Table B. c. GYPSUM MORTAR. Gypsum mortar shall be composed by weight of one party gypsum and not more than three parts of mortar aggregate, d. GROUT. Grout shall be type A mortar to which is added water to produce consistency for placing without segrega- tion of constituents of the mortar* TABLE B MORTAR PROPORTIONS OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS by vo ume MINIMUM MAXIMUM X� M TYPE PORTLAND HYDRATED LIME MASONRY DRY LOOSE CEMENT OR LIME PUTTY CEMENT* AGGREGATE A 1 part part parts B 1 part 1/2 part C 1 part 1 part 6 parts C 1 part 3 parts (As defined in Federal Specification SS-C-18lb Masonry Cement. ) e. TYPE OF MORTAR REQUIRED. Masonry shall be laid in the following types of mortar: Type A or B mortar used in foundation walls of hollow masonry units, f. Type A. B. or C mortar shall be used in cavity wall mason- ry except that Type A mortar shall be used in cavity walls having a mortar thickness of ten (10) inches. g. Type A, B or C mortar shall be used in footings, founda- tion walls of solid masonry units, isolated piers, cavity walls exceeding ten (10) inch mortar thickness and load bearing or exterior walls of hollow masonry units. h. Gypsum partition the and block shall be laid in gypsum mortar. Non-load bearing partition and fire proofing of structural clay tile may be laid in gypsum mortar. Fire brick shall be laid in fire clay mortar. 2-11-53 - 16 - r See, 908 4• Working Stresses a, The allowable compressive stresses in pounds per square inch of gross sectional area shall not exceed values set forth in Table C, b. In walls veneered with stone, architectural terra cotta or other approved facing material, only the backing shall be assumed to take load and the working stress in such backing shall be taken as that prescribed for the type of masonry used as backing. c, In walls composed of different kinds or grades of units or mortar the maximum stress shall not exceed the allow- able stress for the weakest of the units and mortar of which the wall is composed. d. Reinforced brick masonry, The stresses permitted in re- inforced brick masonry shall meet with the approval of the Commissioner and the design and details shall conform to the latest authoritative methods of engineering prac- tice. 5. Solid Masonry. _Walls, Except Stone Walls a. Thickness of Bearing Walls (1) The thickness of solid masonry bearing walls shall be sufficient at all points to keep the combined stress- es due to live, dead, and other loads for which the building is designed within the limits prescribed in subsection 4 of this section. (2) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (3) to (7) below, the minimum thickness of solid masonry bearing walls other .than fire walls and party walls sliall be not less than twelve (12) inches for the uppermost thirty-five (35) feet of their height, and shall be increased four (4) inches for each succes- sive thirty-five (35) feet or fraction thereof measured downward from the top of the wall. (3) Where solid masonry bearing walls are stiffened at distances not greater than twelve (12) feet apart by cross walls, or by internal or external offsets or returns at least two (2) feet deep, or twelve (12) feet vertically by reinforced concrete floors or roof, they may be twelve (12) inches thick for the uppermost seventy (70) feet, measured downward from the top of the wall, and shall be increased four (4) . inches in thickness for each successive seventy (70) feet or fraction thereof. 2-11-53 - 17 - ! q ct CO 0 F-JHct010 �d FS 000ct0 000 �$ PD 0 ct F- F'-Ci 0 0 m 0000000 P. e-- cr ¢0 ID '(D � � CaW ;r+ m F� F-JI- awF-' i-� o O t In Nctco gyp' cra' o' v' a' v' w o co O O Cl 0 I—J F'- . . . . . . w " H I's O co 0 .' • d I- H ct a :r,� 0 ct m I'$ I- ct t- Id 'd b n b b b' cI t.-I po o 14 ct. m �g z ct . . . ,�, . , u m pm mmcoto to Ea 4 w CD co ca . . . . it . " ct O O 1 F' 1-4 i-h pa w " F+ A . . . co . . o co 0 IL4 c4 O F-' fi Sy W co a 0 C4 0 0 H CO H O 'z: 0 to !'d v n H NNW H H N CD f 1 CO N N O ON N m N-•J N--7 V1 N-J Vi cA 'b M H O VZ O O l V1V1V1 VZV1 o V1VZ O X10 A� ct A tzJ H W 01-3 L4 0 '� d N N F-' F-' N N N F-' N ''s 0 I N N VZ UZ H -mil N V1 -.l N�1 N O,N cD tU -d O V't O NaM V1Vt O V1\A\J k Vi O Vt c 10 o O co 1-40 ro O ''i H O 'd cD N N N V1O - low 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 OV1O po OOVi 1 1 1 000 w XX I- O o p a i ct t sea. 908 - 5a. (4) In residential buildings not more than three ( 3) stories in height, solid masonry bearing walls may be eight (8) inches thick when not over thirty five (35) feet in height. Walls in one (1) story dwell- in s and one (1) story private garages may be six inches thick when not over nine (9) feet in height, except that the height to the peak of a gable may be fifteen (15) feet o (5) Solid masonry bearing walls of business buildings and storage buildin s not more than one (1) story high, may be eight (8f inches thick; provided they are reinforced at intervals, not exceeding twenty (20) feet, by cross walls, piers or buttresses* (6) Outside of the fire limits, solid masonry bearing walls eight (8) inches thick, may be used for build- ings not exceeding thirty (30) feet nor two (2) stories in height, the walls of which, under this code, could be of wood frame construction; provided they do not exceed fifty (50) feet in length between cross walls$ piers, or buttresses. (7) Solid masonry bearing walls above roof level, twelve (12) feet or less in height, enclosing pent houses or roof structures may be eight (8) inches thick and may be considered as neither increasing the height nor requiring any increase in the thickness of the wall below, provided the requirements for allowable stresses are complied with. b. Thickness of Non-bearing Exterior Walls. The thickness of non-bearing exterior walls, except fire walls and party walls, shall be not less than eight (8) inches for the uppermost fifteen (15) feet, and shall increase four (4) inches in thickness for each successive thirty five (35) feet or fraction thereof measured downward from the top of the wall. as Lateral Su��ort. Solid masonry walls shall be supported at right—an angles to the wall face at intervals not exceed- ing twenty (20) times the nominal wall thickness if laid in Type A, B. or C mortar, and not exceeding twelve (12) times the nominal wall thickness if laid in Type D mortars- Such lateral support shall conform to subsection 13 of this section. d. Bond. The facing and backing of solid masonry bearing wa is shall be bonded so that not less than four (4) per cent of the wall surface is composed of full length headers. 2-11-53 18 - f t Sec. 908-5d. The distance between adjacent full length headers shall not exceed twenty four ( 24) inches either vertically or horizontally. In solid brick walls more than twelve (12) inches thick, the inner joints of header courses shall be covered with another header course which shall break joints with the course below. The facing and backing of solid masonry non-bearing walls shall be bonded as re- quired above for bearing walls or shall be bonded with corrosion-resistant metal ties spaced not farther apart than sixteen (16) inches vertically and twenty four (24) inches horizontally. e. Other Requirements (1) Under-burned clay bricks shall not be used in any part of a building or structure where exposed to the weather, nor in isolated piers, nor in such part of a bearing wall above which the wall extends more than forty (40) .feet. (2) Clay or shale brick laid in Type A or Type B mortar shall be wet immediately before being laid, except in freezing weather and except very hard or vitrified brick need not be wetted. (3) Horizontal and vertical joints in brick masonry shall be filled with mortar. (4) Except in dwellings, interior bearing walls that are less than twelve l2) inches in thickness and support wooden floor or roof joists, shall be corbeled not less than three (3) inches to receive such joists, unless approved metal joist hangers are used. 6. Stone Walls a. Thickness (1) The thickness of stone walls shall be sufficient at all points to keep the combined stresses due to live, dead, and other loads for which the building is de- signed within the limits prescribed in subsection 4 of this section. (2) The minimum thickness of walls of stone ashlar shall be not less than that required for solid masonry walls in subsection 5 of this section. (3) Rubble stone walls shall be four (4) inches thicker than is required for solid masonry walls in subsec- tion 5 of this section, but shall not be less than sixteen (16) inches thick, and shall not exceed forty (40) feet in height. 2-11-53 • 19 - y i sea. 908- 6. be Lateral s.u. pPpPor�t.. Stone walls shall conform to the require- ments for a al support of solid masonry walls in sub- section 5 of this section. c. Bond (1) In ashlar masonryp bond stones uniformly distributed shall be provided to the extent of not less than ten (10) per cent of the area and having not less than four (4) inches of bond into the backing masonry, (2) Rubble stone masonry twenty four ( 24) inches or less in thickness shall have bond stones with a maximum spacing of three (3) feet vertically and horizontally and if the masonry is of greater thickness than twenty four (24) inches shall have one '(1) bond stone for each six (6) square feet of wall surface on both sides and no header stone shall be less than twelve (12) inches long measured at right angles to the face of the masonry. d. Natural Beds. All stones showing pronounced cleavage shall be laid on their natural bed, except for cornices and other projecting members which shall have the grain or bedding planes vertical and at right angles to the face of the masonry. 7; Walls of Hollow Masonry Units a. Thickness and Height (1) The thickness of walls of hollow masonry units shall be sufficient at all points to keep the combined stresses due to live, dead, and other loads for which the building is designed within the limits prescribed in subsection 4 of this section. (2) The minimum thickness of walls of hollow masonry units shall be not less than that required for solid mason" ry walls in subsection 5 of this section. (3) Walls of hollow masonry units shall not exceed fifty ( 50) feet in height. be Lateral Support. Walls of hollow masonry units shall be supported at right angles to the wall face at intervals not exceeding eighteen (18) times the nominal wall thick- ness. Such lateral support shall conform to subsection 13 of this section. 2-11-53 - 20 - a c Sec. 908 - 7. c. Bond (1) Hollow masonry units shall have full mortar coverage of the face shells in both the horizontal and Verti- cal joints. 1 (2) Where two (2) or more hollow units are used to make up the thickness of a wall, the inner and outer courses shall be bonded at vertical intervals# not exceeding three (3) feet, by lapping at least four (4) inches over the unit below or by lapping with units at least fifty (50) per cent greater in thick- ness than the unit below at vertical intervals not exceeding seventeen (17) inches. (3) Brick facing or lining (which does not include ven- eering when used in hollow block walls) shall be bonded to the backing in accordance with paragraph (d) of subsection 5 of this section. (4) Where walls of hollow masonry units are decreased in thickness, a course of solid masonry shall be inter- posed between the wall below and the thinner wall above, or the hollow units in the top course of the thicker wall shall be filled solidly with mortar or masonry. d. Bearing. In walls and piers of hollow masonry units, suit a provision shall be made for proper bearing at the ends of all beams and at points of load concentration. 8. Cavity Walls and Hollow Walls a. Allowable Stresses. In cavity walls and hollow walls the compress ve stresses in pounds per square inch of gross cross-sectional area shall be in conformity with subsec- tion 4 of this section. b. HeiFht and Thickness. (1) Cavity walls and hollow walls shall not exceed thirty five (35) feet in height. Cavity walls, exclusive of the cavity, and hollow walls, shall be not less In thickness than required for solid masonry walls in subsection 5 of this section. (2) In cavity walls, neither the facing nor backing shall be less than three and three-fourths (3 3/4) inches in nominal thickness and the cavity shall be not less than two (2) inches nor more than three (3) inches in width. 2.11--53 •• 21 - i Secs. 908 — 8. c. Lateral Su ort. Cavity walls shall be supported at right ang es to t e wall face at intervals not exceeding four- teen (14) times and hollow walls at intervals not exceed- ing eighteen (16) times the nominal wall thickness. Such lateral support shall conform to subsection 13 of this section. d. Bond (1) In hollow walls the parts of same shall be connected by bonds of brick, stone or the material of the wall, placed not more than twenty four (24) inches apart in either direction; but the parts shall not be deemed to act together in the support of loads unless such bonds are of a size and design to fully develop the strength of either part. (2) In cavity walls the facing and backing shall be se- curely tied together with suitable bondin ties of adequate strength. A three sixteenths (316) inch diameter steel rod or metal tie of equivalent stiff- ness coated with a noncorroding metal or other ap- proved protective coating shall be used for each three (3) square feet of wall surface. Where hollow masonry units are laid with the cells vertical, rec-_ tangular ties shall be used; in other walls the ends of ties shall be bent to ninety (90) degree angles to provide hooks not less than two (2) inches long. Ties shall be embedded in horizontal joints of facing and backing. Additional bonding ties shall be pro- vided at all openings, spaced not more than three (3) feet apart around the perimeter and within twelve (12) inches of the opening. Cavity walls of plain concrete shall be reinforced as provided for solid walls of plain concrete in subsection 11 of this section. e. Bearing (1) In hollow walls or cavity walls suitable provision shall be made at each line of floor beams and wherever load concentrations occur, to insure proper bearing. (2) When cavity walls or hollow walls, in which the cells of hollow units are laid vertical, are decreased in thickness, the units in the top course of the thicker wall shall be filled solidly with mortar or masonry or the exposed openings in such top course shall be covered with slabs of hard burned tile or concrete at least one (1) inch in.thickness or the openings shall be stopped in some other approved manner. 2-11-53 - 22 - 1 sec. 908 - 8. f. Drainage. In cavity walls the cavity shall be kept clear of mortar droppings during construction. Approved flash- ing shall be installed and adequate drainage provided to keep dampness away from the backing. 9. Faced Walls as Material. Materials used for facing shall be not less thartwot and one-fourth (2*) inches thick, and in no case less in thickness than one-eighth (1/8) the height of the unit. b. Allowable Stresses. Where bonded to the backing as pre- sarlbed below, the full cross section of both the facing and the backing may be considered in computing the stresses. a. Thickness. Faced walls shall be not less in thickness than is required for masonry walls of either of the types forming the facing and the backing. Where bonded to the backing as prescribed below$ the facing may be consider- ed a part of the wall thickness. d. Bond. (1) Brick facing shall be bonded to the backing as pre- scribed for solid masonry walls in subsection 5 (d) of of this section. (2) Ashlar facing of either natural or cast stone shall have at least twenty (20) per cent of the superfic- ial area extending not less than four (4) inches Into the backing to form bond stones, which shall be uniformly distributed throughout the wall, (3) When walls of hollow masonry units are faced with hollow units$ the facing units shall be bonded to the backing as required for walls of hollow masonry in subsection 7 (c) of this section. 10. Attachment of Stone Facing Every projecting stone, and, except when alternate courses are full bond courses, every stone not a bond stone shall be securely anchored to the backing with corrosion resistant metal anchors with a cross section of not less than two- tenths (462) square inch. There shall be at least one (1) anchor to each stone and not less than two (2) anchors for each stone more than two (2) feet in length and three (3) square feet in area shall have at least one (1) anchor to each four (4) square feet of superficial face area. 2-11-53 23 - S { Sec. 908 119 Solid Walls of Plain Concrete SL, Thickness (1) The thickness of walls of plain concrete shall be sufficient at all points to keep the combined stresses due to live, dead, and other loads for which the building is designed within the limits prescribed in subsection 4 of this section. (2) The minimum thickness of walls of plain concrete may be two (2) inches less than that required for solid masonry walls, but not less than eight (8) inches, except that six (6) inch walls may be used where specifically permitted by subsection 5 (a) (4) of this section. b. Lateral Support. Solid walls of plain concrete shall be supported at right angles to the wall face at intervals not exceeding twenty (20) times the nominal wall thick- ness, Such lateral support shall conform to subsection 13 of this section. c. Plain Concrete. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this section, the Building Code Requirements for Re- inforced Concrete of the American Concrete Institute (ACI 318-51) , shall be deemed to be the generally accept- ed good practice in plain concrete construction. d. Reinforcement around openings. Reinforcement symmetric- ally disposed in the thickness of the wall shall be placed not less than one (1) inch above and two (2) inches below openings and extend n of less than twenty- four inches each side of such openings or be of equiv- alentt length with hooks. The reinforcement both above and below shall consist of one (1) , five-eighths (518) inch round rod for each six (6) inches in wall thickness or fraction thereof. 12. Reinforced Brick Masonry. Reinforced brick masonry of less thickness and without the lateral support specified for solid masonry may be used when approved by the Bureau. 13. Lateral Support The lateral support required by subsections 50 6, 7, 8 and 11 of this section shall be either vertical or horizontal. It may be obtained by cross walls, piers, or buttresses, when the limiting distance is measured horizontally, or by floors and roof when the limiting distance is measured 2-11-53 - 24 - r i r Sec. 908 - 13. vertically. Sufficient bonding or anchorage shall be pro- vided between the walls and the supports to resist the as- sumed wind force, acting either inward or outward. Piers or buttresses relied upon for lateral support shall have suf- ficient strength and stability to transfer the wind force, acting in either direction to the ground. When walls are dependent upon floors or roofs for their lateral support, provision shall be made in the building to transfer the lat- eral forces to the ground. SEC. 909 - REINFORCED CONCRETE 1. General Except as otherwise specifically provided in this code or in rules duly promulgated by the Commissioner, the Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete as adopted by the American Concrete Institute ACI 318-51, shall be deemed to be the generally accepted good practice in reinforced con- orete construction. 2. Working Stresses as All concrete exposed to freezing and thawing weather such as driveways, sidewalks, garage floors, porch slabs, etc. shall be air entrained concrete and have a minimum ultimate twenty eight (28) day compressive strength of not less than 3,000 pounds per square inch. and a maximum water content of six (6) gallons per sack of cement, except for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing weather or conforming to specific conditions given in paragraph b below. All concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2,000 pounds per square inch and design stresses shall not exceed the following as shown in Table No. I. b. When evidence satisfactory to the Commissioner is sub- mitted that concrete of a predetermined strength is to be used and that the design and construction will be under competent supervision, higher stresses may be used, in accordance with the Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete as adopted by the American Con- crete Institute. c. For members carrying wind stresses only, and for combined stresses due to wind and other loads, the working stresses prescribed above may be increased thirty three and one-third per cent (33 1/3%) ; provided the section thus found is not less than required by the dead-load and live loads alone. ' 2-11-53 25 - M I Sea• 909 3. Con_ crete a. The determination of the proportions of cementp aggreg -: and water to attain the required strengths shall be made by one of the following methods: Method 1 - Concrete made from Average Materials. W e"i preliminary tests of the materials to be used are made, the water-content ,per sack of cement shall not exceed values set forth in Table D, TABLE D ASSUMED STRENGTH OF CONCRETE MIXTURES Water-Content U. S. Gallons Assumed Compressive Strength Per 94 lb. Sack of Cement At 28 Days _ U. S. Gallons Sack Per Cu. Yd. ps.i. c;000 6 3 %4 5 1/2 2,500 6 6 3,000 5 7 3,750 Note: In interpreting this table, surface water contained in the aggregate must be included as part of the mixing water in computing the water-content. Average concrete for reinforced concrete shall consist of one (1) part portland cement andnot more than six (6) parts aggregate, by volume measured dry, and not more than seven and one-half (7 112) gallons of water per sack, ninety-four (94) pounds, of cement. The aggregate shall be mixed in an approximate ratio of two and one-half (2 1/22) parts fine aggregate and three and one-half ( 3 1/2) parts coarse ag- gregate. Method 2 - Controlled Concrete. Proportions of the material and water-content, other than those set forth in Table D$ may be used provided that the strength-quality of the materials proposed for use in the structure shall be established by tests which shall be made in advance of the beginning of oper- ationsp using the consistencies suitable for the work and in accordance with the A.S.T.M. "Standard Method of Tests for Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders", (C 39-49) . A curve representing the relation between the water-content and the average twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength or earlier strength at which the concrete is to receive its full working load, shall be established by at least three (3) points# each point representing average values from at least three (3) test specimens. The water-content used in the con- crete for the structure as determined from the curve shall 2-11-53 - 26 - r [ See, 909 - 3a, correspond to a strength which is fifteen per cent (15%) greater than that called for on the plans. No substitutions shall be made in the materials used on the work without ad- ditional tests in accordance herewith to show that the qual- ity of the concrete is satisfactory. b., Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable un- coated grains free from deleterious materials. It shall be well graded in sizes from one-quarter (1/4) inch to fines and shall comply with requirements of ASTM Specifi- cations, serial designation C33-49. c. Coarse Aggregate shall consist of gravel, crushed stone, or other approved inert material with similar character- istics having clean, hard, durable uncoated particles free from deleterious materials. It shall be well graded in size from one-fourth (1/4) inch up to a maximum of not more than one-fifth (115) the narrowest dimension between forms nor more than three-fourths (3/4) of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. Grading shall comply with requirements of ASTM serial designation, C33- 49. d. The proportions of aggregate to cement for any concrete shall be such as to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement with the method of placing employed on the work, but without permitting the materials to seg- regate or excess free water to collect on the surface. The combined aggregates shall be of such composition of sizes that when separated on the No. 4 standard sieve, the weight passing the sieve (fine aggregate) shall be not less than thirty (30) per cent nor greater than fifty (50) per cent of the total unless otherwise required by the Commissioner, except that these proportions do not neces- sarily apply to light-weight aggregates. Measurement of materials for ready mixed concrete shall conform to the ASTM "Standard Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete", (C 94-48) . The methods of measuring concrete materials shall be such that the proportions of all materials can be accurately controlled during the progress of the work and easily checked at any time by the Commissioner or his authorized representative. The method of delivering the aggregates to the work and of storing and handling shall be such that the moisture con- tent of the aggregates as they come to the mixer shall, not be subject to frequent or unnecessary changes, 2-11-53 - 27 - Sec. 909 4• Mixing and Placing Concrete a, MIXINGS. The concrete shall be mixed until it is a uniform distribution of the materials and the mass is uniform in color and homogeneous. In machine mixing, only a batch mixer of approved type shall be used. Each batch shall be mixed not less than one (1) minute after all the materials are in the mixer and must be discharged completely before the mixer is recharged, Ready mix concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements set forth in the ASTM "Standard Specifications for Ready Mix Concrete", C94-48. b. SLUMP. The slump of the concrete shall not exceed four (4) inches if mechanical vibration is used and shall not exceed six (6) inches if hand placed. of CLEANING FORMS AND EQUIPMENT. Before concrete is placed, all equipment for mixing and transporting the concrete shall be cleaned, all debris shall be removed from the spaces to be occupied by the concrete, forms shall be thoroughly wetted (except in freezing weather) or oiled, and masonry that will be in contact with concrete shall be well drenched (except in freezing weather) . Reinforce- ment shall be thoroughly cleaned and secured in position. Concrete shall not be placed until the forms and rein- forcement have been inspected and approved by the Commis- sioner. d• REMOVAL OF WATER FROM EXCAVATIONS. Water shall be removed from excavations before concrete is deposited, unless otherwise directed by the Commissioner. Any flow of water into an excavation shall be diverted through proper side drains to a sump, or be removed by other T proved methods which will avoid washing the freshly deposited concrete, Water vent pipes and drains shall be filled by grouting or otherwise, after the concrete has hardened thoroughly. e. TRANSPORTING CONCRETE. Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practic- able by methods which shall prevent the separation or loss of the ingredients. It shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Under no circumstances shall concrete that has attained its initial set be used. Equipment for ehuting, pumping and pneumatically convey- ing concrete shall be of such size and design as to insure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without separation of the materials. 2-11-53 - 28 - r 1 Sec. 909 - 4• f. PLACING. Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted with suitable tools. When necessary, openings shall be pro- vided in the forms to permit the placing of concrete in such a manner as to avoid accumulations of hardened con-- crete on the forms or reinforcing bars. The concrete shall be thoroughly worked around the reinforcement. g. BONDING FRESH AND HARDENED CONCRETE. Before new concrete is deposited on or against concrete which has set, the forms shall be re-tightened) the surface of the set con- crete shall be roughened, cleaned of foreign matter and laitance and thoroughly wetted but not saturated. The clean and wetted surfaces of the hardened concrete, in- cluding vertical and inclined surfaces, shall be slushed with a coating of neat cement grout against which the new concrete shall be placed before the grout has attained its set. For walls and columns the grout may be omitted on the horizontal surfaces, but a layer of mortar having the composition of the mortar in the concrete shall be placed before resuming concreting. 5• Curing and Protection Against Freezing a. CURING. Exposed surfaces of concrete shall be kept moist for a period of at least five (5) days after being depos- ited for ordinary cement and two (2) days for high early strength cement. b. DEPOSITING IN COLD WEATHER. Adequate equipment shall be provided for heating the concrete materials and protecting the concrete during freezing or near-freezing weather. No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be used. All concrete materials and all reinforcement, forms, fill- ers and ground with which the concrete is to come in con- tact, shall be free from frost. Wherever the temperature of the surrounding air is below forty (40) degrees Fahr- enheit, all concrete when placed in the forms shall have a temperature of between sixty (60) and ninety (90) de- grees Fahrenheit and shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than fift (50) degrees Fahrenheit for at least sevent. two (72T hours for normal concrete or twen- ty-four '(24) hours for high early strength concrete, or for as much more time as is necessary to insure proper rate of curing of the concrete. The housing, covering, or other protection used in connection with curing shall remain in place and intact for at least twenty-four ( 24) hours after the artificial heating is discontinued. No dependence shall be placed on salt or other chemicals for the prevention of freezing. Manure, when used for protection, shall not be applied directly to concrete. 2-11-53 - 29 - Sec. 909 - 5. c. CEMENT-GUN CONCRETE. Cement-gun concrete of Portland cement and sand may be used when applied in accordance with generally accepted good engineering practice, 6. Reinforcement a, The steel reinforcement shall conform to accepted starda. c.: for concrete reinforcement, be Expanded metal lath, steel wire or fabric for the rein- forcement of slabs, for lateral reinforcement of columns, or for resistance to shrinkage and temperature stresses may be used, ?► Protection of Reinforcement a. The reinforcement of footings and other principal struc- tural members in which the concrete is deposited against the ground shall have not less than three (3) inches of concrete between it and the ground contact surface. If concrete surfaces after removal of the forms are to be exposed to the weather or be in contact with the ground, the reinforcement shall be protected with not less than two (2) inches of concrete for bars more than five-eighths (5/8) inch in diameter and one and one-half (1j) inches for bars five-eighths (5/8) inch or less in diametero be The concrete protective covering for reinforcement shall conform to the minimum thicknesses as follows: For columns, beams and girders . 1 inches For solid slabs and walls . . . 3/4 inch c, Concrete protection for reinforcement shall in all cases be at least equal to the diameter of round bars and one and one-half (1j) times the side dimension of square bars. 8. Walls a, Enclosure walls of reinforced, concrete shall be securely anchored at all floors, Such walls when supported by girders at each story shall be bonded or otherwise secure- ly tied to columns or piers* be In buildings of fireproof construction and semi-fireproof construction, the thickness of walls of reinforced con- crete shall be not less than six (6) inches for the upper- most fifteen (15) feet of their height, and shall increase one (1) inch in thickness for each successive twenty five (25) feet or fraction thereof measured downward from the top of the wall; provided that for walls supported by girders at each story the thickness may be, but shall not be less than, five (5) inches; and provided that in no case shall the thickness of any part of a bearing wall of reinforced concrete be less than one twenty-fifty (1125) 2-11-53 - 30 - l Sec. 909 — 8bo or a panel wall one-thirtieth (1/30) of the unsupported height or width, whichever is the shorter, unless the walls are laterally supported by cross walls, piers or built-in columns at intervals not exceeding twenty five (25) times the thickness of the wall. c. In buildings of other than fireproof construction and semi-fireproof construction$ the thickness of walls of re- inforced concrete shall be not less than one and one-third (1-1/3) times the thickness required for buildings of fireproof construction. In dwellings two (2) stories or less in height, the walls may be six (6) inches through- out. d, The steel reinforcement shall be not less in each direct- ion than 0.0025 times the cross sectional area of the wall if of bars. In walls more than ten (10) inches in thick- ness, the reinforcement shall be placed in two (2) layers. One layer consisting of from one-half (1/2) to two-thirds (2/3) of the total required shall be placed not less than two (2) inches nor 'more than one-third (1/3) the thickness of the wall from the exterior surface and the remainder of the reinforcement shall be placed not less than three- fourths (3/4) inch and not more than one-third (1/3) the thickness of the wall from the interior surface, The re- inforcement shall be spaced not more than twelve (12) inches on centers. Electrically welded fabric of proper gauge may be used if placed in conformity with accepted practice. as Proper reinforcement shall be provided around all open- ings. 9. Removal of Forms Forms for reinforced concrete shall remain in place until the concrete has hardened. Removable floor forms, beam and gir- der sides, column casings and other vertical parts of forms, shall not be removed until the concrete has set sufficiently 'that it will not be injured by their removal. Those parts of the forms and shoring that support structural members shall not be removed until such members have acquired suffic- ient strength to support safely their own weight and such loads as may come upon them. SEC. 910 - FIRE WALLS AND PARTY WALLS 1. Construction a. Fire walls and party walls of masonry shall be 7 in Type A or Type B mortar. be Party walls shall be of noncombustible construction having 2-11-53 31 - • f Sec. 910 - lb, not less than four (4) hours fire resistance. Fire walls shall be of noncombustible construction complying with the requirements of Section 201 and shall have fire re- sistance of not less than specified herein: storage oc- cupancy four (4) hours, business occupancy three (3) hours, all other occupancies two (2) hours. Fire and party walls shall be self supporting and shall be carried continuously throughout all stories to and above the roof as specified in Section 201 except that in buildings of fireproof and semifireproof construction, fire walls may be supported on structural members provided those members have fire resistance not less than specified for the fire walls supported. c. Where structural members project into hollow masonry units, the hollow space shall be filled with noncombust- ible material the full thickness of the wall and four (4) inches or more above# between and below such members. 2. Thickness of Solid Masonry Walls Except Panel Walls a. For business buildings and storage buildings, fire walls and party walls of solid masonry units shall be not less than sixteen (16) inches thick for the uppermost fifty (50) feet and increase four (4) inches in thickness for each additional thirty-five (35) feet or fraction thereof measured downward from the top of the wall; except that where the walls are non-bearing, or where beams or girders are supported on the wall by approved metal hangers and do not enter the wall, the minimum thickness may be six- teen (16) inches for the uppermost seventy (70) feet. be For other buildings, fire walls and party walls of solid masonry units shall be not less than twelve (12) inches thick for the uppermost thirty-five (35) feet and in- crease four (4) inches in thickness for each additional thirty five (35) feet or fraction thereof measured down- ward from the top of the wall. 3. Thickness of Brick-faced Hollow Masonry Walls Fire walls and party walls of hollow masonry units faced on each side with at least four (4) inches of brick shall have a total thickness including the facing not less than four (4) inches greater than specified in subsection 2 above for solid masonry walls. 4• Thickness of Reinforced Concrete Walls Except Panel Walls . a. For business buildings and storage buildings, fire walls and party walls of reinforced cormete shall be not less than eleven (11) inches thick for the uppermost thirty-five 2-11-53 - 32 - Sec. 910 - 4a. feet and increase two (2) inches in thickness for each successive thirty five ( 35) feet or fraction thereof mea- sured downward from the top of the wall. b. For other buildings, fire walls and party walls of rein- forced concrete shall be not less than nine (9) inches thick for the uppermost thirty five (35) feet and increase two (2) inches in thickness for each successive thirty five (35) feet or fraction thereof measured downward from the top of the wall. 5. Exception to Thickness Requirements for Panel walls Where fire walls or party walls are constructed as panel walls in a frame work of columns and girders, they shall meet the requirements specified for the construction of fire walls and party walls in Section 910-1, 6. To be Carried to or Above the Roof Fire walls and party walls shall extend at least three (3) feet above the roof; except where the roof is of fireproof or semi-fireproof construction in which case the fire walls and party walls shall be carried up tightly against the under- side of the roof slabs. 7. Size and Protection of Openings a. Except in sprinklered buildings, no opening in a fire wall shall exceed one hundred twenty (120) square feet in area with no dimension greater than twelve (12) feet, and the aggregate width of all openings at any level shall not ex- ceed twenty five (25) per cent of the length of the wall. b. Every opening in a required fire wall shall be protected on each side of the wall with an approved automatic or self-closing fire door; provided, that when a fire wall serves also as a horizontal exit, it shall have no open- ings other than door openings not exceeding forty-eight (48) square feet in area, and one of the fire doors at each opening shall be a self-closing fire door. SEC. 911 PARAPETS a. Except as listed below, parapets shall be provided on all fire walls, party walls, and exterior walls of masonry or reinforced concrete. Parapets are not required on: (1) Walls connecting with roofs of fireproof construction or semifireproof construction; (2) A wall of a building, the roof of which is at least three (3) feet lower than the roof of, or any open- ing in, an adjacent building wall; 2-11-53 - 33 - Sec. 911 - a. (3) Walls facing on a street having a width of thirty (30) feet or more; (4) Walls of a building which is thirty (30) feet or more distant in all directions from property lines and from other buildings on the same property; (5) Walls of a building which is thirty (30) feet or more distant in all directions from property lines but less than thirty (30) feet distant to one or more buildings on the same property, where the total area of the buildings within thirty (30) feet of each other does not exceed one and one-half (1j) times the allowable area for any one of the build- ings considered; (6) Walls of a detached dwelling, or of a building not exceeding 19000 square feet in area; (7) Walls of a building where the roof has an angle of more than twenty (20) degrees with the horizontal. be In dwellings and in buildings in which eight (8) inch walls are permitted, such parapets shall be not less than eight (8) inches thick and carried at least two (2) feet above the roof. c. In all other buildings, such parapets shall be not less than twelve (12) inches thicks are carried not less than three (3) feet above the roof. d. Parapets shall be properly coped with noncombustible, weatherproof material and flashed with the flashing ex- , tending through the parapet wall under the coping. All corners of all parapet walls shall be reinforced with at least one (1) , one-fourth (1/4) inch round bar in every third joints continuous around the corner and extending into the masonry at least three (3) feet from the corner. SEC. 912 - CHASES AND RECESSES at No chase shall extend into a wall more than one-third (1/3) of its thickness but no chase shall be out or built in an eight (8) inch exterior wall or in a hollow wall or cavity wall or within the required area of a piers ex- cept that in dwellings not more than two (2) stories highs chases not more than four ( ) inches deep, twenty four (24) inches high and thirty 80) inches wider or the width of a windows if under a window, may be built in an eight (8) inch wall. The backs and sides of chases in eight (8) inch walls shall be waterproofed and insulated. 2-11-53 - 34 - r , Sec. 912 b. No horizontal chase shall exceed four (4) feet in length, nor shall the horizontal projection of any diagonal chase exceed four (4) feet. c. Chases shall not be out in hollow walls, in cavity walls, or in walls of hollow or solid masonry units, but, when permitted, shall be built in. d. Chases shall be filled in solidly with noncombustible material within the floor thickness at each floor level. e. Recesses for stairways or elevators may be left in walls of buildings, but the thickness of the wall at such re- cems shall ba not less than the required thickness of the wall at the fourth story above grade, unless reinforced by additional piers, by steel or reinforced concrete gir- ders, or by steel or reinforced concrete columns and gir- ders, securely anchored to walls on each side of such recesses. f. The aggregate area of chases and recesses in .a wall shall not exceed one-fourth (1/4) of the whole area of the face of the wall in any story. g. Chases or recesses that would reduce the thickness below the required minimum, shall not be built or out in fire walls or fire partitions. SEC. 913 - WALL VENEERING 1, Masonry Veneering as Materials used for masonry veneering shall be of not less than the following thicknesses: MASONRY VENEERING i Material Thickness (Inches) Stone . not less than 3 Cellular architectural terra cotta. not less than 3 Architectural terra cotta slabs 0 . not less than 1� � rick (clay, concrete, or sand-lime) . not less than 241 f Cast stone. . . . . . . . not less than 1A Structural clay the . not less than 1 3/ Flat the . . . 0 not more than 1 Other approved material - as approved by the Commissioner t 2-11-53 35 - � y Sec. 913 - 1. b. In stone ashlar, each stone shall have a reasonably uniform thickness, but all stones need not necessarily be of the same thickness. c. Height. Masonry veneer shall not exceed thirty five (35) feet in height above foundations or other approved support. d. Attachment of masonry veneering (1) Masonry veneering shall be tied into the masonry backing either by a header for every three hundred (300) square inches of wall surface or by substan- tial, corrosion resistant metal wall ties spaced not farther apart than sixteen (16) inches vertically and twenty four (24) inches horizontally. Headers shall roject at least three and three-fourths (3 3/4) inches into the backing. Special care shall be taken to fill all joints flush with mortar around openings. (2) Masonry veneer on wood frame structures or wood or steel framing shall be anchored by corrosion-resist- ant metal ties spaced not farther apart than sixteen (16) inches vertically and twenty four (24) inches horizontally. Each tie shall be embedded in a stretcher course and be securely fastened to the structure. e. _Flashing* Corrosion resistant flashing to prevent moisture From m penetrating behind the veneer shall be provided over wall openings, or other places as may be required. 29 Metals Glass and Other Veneers as Veneers of metal and other materials, unless corrosion resistant, shall be protected by an approved corrosion resistant surfacing and shall be securely attached to the supporting construction with approved hangers, clips or other anchoring devices approved by the Commissioner. The anchors shall be of such size, quality and spacing as to adequately fasten the material to the backing. b. The joints of metal and other veneers shall be protected against the weather by caulking, pointing or the use of any other method approved by the Commissioner. e. Glass veneer shall not be attached to any exterior wall at a height of over thirty five feet above grade. d. Supports for metal and other veneers shall be adequately protected against the weather and moisture by painting, galvanizing or other approved methods; wood supports shall be treated with creosote or other approved preserva- tive. 2-11-53 - 36 - SEC. 914 - REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE 1. General as Except as otherwise specifically provided in this code or in rules promulgated by the Commissioner,, the "Americ m Standard Building Requirements for Reinforced Gypsum Con- crete", ASA A59.1-1945* as approved by the American Stan- dards Association shall be deemed to be the generally ac- cepted good practice in reinforced gypsum concrete con- struction. b. Gypsum concrete shall not be used where exposed directly to the weather or where subjected to frequent or continu- ous wetting. Precautions shall be taken against satura- tion and freezing during construction. 2. Gypsum The term gypsum shall mean calcined gypsum manufactured from gypsum conforming to the Standard Specifications for Gypsum ASTM C22-50. (ASA A49.1-1951) 3. Gypsum Concrete as Gypsum concrete shall consist of a mixture of gypsum and water, with or without chips, shavings or fiber or other approved aggregate. The gypsum and wood chips, shavings or fiber shall be premixed at the mill, requiring the addition of water only at the place of use. b. Precast gypsum concrete shall contain not more than three (3) per cent and cast-in- lace gypsum concrete not more than twelve and one-half (p12-al) per cent of wood chips, shavings, or fiber measured as a percentage by weight of the dry mix. c. Wood chips, shavings, or fiber used in gypsum concrete shall b6 dry, soft wood, uniform and clean in appearance. They shall pass a one (1) inch screen and shall be not more than one-sixteenth (1/16) inch in thickness. 4. Reinforcement The steel reinforcement shall conform to accepted standards for concrete reinforcement. 5. Des_i as Gypsum concrete shall be classed according to mixture, and concrete of each class shall develop a minimum strength in compression as follows: 2-11-53 - 37 - Sec. 914-5• s. per sq. n. Class 1. Neat (containing gypsum and water only) . . . . . . 1800 Class 2. Containing not more than 3 per cent by weight of wood chips, shavings, or fiber . . . 1000 Class 3. Containing not more than 121 per cent by weight of wood chips, shavings, or fiber 500 b. In the design of floor and roof slabs of reinforced gypsum concrete, the following values shall be used for the modulus of elasticity for the several classes of gypsum concrete: Lbs, per sq. in. Class 1 120002000 Class 2 600,000 class 3 200,000 a. In the design of floor and roof slabs of reinforced gypsum concrete the working stresses in the concrete shall not exceed the values shown in the following table: Class 1 Class 2 Class Compressive stress in bending 450 250 125 Axial compressive or bearing stress 360 200 100 Bond stress with reinforcement anchored 36 20 10 Shearing stress with reinforcement anchored 36 20 10 d, The working stresses in reinforcing steel shall conform to the following: Lbs. per sq. in. Steel in tension, structural grade. 18,000 Steel in tension, intermediate or hard grade or rail steel . . . 20,000 Cold drawn steel wire in tension . 20,000 Reinforcement anchored or electrically welded wire mesh shall be considered as meeting the bond and shear requirements of this section, page 38. [ J Sec. 914, 6. Minimum Thickness The minimum thickness of gypsum concrete in floors and roofs shall be two (2) inches except in the suspension system, which shall be not less than three (3) inches. Hollow pre- cast gypsum concrete units for roof construction shall be not less than three (3) inches thick and the shell not less than one-half (2) inch thick. 7. Precast Gypsum Concrete Units Precast gypsum concrete units for floor and roof construction shall be reinforced and, unless the shape or marking of the unit is such as to insure its being placed right side up,the reinforcement shall be placed symmetrically so that the unit can support its load either side up. SEC. 915. —STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CAST IRON 1, General Except as otherwise specifically provided in this code, the Standard Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erect- ion of Structural Steel for Buildings, revised June 1949, as adopted by the American Institute of Steel Construction, and the American Standard Building Requirements for Structural Steel as approved by the American Standards Association (A57-1-52) , shall be deemed to be the generally accepted good practice in structural steel construction. 29 Structural Steel a. The term structural steel as used in this code refers to the material so classified by the American Institute of Steel Construction. b. Structural steel shall conform to the Standard Specifica- tions for Steel for Bridges and Buildings, ASTM A7-49T2 unidentified stock material, if free from surface imper- fections, may be used for short sections of minor im- portance, or for small unimportant details, where the precise physical properties of the material would not af- fect the safety of the structure. 3. Working stresses for Structural Steel a. The working stresses, in pounds per square inch, in structural steel shall not exceed the following: 2-11-53 - 39 r � Sec. 915 - 3a. Lbs• per sq. in. Tension, net section . , 20,000 Compression in columns, maximum . . 17000 Extreme fiber stress in flexure, in tension 20$000 Extreme fiber stress in pins . • 30*000 Shear in web plates, maximum . . . 13P000 Shear in pins and turned bolts in reamed or drilled holes o . . . 15,000 Bearing on pins and power-driven rivets in single shear , . 32x000 Power-driven rivets in double shear . . . 40P000 b. The working stresses for structural steel columns and struts shall vary with the ratio of unsupported length to least radius of gyration of the section, in accordance with generally accepted good practice. For main compres- sion members subjected to stress due to dead loads or live loads, the ratio of one hundred twenty (120) shall not be exceeded; for bracing and other secondary members in compression the ratio of two hundred (200) shall not be exceeded. c.. In laterally unsupported structural steel members, the compressive working stress in flanges of beams and girders shall be reduced in accordance with generally accepted good practice. d. Welded joints constructed with base material and filler metal of prescribed quality shall be proportioned so that the stresses caused therein by the imposed loads shall not exceed the following values: Shear on section through throat of fillet weld, or on faying surface area of filled plug or slot weld . . . o o . . 913,600 lbs. per square inch. Tension on section through throat of butt weld - use corresponding allowable stress for base metal. Compression or shear on section through throat of butt weld - use corresponding allowable stress for base metal. Fiber stresses due to bending shall not exceed the values prescribed above for tension and compression$ respee- tively. Stress in a fillet weld shall be considered as shear on the throat, for any direction of the applied stress. Plug or slot welds shall not be ascribed any value in resistance to stresses other than shear. In case of fillet welds subjected to both shear and bend- ing stresses, the maximum unit stress resulting from the combination shall not exceed the above specified stress for shear. In new work, rivets or bolts in combination with welds shall not be considered as sharing the stress, and welds . shall be provided to carry the entire stress for which the connection is designed. 2-11-53 - 40 - sec. 915 - 3. e. For members carrying wind stresses only, and for combined stresses due to wind and other loads, the working stresses prescribed above may be increased thirty three and one- third per cent (33 1/3%) ; provided the section thus found is not less than required by the dead-load and live- loads alone. 49 Working Stresses for Cast Iron a. The working stresses, in pounds per square inch, in cast iron, shall not exceed the following: Use per sq. in. Direct compression on short blocks. . . 9,000 Extreme fiber stress in compression . . 16,000 Extreme fiber stress in t ension . 3,9000 Shear . . . 3,000 be The working stresses$ in pounds per square inch of cross section, for hallow cast iron columns shall vary with the ratio of unsupported length to least radius of gyration of the section, as follows: Ratio Lbs. per sq. in*,, Ratio Lbs. per sq. in. 70 . 6200 30 . 0 7,800 60 . G 6,600 20 . . 8,200 50 , e 7,000 10 . 82600 40 - . 7,400 For intermediate ratios the working; stresses shall be propor-lionate to those given. The maximum ratio here given shawl not be exceeded. c. Cast iron columns shall not be subjected, to tensile stresses. 59 Cast Iron Columns a. Cast iron columns shall not have a smaller outside diameter or side than five ( 5) inches. be The thickness of metal shall be not less than one-twelfth (1/12) the diameter or least dimension of cross . sections but not less than three fourths (3/4) of an inch. c. Cast iron columns not cast with one open side or back, shall have three-eighths (3/8) inch holes drilled in the shaft, to permit measurement of the thickness. 2-11-53 41 - Sec. 915. 6. Minimum Thickness of Structural Steel The minimum thickness required for protection against crip- pling, buckling and shear are prescribed in AISC specifica- tions. These stipulations assume that the material is strai- ght and true as erected and is not reduced by corrosion. No further stipulations as to minimum thickness shall apply to steel work exposed to conditions no more seriously corroding than an indoor atmosphere control for human comfort. The following stipulations one (1) and two (2) as to minimum thicknesses shall apply to exterior steel work enclosed in a nonimpervious envelope or exposed to frequent rain or snow and to interior steel work subject to atmospheric pressure more corrosive than that mentioned in the preceding paragraph. (1) Columns, studs, lintels, girders, and beams, exterior trusses, exterior bracing members, one-fourth (1) of an inch minimum. (2) Purlins, girts, trusses and bracing members sheltered from direct exposure to rain and snow, five-sixteenths (5/16) of an inch minimum. The controlling thickness of rolled shapes for the pur- pose of stipulation (1) and (2) shall be taken as the mean thickness of the flanges regardless of the web thickness. Steel work exposed to industrial fumes or vaporsp shall be given special protection as required in the judgment of the engineer. 7. Column Bases as Proper provision shall be made to transfer the column loads, and momentsp if any, to the footings and founda- tion. b. Cast iron bases or shoes shall be not less than one (1) inch thick in any part and they shall be planed on top, and when resting on steel girders on both top and bottom. c. Rolled steel bearing plates shall be finished in con- formity with the specifications of the American Insti- tute of Steel Construction. d. Columns shall be securely anchored to their foundations. 8. Lintels, Box Beams and Girders a. Cast iron lintels shall not be used for spans exceeding six ( 6) feet. They shall be not less than three-fourths (3/4) of an inch in thickness at any point. 2-11-53 - 42 - 80 1. sec. 915 - 8. b. When two ( 2) or more rolled beams or channels are used to form a girder, they shall be connected by bolts or sep- arators at intervals of not more than five (5) feet. All beams having a depth of twelve (12) inches or more shall have at least two (2) bolts to each separator. When concentrated loads are carried from one beam to the other or distributed between the beams, rolled or built-up diaphragms shall be used, designed with sufficient stiff- ness to distribute the load. Where beams are exposed, they shall be filled with concrete or spaced sufficiently far apart to permit cleaning and painting. c. The thickness of web in riveted girders shall be not less than 1/170 of the unsupported distance between flanges or between stiffeners. d. The compression flanges of steel beams and girders shall be supported laterally if the length multiplied by the depth and divided by the flange area exceeds six hundred (600) 9 unless the unit stresses are reduced in accord- ance with generally accepted good practice. 9. Assem_ blini a. Except where unfinished bolts are permitted, all work shall be riveted or welded; provided that where it is impossible to drive satisfactory rivets or to weld, turned bolts in reamed or matched drilled holes conform- ing to accepted practice may be used in shop or field. b. Riveting or welding shall be used for the connections of main members carrying live loads which produce impact and for connections subject to reversal of stresses. c. High tensile bolts may be used in place of rivets and shall conform to existing codes for riveted structures except as provided in "Specification For Assembly of Structural Joints Using High Tensile Steel Bolts, Ap- proved by Research Council and Riveted and Bolted Structural Joint of The Engineering Foundation, January 19511% 100 Welding a. Surfaces to be welded shall be free from loose scale.. slag, rust, paint or other foreign matter. b. Surfaces which are to be welded after erection preferably shall not receive any shop paint. If painted before erection, paint on surfaces adjacent to joints to be welded shall be thoroughly removed to expose clean steel for a distance of at least two ( 2) inches from either side of the joint. 2-11-53 - 43 - Sec. 915 - lo. c. Steel construction which is to be welded shall be held in the correct position by bolts, clamps, wedges, guy lines, struts or other suitable devices or by tack welds until welding has been completed. d. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this sec- tion or in rules duly promulgated by the Commissioners the "Standard Code for Are and Gas Welding in Building Construction", as adopted by the American Welding Soci- ety, shall be deemed to be the generally accepted good practice in are and gas welding. Safeguards used in connection with welding and gas cutting shall comply with provisions of Article XI. e, Field inspections on field welded structures shall be made continually during erection by a qualified engineer or architect and a record of such inspection shall be made available to the Commissioner. A11 field welding on such structures shall be done by licensed welders. 11. Are or Gas Cutting a. Nothing in this code shall prohibit are or gas cutting in steel construction; provided that are or gas cutting shall not be done on a member while it is under sub- stantial stress, and that it is not done where the mill- ing of surfaces is required for proper workmanship. be Cut edges shall be smooth and regular in contour, and when used in the preparation of base metal parts for welding, shall be thoroughly cleaned to expose only clean metal. of Cutting of holes in a member which has not been designed therefor shall not be done, 12. Tie Rods - Tile Arch Floor Construction a. Tie rods when required shall be not less than three- fourths (3/4) of an inch in diameter. be Holes for tie rods in floor arches shall be placed as near the thrust of the arch as practicable. c. When tie rods are used, the distance between tie rods in floors or roofs shall not exceed eight (8) times the depth of the beams nor eight (8) feet in any case. 13. Anchorage and Bearing . Lintels, steel joists, beams, girders or trusses, supported at either end by a wall or pier, shall be properly anchored thereto and shall rest upon bearing plates or shoes of cast iron, steel or stone of such design and dimensions to dis- tribute safely the loads on the masonry, unless the bearing 2-1153 - 44 - 9 � sec. 915 - 13. surface of the lintels, steel joists or beams is sufficient to distribute the load. 14. Protection Against Corrosion a. Except for surfaces which are to be completely covered with cement grout or mortar or completely imbedded in concrete, or which are to be welded after erection, structural steel shall have at least one (1) coat of paint suitable for the purpose before erection, and at least one (1) coat of a different shade from the first, after erection. b. Cast iron columns shall not be painted until after in- spection. c. All scale, dirt, rust, petroleum oil and other injurious materials shall be completely removed before painting iron or steel. d. Structural iron, steel and reinforcing steel used under ground or under water shall be covered on all sides by not less than three (3) inches of concrete. SEC. 916 - LIGHT GAUGE STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS as Except as otherwise specifically provided in this code or in rules duly promulgated by the Commissioner., sec- tion 12 - Members and Constructions Formed of Light Gauge Steel, of Bulletin V - Steel Regulations, dated January 1947, as adopted by the American Iron and Steel Institute, shall be deemed to be generally accepted good practice in light gauge steel construction. b. The term, "light, gauge steel structural members", as used in this code, refers to structural members cold formed to shape from sheet or strip steel less than three-sixteenths (316) inch in thickness. A building to be designed under this section must be a single span building where the main members have a span not more than thirty two (32) feet or secondary members in large buildings where the loaded area is not more than one hundred (100) square feet. c. The quality of light gauge steel for structural members shall conform to ASTM A245-48T, "Heavy Gauge Structural Qualit Flat Hot-Rolled Carbon-Steel Sheets"; ASTM A-246'. 8T, "Light Gauge Structural Quality Flat Hot- Rolled Carbon-Steel Sheets"; and ASTM A303-48T "Hot- Rolled Carbon-Steel Strip of Structural Quality'. 2-11-53 _ 45 _ MI Sec. 916 d. Light gauge steel construction shall be braced for any loads incident to construction as well as for the de- signed loads. e. Steel studs; panels, and other light gauge members used as framing in walls$ floors and roofs shall be thorough- ly cleaned and given at least one (1) coat of paint or other approved protection before leaving the shop. When, in the opinion of the Commissioner, this shop paint has deteriorated or the steel is rusty, it shall be repainted. SEC. 917 - STEEL JOISTS 1. General Except as otherwise specifically provided in this code or in rules duly promulgated by the Commissioner$ the American Standard Building Requirements for Steel Joist Construction (A87.1-1947) , approved by the American Standards Association, shall be deemed to be the generally accepted good practice in steel Joist construction. 2. Material Steel shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Spec- ifications for Steel for Bridges and Buildings (ASTM A7-49T) except that Joists formed of strip or sheet steel shall con- form to Grade C of the Specifications for Structural Quality, Flat Hot-Rolled Carbon-Steel Sheets, (ASTM A-245-52T) (ASTM A-246-52T, or ASTM A303-52T) . 3. Design a. Open web steel Joists shall be designed as trusses, solid web steel Joists as beams. Deck or top slabs over steel Joists shall not be assumed to carry any part of the compression stress to be carried by the steel Joists. b. The maximum design stress shall not exceed 18$000 pounds per square inch. c. Compression chords and diagonals of open web steel Joists shall not have a ratio of length (clear distance between welds or attachments) to least radius of gyra- tion in excess of one hundred twenty (120) , nor shall the unit compression stress exceed 15$000 pounds per square inch, nor shall it exceed S as determined by the following formula, in which L is the length of the member and r is the least radius of gyration: S = 18,000 1 + L2 17700 r 2-11-53 - 46 - . r Sec. 917 - 3. d. Joists and component parts of joists formed of strip or sheet steel shall be designed in accordance with Sec. 916. 4. Fabrication a. All joints of the members that comprise a steel joist shall be made by ccanecting the members directly to one another by fusion o + resistance welds, or by rivets. be In the case of expanded steel joists, a portion of the metal may be left intact to form a connection. c. In the case of nailer joists, wood nailer strips shall be firmly attached to the top chord of the joist. Such nailer strips shall be of good grade wood at least one and one-half (12) inch by one and one-half (1j) inch in net section. 5. Anchorage a. The ends of steel joists shall extend a distance of at least four (4) inches onto masonry or reinforced con- crete supports, and at least two (2) inches on steel supports, but not less than that needed to obtain proper bearing area. Every third steel joist bearing on con- crete or masonry supports shall be anchored thereto with an anchor equivalent to a three-eighths (318) inch round. The ends of all steel joists supported on masonry walls shall be bedded in mortar. be All steel joists supported on steel beams shall be sec- ured thereto with an anchor made of not less than a three-sixteenth (3/16) inch round bar fastened over the flanges of the supporting beams, or other equivalent approved attachment, except that in the case of buildings having a height of more than trice the least dimension of the base, each steel joist shall be welded, bolted or riveted to the supporting steel work. 6. Span The span of steel joist in steel joist construction shall not exceed twenty four ( 2 4) times the depth of the steel portion of the steel joist. 74 Bridging at As soon as steel joists have been erected and before application of construction loads, bridging shall be in- stalled between them. This bridging shall be adequate to safely support the top chords or flanges against lateral movement during the construction period and shall 2-11-53 - 47 - Sec. 917 - 7a, hold the steel joists in an approximately vertical plane passing through the bearings. The steel joists at the ends of panels shall be braced laterally by anchors or ties at each line of bridging. be The number of lines of bridging shall be: One (1) row# near the center, for spans up to fourteen (14) feet; two (2) rows, approximately onefourth (4) span a art and symmetrically located, for spans fourteen (1&) to twenty one (21) feet; and three (3) rows approximately equally spaced, for spans twenty one (21) to thirty two (32) feet. c. In the case of nailer steel joists carrying a wood deck, the wood deck may be used as the top member of the bridging system. 8. Decks or Top Slabs Decks or top slabs over steel joists may be of concrete or gypsum poured on metal lath centering or equally suitable permanent centering, or on removable centering, provided that top chords or flanges of the steel joists are stayed lateral- ly by ,the top slab. Precast concrete top slabs, precast gypsum top slabs, wood decks, or steel decks shall be secure- ly anchored to the top chords or flanges of the joists. 9. Protective Coating All steel joists shall be given one ( 1) coat of asphalt base paint or an equivalent approved protective covering$ before leaving the shop. When, in the opinion of the Commissioner, this shop paint has deteriorated or the steel has rusteds it shall be repainted. SEC. 918 - WOOD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS 1. General Except as otherwise specifically provided in this code or in rules duly promulgated by the Commissioner, the"National Design Specification for Stress-Grade Lumber and its Fasten- ings , "U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Miscellaneous Publication No. 185, Guide to Grading of Structural Timbers"and ASTM "Tentative Methods for Establishing Structural Grades of Lumber", D 245-49T, recommended by the National Lumber Manu- facturers Association, shall be deemed to be generally accept- ed good practice in wood construction. 2. Working Stresses a. Wood structural members shall be of sufficient size to carry the dead and required live loads without exceeding 2-11-53 - 48 - J P Sec. 918 - 2a, the allowable working stresses for the respective species and grade as given in the following tables, or .as approv- ed by the Bureau in accordance with generally accepted good practice in wood construction. b. The stresses used for any wood of a given species shall be the lowest stresses shown in the tables for that species unless the wood is identified by the grade mark ofs or certificate of inspection issued by, a lumber grading or inspection agency approved by the Bureau. c. For members carrying wind stresses only, and for combined stresses due to wind and other loads, the workin stress- es given in this section may be increased fifty NO) per cent; provided the section thus found is not less than required for dead load and live loads alone. d. Minimum sizes of lumber members required by this code refer to nominal sizes. American Lumber Standard dressed sizes shall be accepted as the minimum net sizes conforming to nominal sizes. Computations to determine the required sizes of members shall be based on the net dimensions (actual size) and not the nominal sizes. If rough sizes or finish sizes exceeding American Lumber Standard, R 16-39, dressed sizes are to be used, compu- tations may be predicated upon such actual sizes, pro- vided they are specified on the plans or in statement appended thereto. For convenience, nominal sizes may be shown on the plans. e. The Bureau may require the species and grade or the stress-grade of all wood used for load bearing purposes to be stated on the plans filed with the Bureau. f. "Grade", when used in connection with lumber for struc- tural purposes, is a classification with respect to strength. g. The allowable compression stress perpendicular to the grain may be increased in accordance with the following factors for bearings less than six (6) inches in length and located three (3) inches or more from the end of the timber, Len th of Bearing Inches) 2 1 12 2 3 4 5 Factor 1.75 1.38 1.25 1.19 1.13 1.10 1.00 h. For stress under washers or small plates, the same factor may be taken as for a bearing the length of which equals the diameter of the washer. 2-11-53 - 49 - 11 0 011t"-4 a0 co M M O MIA 1110 O U1%04< 43 w M f3+ Ci N D rH-1 rH-1 -zt r 4 N N M .O-i iH 0 H U O 110 0 O O O O OUl 000 0001 m U UO •ri r--I U1 CT 0% �O CT l` r- ---t 0 CIS O 4 a) - Om11 M M NN (n H w 3 wM Q. � rt m O O 4-3 4-� A II O N U1 in 111 O U1U1 U1 O 0 U1 O� m bO �-! CO"ri rl N t`- h- O E -t` t`-O U\ tom-0'%r -P m rC G-1 cJ¢, 1 rH-1 M r-t N N r "i -P m m 11 O U1 O O O O 00 000 ONC a) O jj .10 I -iro0 -D P-C f wN P. � - - O t N r-I K r--II a) Ul 111O O U1%0 C( W <C cd cd P, lam- --tCO U1 O N U �H D N N M r-i r-i r c0� 40o o O v v _U v vv Uvv Uv Z � bbON '000ON O U •. .. — w W w w ww 4.4 4-4 4-1 44 4 H Gi 0 Fq 94 O O rH U\ M M N M M E--CO O Me0 U i. 1 ' 0 U 04n M _:t O O H 00 O Or-I OM-: ca f,' U 4J • • • • • • ► s • • • O tW rO P U 0• r4 1111 O O O O 00 000 OOC: H W1' 4-NH • • m 4 • s to O • • �, • •A Cd a 10 0 3 0 -N m m O O NO O • p, • 04.3 0 a F~•r+ b0 O O •c+ m m • gy m• •� 0¢ • , F~ s~ m O m m m-H m �, .�. •.� . bO • M m .N Fi b m 0 O a> 0 m H - • . bO • p .-ri • Fi P O Cd A Fa m $♦ 0 m -N .N-P w m m ai •r+ O • •.H . 9 • O . �O m m 0 H ,� o •H •c O m 4-3 14 Ft+3 03 O F♦ 4-3 -P 0 m �. O R+ O a; O Oa Cd - • Fa •r� 0,0 Fi m O ,-I cd Co v www � -P a) A CO F., Cd ,L,"' AA 1 O m O r1 •r4UCdUO3 10Cd $ 4.3 N m .. O O v D F, r-i b0 0 ,Q 1 O ¢, r-I Q O (a �' ;j 0 N •ri O 0H .�y. Fa R. r-i Cd E-4 H Q :j $4 Fa' cd 4-) 4.> .. O O L i r-i r-I X -P.w 0 •r� cd r-i O v w E4 0 x K r-1 0 0 a) 0 H O O Q a) r-+ w w a .� as cn F, w a w O A W co s;: cct C s Sec. 918 3. Bo_ ltiinq All bolts in wood construction shall be provided with washers of such proportions that the compression on the wood at the face of the washer will not exceed the working stresses pre- scribed in subsection 2 of this section. 4. Beams: Girders and Joists as Wooden beams, girders and joists shall have bearings of not less than three (3 ) inches, except where the bearing Is such that the beam, girder or ,joist is secured against displacement from its support and the bearing stress is within the limits fixed in subsection 2 of this section. b. No wooden beam, girder or ,joist shall be cut or pierced in any manner that would cause it to be of insufficient strength for its load. 5. Wooden Columns in Lowest Story Wooden columns in the lowest story shall rest- on masonry or metal footings extending not less than six (6) inches above the floor 1 eve 1 and sha 1 l ',be anchored. 6. Ground Clearance of Framework All parts of the wooden framework shall be kept at least six (6) inches above ground level. 7, Framing Around Chimneys and Fireplaces a, All wooden beams and ,joists shall be trimmed away from chimneys and fireplaces• Headers, beams and joists shall be not less than two (2) inches from the outside face of a chimney or from masonry enclosing a flue. Headers supporting trimmer arches at fireplaces shall be not less than twenty (20) inches from the face of the chimney breast. Trimmers shall be not less than six (6) inches from the inside face of the nearest flue as shown on Figure 1 and Figure 2. b, No woodwork shall be placed within four (4) inches of the back face of a fireplace; nor shall combustible lathing, furring or studding be placed against a chimney; but this shall not prevent plastering directly on the masonry or on metal lath and furring. c• No wooden mantel or other woodwork shall be hereafter placed within eight (8) inches of either side nor within twelve ( 12) inches of the top of a fireplace opening* 2-11.53 •• 50 •. t' r X7 " 1 *� CLaMrLn ac t[ r-+ i_Len vNITK r� �J r C, e-0 C O ej N v �L 4 N� no�tz. t'L,teTM Lc•Crr- r 2NMI IJ4i NROu ►.jM n ` , R, t t7 L /� � C- 6 f � �7r c) � -1 J --1 J E ~ J Vr H to °p 0 IAE 4 4 ►t1M1-JtI T r oorL J r5 aAmh I MCI & H t f 4h o�! 4o..^r-' usT ► r5L� J , LL � rJ �. i r Z T F % TLC-- Sl a? r ,alGw NrLouhjo l\ Qo (= 11LL= Lh GC- sec, 918 — 7. d. All spaces between the masonry of chimneys or flues and wooden joists, beams or headers shall be firestopped by filling with noncombustible material. e. All spaces back of combustible mantels shall be filled with noncombustible material, 8. Backing for Wainscoting annddPaneling Except in dwellings, all spaces between combustible wains- coting or paneling and the plaster surface of the wall or partition to which it is attached shall be filled with non- combustible material or shall be firestopped not to exceed ten (10) feet in either direction. SEC. 919 - FIRE PARTITIONS 1. Constructior.. a. Fire partitions shall be constructed of masonry or rein- forced concrete or other approved noncombustible material that provides the required fire resistance hourly ratings. b. Fire partitions shall be supported in each story on con- struction having a fire resistance rating of not less than two ( 2) hours; provided that when they also are load bearing, the supporting construction shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than four (4) hours in case the building is of fireproof construction or semi- fireproof constructionp and not less than three (3) hours in case of other construction. c. The maximum unsupported height of a fire partition shall not exceed eighteen (18) times its total thickness un- less suitably reinforced and anchored at floor and ceil- ing or unless substantially secured to vertical supports at intervals of not over eighteen (18) times the thick- ness, d. Fire partitions shall be deemed continuous, even though the severs.l parts are not directly over one another in successi7a stories if the intervening parts of the floors at the ",,ivls where offsets occur, are unpierced and of firepr,;uf 3onstruction or semifireproof construction and all parts not supported directly on the foundations are carried on fireproof construction, 2. Openings a. Required fire partitions shall have no openings other than required door openings, or properly protected duct openings, 2-11-53 - 51 - see. 919 - 2. b. Each opening in a required fire partition shall be equipped with an approved fire door set in an approved door frame. c. Each opening in a fire partition serving as a horizontal exit shall be protected by an approved self-closing fire door. SEC. 920 - GLASS BLOCKS 1, General Glass blocks used in exterior or interior walls, shall have a minimum overall thickness at the mortar joint of at least three and one-half (31) inches and all mortar surfaces shall have satisfactory treatment for mortar bonding properties. 2. Area Permitted a. Glass block panels in exterior walls shall not exceed one hundred forty four (144) square feet in area nor twenty (20; feet in any direction between mullions or other suitable supports. Glass block panels in interior walls or partitions shall not exceed two hundred fifty (250) square feet in area nor twenty five (25) feet in any direction between such supports. b. Glass block panels when used as window protectives in accordance with section 921 shall not exceed one hundred twenty (120) square feet in area nor twelve (12) feet in width or height and shall have reinforcement in every horizontal mortar joint, except between the two (2) top rows. 3. Access Panels Each story, above the first story or ground floor, shall have readily identified access panels for fire department use in every frontage and spaced not more than fifty (50) feet apart horizontally. Each panel shall consist of a metal sash with flat glass at least thirty two (32) inches wide and forty eight (48) inches high, which shall be openable. Access and observation panels shall be installed in the glass block con- struction in an approved manner. 4• Installation a. Glass blocks shall be laid up in mortar composed of one (1) part Portland cement, one (1) part lime and four (4) parts finely graded sand. All mortar joints shall be completely filled and pointed after the mortar has pass- ed its initial set and shall have a thickness of at least one-fourth (4) inch and not more than three-eighths (3/8) inch. 2-11-53 • 52 - See. 920 - 4. b. Horizontal mortar joints shall be reinforced with ties which shall run continuously from end to end of mortar joint, but must not "bridge ' expansion joints. Where splices occur, the individual lengths shall be lapped not less than six (6) inches. of Ties shall be formed of two (2) parallel steel wires No. 9 gauge or larger, spaced two (2) inches apart by steel cross wires No. 14 gauge or larger, welded thereto at intervals not exceeding eight (8) inches, and galvan- ized after forming or of other approved construction. They shall be located in horizontal joints as follows: Blocks 5 3/4 in, high in wall, every fourth course. Blocks 7 3/4 in, high in wall, every third course. Blocks 11 3/4 in. high in wall, every course. - d. Glass block panels shall be adequately supported to re- sist wind pressure and protected from forces caused by expansion or contraction by properly designed expansion joints which shall be entirely free of mortar. The back of all chases shall be filled with an approved resilient -- material, the side of each joint lined with tightly packed oakum or other similar material and pointed with non-hardening caulking material at least one-half (2) inch deep. The sill shall be coated with an approved asphalt emulsion previous to laying the first course of mortar. e. Where glass blocks are used as veneer in masonry con- struction, the glass block panels shall be self-support- ing, with suitable ties into the masonry wall, and shall be clear from and not adhering to the masonry. SEC. 921 - PROTECTION OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS la Protection Required Every building, except dwellings, churches, buildings of wood frame construction and of unprotected metal construction, and open air parking garages as covered by provisions of this code, shall have approved fire windows or other approved pro- tectives, in every opening in the exterior walls when such opening faces on a street and is less than thirty (30) feet from the opposite building line, or when such opening is less than thirty (30) feet distant in a direct unobstructed line from an opening in another building, or when such opening is above and not more than thirty (30) feet distant from any part of a neighboring roof of combustible construction, or any roof having openings within this distance; provided that such protection shall not be required for show windows facing on a street which do not extend above the first full 2-11-53 - 53 - Sea. 921 - 1. story above grade; and provided further that such protection shall not be required when the opening to be protected and the opening against which it is to be protected are situated in walls in the same plane or in parallel planes and are facing in the same direction. 2. Vertical Separation Between Exterior Openings Except in buildings of ordinary construction and noncombustib- le construction located outside the fire limits, or buildings of wood frame construction or unprotected metal construction, the exterior openings which are located vertically above one another and which are not protected by automatic fire windows or doors or fire windows with fixed sash shall have not less than three (3) feet vertical separation between the top of one opening and the bottom of the one next above. 3. Fire Shutters When equipped with fire shutters, at least one in every three (3) openings facing a street in each story shall have such shutters arranged to be readily opened from the outside. Distinguishing marks shall be provided on these shutters. 4. Exit Openings When fire doors or fire shutters are used on openings to exits or fire escapes, they shall be so arranged as not to obstruct such exits or fire escapes. 5. Glazing For the glazing of fire doors, when permitted, or of fire win- dows, only wired glass shall be used which shall be not less than one-fourth (4) inch thick. b. Fire Doors and Other Protectives Fire doors, fire windows, fire shutters, open sprinklers and other Protectives, enumerated in the "List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" issued by Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. , and that are listed for the purposes in- tended, if installed in accordance with the Standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, for the "Protection of Openings in Walls and Partitions Against Fire", shall be deemed to be approved within the meaning of this section. SEC. 922 - SHAFTS 1, Protection Required a. Every series of openings above one another in two (2) or more successive floors, or floors and roof, hereafter 211-53 • 54 - Sec. 922 — la. placed or constructed in a building or hereafter enlarg- ed or altered to change the use of the shaft, shall be so protected as to prevent fire in any story from c.om- municating to any other story; provided that in build- ings of heavy timber construction there shall be no floor opening that is not protected as prescribed in this sec- tion or in some other approved manner. be The provisions of this section shall apply to all shafts used for ventilation, light, elevator, pipes, or other purpose, except stairways, air ducts, incinerator chutes, flues, shafts in buildings of wood frame construction, shafts in dwellings, and ramps in garages exempted in this code, 2. Shaft Enclosures The enclosing walls of shafts in residence buildings of ordin- ary construction or noncombustible construction or unprotec- ted metal construction shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour. The enclosing walls of shafts in other buildings shall be of noncombustible construction hav- ing a fire resistance rating of not less than two ( 2) hours. 3a 2Renings Shaft .enclosures shall have no openings other than those necessary for the purpose of the shaft; provided that in elevator shafts, there shall be at least one (1) door in every thirty (30) feet of the height of such shaft. Such openings shall be protected with approved fire doors, approv- ed fire shutters or approved fire windows. 4. Enclosure at Top a. Shaft enclosures extending through the roof which are to be enclosed at the top, shall be provided with a sky- light of at least ten (10) per cent of the area of the shaft in the top story and glazed with plain glass one- eighth (1/8) inch in thickness; provided that the sky- light may be replaced by a window of plain glass of equivalent area in the side of the shaft if the sill of such window is not less than two (2) feet above the roof and the window does not face a lot line within ten (10) feet, or may be replaced by approved means of ventila- tion. be A shaft that does not extend through the roof shall have the top enclosed with a form of construction having a fire resistance rating equal to that of the walls of the -shaf t, 2-11-53 - 55 - Sec. 922 5. Enclosure at Bottom A shaft that does not extend to the bottom of the building shall be enclosed at its lowest point with a floor construc- tion of the same type as that required for the lowest floor to or through which it passes, but such shaft floor construc- tion shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour. 6. Elevator Machinery Compartment Compartments containing machinery for operating elevators shall be separated from the elevator shafts by noncombustible construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours, with door openings equipped with approved fire doors. 7. Number of Elevators in Shaft Not more than three (3) elevators shall be placed hereafter in one shaft, SEC. 923 - ROOFING 1. Materials a. Every roof hereafter placed on a building shall be cover- ed with an approved roofing of brick, concrete, tile, slate, metal, asbestos, prepared asphalt asbestos-felt shingles, wooden, or of built-up roofing finished with asphalt, slag or gravel, or other approved material. b. Except where roofing is of a character permitting attach- ment direct to frame work, it shall be applied to a solid or closely fitted deck. c. Roofings which are listed as Class A or B roof covering materials by Underwriterst Laboratories, Inc. , shall be accepted as meeting the requirements of this section. d. Roofings which are listed as Class C roof covering mater- ial by Underwriters? Laboratories, Inc. , shall be accept- ed as meeting the requirements of this section on build- ings as follows: (1) Dwellings. (2) Buildings of wood frame construction. (3) Buildings located outside the fire limits which do not exceed two (2) stories or thirty (30) feet in height, nor 2500 sq. ft. in area, and are not occu- pied as stores, factories or warehouses. (4) Buildings which under this code could be of wood frame construction. See subsection (f) regarding wood shingles, 2-11-53 - 56 - a .. Sea. 923 - 1. e. The use of cork, fiber board or other approved insulation is permitted on top of the roof deck provided such irsul- ation is covered with an approved type of fire resistive roof covering applied directly thereto. f. Outside the fire limits, dwellings, private garages and barns separated by at least the minimum distance requir- ed by this code for dwellings may be roofed with approv- ed vertical grain or edge grain wooden shingles. The combined thickness of each five (5) shingles measured at the butt shall be not less than two (2) inches. The exposure of such wooden shingles to the weather shall not exceed on roofs greater than one-third (113) pitch: Five (5) inches for sixteen (16) inch shingles, five and one-half (51) inches for eighteen (18) inch shingles and seven and one-half (7w) inches for twenty four (24) inch shingles, or on roofs with less than one-third (1/3) pitch, but not less than one-quarter (1/4) pitchy four (4) inches for sixteen (16) inch shingles, four and one- half (0) inches for eighteen (18) inch shingles and six and one-half (6j) inches for twenty four ( 24) inch shingles. Such shingles shall be firmly nailed to the roof deck with noncorrodable and rust resistant nails according to accepted good practice. Unless otherwise specified by ordinances The Commercial Standard For Wood Shingles CS31-52 of the U. S. Department of Commerce shall be accepted as means of establishing the grade of shingles. 2. Cornices a. Cornices, including those on show windows, hereafter placed on the exterior of buildings within the fire lim- its or on buildings over fifty (50) feet in height out- side the fire limits shall be of noncombustible mater- ials. be Except on buildings of wood frame construction, wood cornices on buildings outside the fire limits shall be covered with noncombustible material when nearer than three (3) feet to a lot line other than a street line, or when within five ( 5) feet of another building; pro- vided that cornices attached to parpet walls need not be so covered. c. Continuous exterior cornices built of wood or having wood frames shall be firestopped at intervals not exceed- ing twenty (20) feet. 3. Gutters and Leaders Gutters and leaders hereafter placed on buildings, other than dwellings, private garages or buildings of wood frame 2-11-53 - 57 — � J Sec. 923 - 3. construction, shall have weather surfaces of noncombustible materialq 4. Scuttles at Unless provided with some other means of access to the roof, every building more than thirty five (35) feet in height, except dwellings with peak roofs, shall have in the roof a scuttle or trapdoor with a ladder leading thereto from the top, story• be Such scuttles or trapdoors shall be covered on the top and edges with sheet metal or other approved fire re- sistive material. The openings for some shall be at least two (2) feet by three (3 ) feet in size. SEC. 924 - PENT HOUSES AND ROOF STRUCTURES I* General Except for flag poles and water tanks, and for sup orts of radio and television antennas less than twelve ( 123 feet in height, all construction hereafter placed on the roof of a building within the fire limits or over the roof of a build- ing more than fifty five (55) feet in height wherever located shall be of noncombustible materials except as otherwise prow vided in subsection 6 of this section for towers for water tanks and in subsection 7 for cooling towers. All equipment installed on roofs shall be substantially constructed and securely fastened. 2. Roof Structures The walls of roof structures hereafter erected on buildings of fireproof construction and semifireproof construction shall be constructed as fire partitions* The roofs of such roof structures shall have a fire resistance rating the same as required for the roof of the main building. The walls and roofs of roof structures on other types of buildings, unless constructed of masonry, shall be covered on the outside with noncombustible weatherproof material. 3. Pent Houses a. A pent house whose area exceeds twenty-five (25) per cent of the roof area shall be considered a story of the building. be When an exterior wall of a pent house sets back five (5) feet or more from the exterior walls of the next lower story, it may be constructed as a fire partition, cover- ed on the outside with noncombustible weatherproof mater- ial, and supported by steel or reinforced concrete girders= otherwise the walls shall conform to the requirements for exterior walls. 2..11-53 - 58 - Sec. 924 4• Skylights a. Skylights placed over shafts, vent shafts and stair en- closures shall be glazed with glass not less than one- eighth (1/8) of an inch in thickness. b. Skylights other than as specified above, which are in- clined less than sixty (60) degrees from the horizontaig hereafter placed on a building shall have the sashes and frames thereof constructed of metal and glazed with wired glass; except that skylights in foundries or buildings where acid fumes are present, may be of wood by special permission of the Bureau. c. Every skylight in which glass is used shall be protected by a substantial wire screen with wire not lighter than number twelve (12) gauge and having a mesh not less than three-fourths (3/4) of an inch nor larger than one (1) inch, placed not less than four (4) inches nor more than ten (10) inches above the glazed portion of the skylight at all points. Such screen shall extend beyond the glazing on all sides a distance not less than the height of the screen above the glazing. d. When a skylight is located over a stairway, public hall- way or a place of assembly, a similar screen shall also be placed below the skylight, unless there is an inter- mediate ceiling light. . 5. Dormer Windows Dormer windows hereafter erected shall be of the same type of construction as the roof on which they are placed or the side walls of the building. The top and sides shall be covered with materials prescribed for roofing in Sec. 923 6. Water Tanks as Water tanks of more than five hundred (500) gallons capacity hereafter placed on or in a building shall be supported on masonryo reinforced concrete or steel con- struction except that portion of the supporting struc- ture which is above the roof of the building may be of heavy timbers; provided that when such supporting con- struction is within the building, it shall be protected as required for fireproof construction. b. Such tanks shall have in the bottom or on the side near the bottom, a pipe or outlet, fitted with a suitable valve for discharging the contents in an emergency through an adequate drain. 2-11-53 - 59 - Sec. 924 - 6. C* Such tanks shall not be placed over a stairwell or ele- vator shaft. d. All unenclosed roof tanks shall have covers sloping to- ward the outer edges* e. When hoops are used in the construction of tanks, they shall be of metal, round in cross section and.provision shall be made to guard against corrosion. 7. Cooling Towers Cooling towers in excess of seven hundred fifty (750) square feet base area inside the fire limits shall be enclosed with masonry or reinforced concrete siding. Mechanical draft cooling towers in excess of two hundred fifty (250) square feet base area when located inside the fire limits, and when located on buildings fifty-five (55) feet or more in height outside the fire limits, shall have noncombustible siding and siding supports, 8. Roof Ponds When roofs are used for ponds for water cooling for air con- ditioning or insulation, the roof structure shall be designed for the imposed load and the roofing and flashing shall be in conformity with the use, and ample drainage outlets shall be provided for the discharge of the water. SEC. 925 - NON-BEARING PARTITION CONSTRUCTION a« The height of non-bearing partitions other than those of metal lath and plaster and other than temporary parti- tions of sheet metal, wood and glass shall not exceed the following unsupported heights for a length not ex- ceeding twenty (20) feet between vertical supports ex- cept that the length shall not exceed six (6) feet for two (2) inch partitions: Thickness Maximum Exclusive Unsupported of Plaster Height 2 inches 9 feet 3 inches « 12 feet 4 inches 15 feet 6 inches . 20 feet 8 inches 25 feet 2-11-53 - 60 - Sec. 925 b. Non-bearing partitions not less than two ( 2) inches in thickness of metal lath steel channels and plaster and having the lath fixed securely in floor and ceiling run- ners, shall not exceed twelve (12) feet in height. of When reinforced for the purpose of a greater ratio of height to thickness or for greater distance between ver- tical supports than given above, such non-bearing par- titions shall have the reinforcement securely anchored to floor and ceiling construction in an approved manner. SEC. 926 - BASEMENT PARTITIONS Except in dwellings and buildings of wood frame construction, par- titions in basements shall be constructed of noncombustible mat- erials or shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour, unless such partitions enclose only coal or wood bins, or unless the basement is sprinklered. SEC. 927 - BASEMENT CEILINGS In buildings of other than fireproof or semifireproof construc- tion, except in one-story buildings outside the fire limits and in dwellings, the ceilings over basements shall be fire retardant ceilings as defined in section 201, unless such basements are sprinklered or are of heavy timber construction. SEC. 928 - FLOORS ON THE GROUND Floors resting directly on the ground shall be protected in an approved manner against dampness from below the floor. SEC. 929 - FLOOR DRAINAGE In buildings of fireproof construction or semifireproof construc- tion occupied as factories or storage warehouses, and in buildings of heavy timber construction, hereafter erected, provision shall be made for the discharge of water from every floor and for ade- quate drainage from courts or other spaces receiving such dis- charge SEC. 930 - GLASS FLOOR .LIGHTS Glass floor lights in the floors between stories of a building are prohibited. SEC. 931 - LATHING, PLASTERING AND STUCCOING 1. General The materials and methods of application of all lathing, plas- tering and stucco work to be performed on any building or 2-11-53 - 61 - Sec. 931 - 1e structure within the limits of the City of St. Paul shall be in compliance with the provisions set forth herein. These regulations shall include gypsum plastering, lathing and fur- ring and also portland cement plastering, stuccoing, lathing and furring. 2. Adoption of A.S.A. Standard Specifications as The publication titled "Standard Specifications for Gypsum Plastering Including Requirements for Lathing and Purring" (A.S.A. designation A42.1-1950 and A 4204- 1950) , is hereby adopted as part of this code and the requirements stated therein shall be considered as the minimum requirements for gypsum plastering, lathing and furring within the limits of the City of St. Paul. be The publication titled "Standard Specifications for Portland Cement Stucco and Portland Cement Plastering Including Requirements for Lathing and Purring" (A.S.A. designation A 42.2 - 1946 and A 42.3 - 1946) is hereby adopted as part of this code and the requirements stated therein shall be considered as the minimum requirements for portland cement stuccoing, portland cement plaster- ing, lathing and furring within the limits of the City of St, Paul. c. The following regulations set forth in this seotion and the adopted A.S.A. standard specifications make up the technical requirements for the St. Paul Plastering Code. d. The materials and methods of application thereof shall meet the standard requirements for fire resistance rat- ings ab specifically provided in this code. e. Plaster on wire or metal lath shall be three (3) coat work consisting of a scratch coat, a brown or second coat, and a finish coat. The finish coat may be omitted when the surface is covered with sheet metal, wood wain- scot, acoustical material, etc. The scratch coat must be thoroughly set before the brown coat is applied. f. Stucco shall be held above ground surfaces and flashing carried over openings as provided in Section 707-3. g* Nothing in this section shall preclude the use of other materials and constructions meeting the same or equiva- lent fire resistance rating. - 62 - C) K 1 Hcn HHH :r- N y'l N CD N h O N (DD � ! C CD (OA QG N co BO 'S • • • p, y I U] K Q ♦ N 1 N W • • W-WJ q • (D � ill 0 t? PL) OOU O • OVZ O 0 O O0 • • 0 00 0 N O OOO • • Oq N !1 O CL U014 a O U) CO)O W W c± N PI K O i O W K cD �o CD CD W Wcn dC co N ''d CT's 01 cF CA O N O 0 W ¢ CD OHO dO C1J W W G a N K c+ (D o (DD j W W a� O dKO'-d pi 0) O O O a F� K 0 In O 0 F,• N rL xW [Cn K N O N• N K C* � 7r K c `d O 0�' & " a, A K W cn c+ O O (D ' i 0 •G w K FJ- �„� �,� K cD CD U1 cli � o N 4 � nID � CD O � N 0 • r � � n w O K Ol O• K cD . CD (A CD ~ W O 'r7' d w N N N) _ w R 0 OOP P. O �O r0 � C+ T G C �, O O O n rA CD O O O 40 En �-+ O W O N \O\10 O F-'�"IW� cn 11 -.7VtN O-.7Vt OVLOVI �J E� W8 P- mlOO OW OW ! ¢ W lit O kA --j r="O V t W Vl W 1 1 I n O F -J (DO �W—1 H co F-' CC) F`' ( 0 is CD W � y 1� \O Co\,O O D \O\D �O N\O N C -O\,n \O O\O O •mil N 03\O N F--' co p:--OD-r:--m I W 0 Ea H H ' N ii Oo-,1 Co\O -.t Co Co co\10 CO\O I ¢. I O H OD-13--3 rz- W W•-1 110 co\O co -,7 W W CT O W W --7 CT•mil O\ O W O ( c+ 0* ccn + ID � w i\0w O N Ii O CD CT .3\O CT —7 CT"O ON N I cn W N y i Fi. En CC+ O j 'o OD 03 W W W co W W Q\ (D O O 'N — co F- 10 0 0 � � W C, { W go OD co co W I ¢ O f I <D O _ H F-' p- �r N N N l� N N N Ci' Cn 1\1, O ' !J co (b co O 1 � 6 ww w ww z xdxd � O N 17 t N W C W CD (D CD -� oVtor oo�c� i w W p o .. ' � �' O + y \no00o 00o�J Hw c+ m ors //���� 1r.�,+� 1,y �S�y+ 4.-d 0 LL �y y� CTq • � UUC � O 0400 Cncncn C+. C+ c� C+ C+ CD Fi 'i I K c+ c� rcy�+ U (D n 0 0 A N• o W CD CD CD CD 0 0 0 'z c+ c+ c+ c+ CD • CD CD CO N � G 5 � � � K � � w � a R' €uz www pHNP-) :Z SI) Ea w w w ID 0 CU (D V A Q 0 N V• O 'W 4 O'! N En C+ w v~i cn m_ w O W w R• "d C� C; C-1 C-4 C4 c.,, 1-d "d C, C • .((??oo O"b .{{;� • .�''��oo .{{mo�oo . �_s ► • y H H "d 1d "�d 'd 'b H R3 ° 'Rdo w En f F O.S H. bd bd 1 1 CA co W Cn • • b.� ' V• (n n o CD Rw V F.J. FJ Ww V W t i Cf• 1-' CO C+ C+ caw � w • V • d C+ Cn ••i x �i CD O W' N 0 (D� m W¢ rn ¢' �+ o mac+ En o o (n • �• O CD Q i 7 1 ! 1 Hw HH � y{ (on m o w En O O 0 c+ I CD W En n (D (D ¢ w w F-J w w • • w w cq � P- ►i OD CD W (7R C F 1. • N N W �' • • �,� �1 4 4 N CD O Vl O 0 0 • • co W O N N ¢ " Vi • 000 000 • • 00 ' � O'q OW , N CAD N O N" = N +� c+ W CD o K O F J "N � CD (D CD CD P:7' (D a' C+ co w w �d rn'zi w + cn m b 0 In C., w o CD CD W tz 0 :J P. K a P. N w m SD oos C+ ( co W � i N• F-� O CD �i 0 N N N �O�O w • \'O If K N' N O� W �CD W 000 VL V1 O • • Vt O _ � LO N r, H. 1-1 Z r-L x W U1 :3"'d 11 c.+ O `d CD (n c+10 O O " v CY SZ Cn O (D O 0 .0 0 K 0 o.CD to En ID o O O cn CD m fJQ • — 0 O' Fi n w 0 N 0 �• N O � w Cr Oq O• W CD :S �i (D • W co � 0 CA CD�n. P. O O O L J c'+' w CT +'ti(1�D O O O - Fi• O O O 0 f E H ww w w w � ¢ -J-.1 V l N O3 Vt I O V1�V V VI 1 O Vt O Vi O O O O O w 0 V w w w wwww oco woo ow ow ¢I+wVn0 -•_ r-o vtw�w ow3w �-w� . n wmw � I 0 J 4 - (D I rn (i w w � o o' I` Q \10 O N\10 N I I i 'i :j � -� N Vt� \0 0\0 o w -3 N CO\O N wC)C) 1= Oo.p'm -17 j w N +' 40 w Ca {-1 ! (D w__4 co -v co 00 CC)\0 CO\0 o Fj it G CD m ((DD R. 11 co o m m • • • • 1„•rf ww � F..iNN • • s • • ww wwNN �'! F.r OV Uri >Z 11 • • • • F-' N - 'v CO O�' • • • • • N -a CO OD O�" �O t-' N �l F-�• O • • • • O V 1 Vl O O O O O • s • • • Vl 0 0 0 0 0 0 V1 0 0 A) O • • • • 00 000000 • • • • ♦ 0000000 000 f' 3 D (D R Wi NN M_ N• � wm (D yyO IaInn CD 'i V/ • • • • www {� www • + a • • wwwwwww �i N' • • • • CO Fi O NVINNNN • + • • • OV1NN N NN —3. 3-3 O (D • . • • Vl O\A 0 0 0 0 0 • • • • • 0 0 00000 Vl V1 Vl �:s ca .4 .� -1 J -1 -1 J .� �I .'L-' c+ (n N O w cn C 0 CD 4=-r= w ail '(D 'd En Vt A vz kA\0 VI\10 lrl ut Vt V l u1 ut rn w (D VY Vi V \A\A \A 0 Vti ulv1"n v1 0 ca ' P. (n (D o ►s tj In P P. (D y �' O O 0 _lb a O 0 rn 0 ON 0 O O - N• � 0 O O H. f1 - _ C w0 C08 N �W � �WW -~JOr—rWW�"� Q\�� I fin 1¢ Vl O O Vl-J N 0 0 Vl O O Vl VL O O O Vl N O VA O O O VI kA-13 O - I i O O O 0 Vl V1 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O Vl 0 0 0 0 0 0 O V•t O C] ;rl J w �Oi wwww www www wwwwwwwww ww � ¢\. � I I NVlW�ON00,, ViW�' !~-'VZV1WOW" VlVi WON F- � 1�i1� 11 0 �O VZ O 1-'W V1 �O U l O �O V1 V1 O I K CD Ol wwww W wwww wwF-� wF-' ��`J wwl-•� ww o o' i ONNVZ07 H ONNVl ONNNVl�D 'vONNNV'l !O>�3OD 1� if '1 NCO N0 OD\O Vl-J W Co co N CO\O O O OD\0� co CO ON NO co O ( aD G7 N �i 'Cj I o Fj j O w I w Ow F-jNco\O ow0 {~{�.� 01-� ww ��O � OwNGw Q� \ 0 CD O N w Cr,CO w W Vl Oj N w D\ CO N w w D,CO W C\N w CT Co O O\O 1� Ft w I ONVl CC)-13P'4=-VZONVICC) ONNVlCC) -VI0 co OJf�r-O c+ { I O P O +i ci N j w N i (D ca \O\O "O\O3 m\O\O\O\,O\O\O \O\O\O \O\O m\O\-O\O\O \10 \O � -J\O\O-J U:"\0 \,D \C) �3-J\D\10 ON 110 N-J-13\O\O -,3 V O 11 O � i (D N w 0 Vl�Vl W O N w 0 Vl N w w 0 V 1 VZ O p O Vl --a `N N w O j U1 i w 1 w O -•J•J�3�3•J•J•J-.1-J-J-J �l -J-J-J�3-J•J•J�3-.3�3-J-J \ LL N• J•J�3•-aP \•13-J-J•J-.3 -J •J-13•J�3-3O\-4-3J�-J- iW� co \O\O\O\O w;=-1,0\O\O\O\O %,O \D\O\O\O\O r=-\O\O\,O\O\O% w N W I N (D n M i CO w � w :j to co 'WWW u W i�\O OD co WO 7 ¢ CD w i 0 i i � N I �• W W II N b� CD 1 0 0 i1 N r W V1 c+ cn W N N 0 N R• i \O 1 i fl w j N N it w w O O 1. OJ O i � t71� t� tj ZZ ZZt7tj t7 t7 Z Cn b CnZZZCn '; b In 7 C, -I co mmm o0 oocDCDmm � o �+ 1.1 (D000cFm11 (Dt--, c+ oKt-; U (D (D (D (D N N (D (D (D (D Cn N n '.3' CD n N F-' N n (D 0 Cn N• O (D "' (D O c+ w c+- C+• w c+ O c+ 0 p ci- Cn ca Cn t7 tj � co Cn co ci Cn 0 Cn t-+ ri CO G p Cn C Cn ;j O �c+ c+ (D (D (D O c+ c+ CD H c1- 11 c+- c+ Cn O O c-F K c+ c-F Cn H (n C+ : r • T+ (D j �i FI{ (D N V `F QR W P F'' V � fl E• c+• ' Y `LS � 1-. (D C=J N 0 n 0 CD CD F-J 0 n n n F-' 0 P F-J N n N 0 0.-.j tj p 0 •' CD c+ c+ c-F cP te-I c+ c+ c+ c+ Cn (D c+- n CD (D c+ Cl) CD ci- n G 0 c+ 0 N C) v t n G k�' 1 UJ N c� w 1-j w c+ crJ C) t-4 o t'I t+ • 0 t-i L7' H r� C- o Cn ti � ¢� - + *tYO :j t-4 F� w ' �i w • CJq t i ()q ::I n O mt% N to w F-'n N e w F✓n O U► FJ to R° N CD O N CD F-7 O Oq H O N r LO U► Cl) lY1 FF-, n t., �" O Pt (D t-1 y, wO CD Jll `fp�°� A ,, Cn 4, Fes. �'h N � N a� Fw•J w 4 ¢+ b d ''db C� Cy C•+ C, C-1 C-1 b bI'dIt `L1 � � � GC. � C, Cy CyC� . . . . . . . . . . . / . . . . . . HHH HHH �-3 b `V . Ind 0 0 V�t d tb o r:a Cn Cn Cl) Cn Cn c r, Cr. "' Er, co "' W En "I ° EO O c1-`o c+ O c+�0 c+ O C1 c+ FJ• N W O CC+ N O C+• W O r0! N UJ FJ. .� c+ Cn F' c+ P1 QV FJ O O F.,. ►S C+ :3 ti7 C+- � ro 0 ow m w o � K � m goo w 0 ►d �d + x CD m (D cil O N (�Dj • • • • F-J P F--' N N N • • . • • N H F-J P N N N N F-' W EEn (]' 'y • • • • � N fi-., �Co 0 N�a CT co Co o \O N N P. CD • • • OV1V10000 O • • • • V1000000 V100 w O • • • • 00000000 • • • • • 0000000 000 5. ::1n CD �' F-' C►• w (D F-J = � Pi I'll o F-J N CD (D y° rn F✓ F✓ F-' N N P F-' . . . . F-' fJ H F-I F-' F-' NO � � • • • • GVONUINNNN • • • • • O\nNN NNN 17-�7�1 • • • • �O\1100000 • • • • • 0000000 V1\Akn x O F-J � IO cu O O i m � 19 9 Xr, -9:-W.9:-W �' W pi CD n ca u1\n v1 v1\o\n\o\n V1\n Vt \n ON w �:l (D \j% v1 u1 V1 v1 0\n 0%n v1\n\n V1 u1 O {JO' (A O (� FJ• �i o 1 = � CO Pi CD F-J 1 O FJ N V N x V V (D H 0 0 0 _ O O O t7 C+ O Q Q _ n• e O O O �� F-J �J _ t•_ _ F•� 1� I �\nOOVZCnON�F-'W � F-' � O GwW�"-a ON-J\0 (Cil Q O V1 0 0 V1 VZ 0 0 0 VI N 0 V1 0 0 0 V1 V1--1 0 1 j 0 0 0 0 V1 V1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 V1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 V1 0 C7 j O I F-' N F-J F-J F-J N F-' N F-J N P P N N N H F-J F-' N a 1 N N W ON CO 0 N W G N W ON N N N W U o W N N fv W O� I 011-J Co 11 0 I \~O\�11 O�WV�t \HOV�l O \O\VI\A�OW �\~O\�71\\A 0CD� I CD i NF-' NN PF-I NN FJ FJ 1F-' NN F-JF' FJFJF-' O O j Y O N N V1 C0\O H N O N N\Jl O N N N VZ\o \�i O N N ro\J( rn-� co 1 tj ::f G � 0-J0-r-7 � N --jOD0-30 Co00�70 -J-70000-30 NWT i-� j O NN cc)\0 �W ANN CD\0 NNN m\)3mNNNCO\7 � co ODN -�7 Kb F-J F-' H F-' N N N F-J N N N N F-+ F-j F- FJ N I--j +-j I m O C+ K O r 00 tl$ N En O N ¢ CD Cnn w O w c+• p. c+ '-d cu w N oa K o rn H. N. �d CD K cn oa K w c+ o x o 0 & K w CD c+ 0 w a a 0 CD td H. K tb a (D CD c+ rn o ¢ � a K y P. CD o x y 0 a 1100 v, Gq y a H. I'v tv N K it ° CD CD O CD CD c+ rn H • NN . NN ♦ • • NN • • • • ►F--�� NNN W Og I--' cD F; >7 w �iNw �ovNi • ��o ovNi °OOOO 000000 : : : m m r 000 00000 NI'd w �„ ` a (D FIJI K C., C c+ COn F-� K co con H c x I K • • • F.+ F..i • • • r N N K N• �• • 0 0 . o o 0 v 8 v o ovl0uti - w a co b CD 0 ID c+"CS f7 K O N O O 0 OO�VN� �RIZV,t R' N• In 0 A N O 5 ¢� � F-+ O O 0 0 0 0 0 O 800000 trJ H O O O ; o Co 0 0 000000 0 �� 0 0 000000 0 NN N NH N NN N N VNLONW l~Tl cn a O M O F•-' WON�� � N��N�� N -mil Vt �1 O V1 O\11�1 V1 V1 O VZ O 0 V tV1 O VZ Vt-J O N VZV 1l VI O O O O Vl 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O V o In O - C7 N .)O i {� N O OODOO co\Ac\-4co NW O�NW ON NWW ON NW� ' a '0 �I 1 � W�'O\ N\OWUZN 0WSOws O\ OD-j a,3co-3 11 (D 1 ' i N� t\).;=- fi•'O co V1.F" .�'O� O CN O \A OD fi- Vt� OD.9=' ! F-' cn ca 0 1"b N• w i 0 o Q N Kid (D � N NNNN HH,!N NNF-I cal OG7OO �VZO"�7� NVlF-' NV'l NNWWOF-' NWw ; k N• w WSWN N O.�N N OO �OOO�O w OD -.r= W N �CO -Q ca N f O N N N o O ca N � NNNW NNNN F-' NF' ; Otii �O-�\O\O �V7 CN O N O N N O F-r N N b O H N cn W cow VZ G Q\O\O�' V l W co VZ W Oo \A O\m w O,v L N 00 W i N c+ w ,7 N•-7 H O N N H O \,o W OD�O W OD .:-V1 OD=•\O-p a\ m rr- O O•' 5• �-d 1 0 0 O Ell OD-7 OD Co Ol VZ VZ ON ON \O\O \,O\,O\,O\O �O\O\O\O co\O\O\O\O \ - cD �0S 0 W C W w S Vti W ON N%A I F- w \0 N w\O r=-\O%-o\O W r:--,3\O\O W O r� O�W.W�O ON Vl-P"VlV'L�'VZ W O N Vi\O W -.1 N\A c+ O CD W H K N' Cn J O\D\011 ON V1�'VZ Vt Vl •�1 � � � ��-J-J-.7� ��-.1 � N• covlCDco w CD0ww w --3 W -3 -�-3-3�-3-4-4-,j� 11 0 0-r= O N VZ co co 01%V1 O \0 O \O \O\O\0\O N\O\O\O\0 U 0 n co Ul �' V1 V1 V1 V t Vt O N O OOOO {- c co 11 FJ �- N w N N N of g:- 07 w0 O C-F o w o w rn w O w o o w v1 Co N O N O N FV 0o D\ OD \O co \O \O O ro F-' �" VZ -4 O -4 O O ; O a bi d d H ( O bN o COD c+ h (D c+ D � NJ p c�D G� • O -m O C1 N N N F-1 �'� V10 000 o to 010 0,10-0 �, � Nan d° SoO.o m v � rn CD li 1 1 ' C+ CO g C+. c+ w c+ c•+ c+y�7 c+ I-+`Zi •`�'-� f C+ 1-�'y�� (C pq•11, n I (D Q G 0 �+ O' C� Q 0 n A N A C+' � ro C+;h o 111 c+ N F-� f1 h C+ 0 c+ ¢ t+ .�f ch e+ c+ c+ � c+ N N CD c+ C�7 • CD �S H ¢w�� pK� �i pW�' p� cam+- Z ¢� cam► U. 1.-+ vii (Oit CA co (D N . 41 V t+ N c+ (D 0- kn n O N 9 4 H K (D 1-4 r r N w CD o o C- C. hiroroC... c..�4 ro }dro }dwa. C. C. C. H 'd +d *d O O D N `x .b Ix 'w bd' bd Iw ai Iw m y a ! . • . . i. Cam' Oq` H _O 0 cn CA N• CD 0, o ,I� r CD coo fo o n u ►°-y m 'ca .' c.,Ea c+ o R• C+- o C+ to O cD! m CD c: c+ ti c+ ro ro w. N oq P. Imo• ro (D K M oq ►Y co to. C+ O x O 0 c+• o � w N N O w f✓ (D ri vA H. "C1 o ca S. C4. N CA � M � � I �• N ti! ;A+ CD O (D O (D (CD c+ e+ .♦ aoo o$ • . • � w N fA I-J �o w O\O ++ Fj W (D °Q f°SO . o00 o N (D W �! :3 y • ►C to ' cwn H (D co K N � • �O N O • IT�O`.CC) • • -gip Q • .' • • F- � N K N• • •< OSO • OOVt ♦ • • V1 Vt • . • • . 00NA0 ,gar", w _ pW� V• `y W p Irn m/0 o J%\0\0 IA w 11�.,wfJ MM•+ ' Q p O ©v'L_O V Vi,, OV'llri'V.;Q O�tV�V`t, � ', 7,f• �,� �. ! J N NNNNNN N �t N o o %SA%A C \A\o.rL ° o S S tci-oo o G or ` V V 000000 V y V y V O O EJ• 0 O m C) D'O�.ON-1 co N -.7 N "-.1 N VL O tV W V I co cri CL + - vl-J O V1 Ut-.1 VL \rL O°��O Vt O;VtU1'-.7 O N�slVt (� O1rt0 OS.OVLO O000OO 57�0. O. o5lOCI oO o 16 N J }�..++ t-N N R• !tf O O]OO COV'lp�� � -,C ht.N W O� N�o W lJ1 N O W O W 0% Co-.1 " 11 (D: G O oD V1�" �'O� O�'CT O VL�Co t'.vO V1-•I m rr- o i rn 0 ! _.. � ..� o CD 1-N H I �-+ ��--++ �-+ a` O Oo O'O -J VL O�-J-J N VN1F-� N In G N W W O GN W W } 1+ w �• N'O N �o co K)W�O VL CT OVt O N'�1 W N N,N OJ P O. W�'W N N O ►V N O O �O O •rt (n �-+ c+ tr -7-1-1 - �' _ '. _ N N Q I ARTICLE X CHIMNEYS,, FLUES AND VENTS SEC. 1001 - DEFINITIONS Flue means a passageway for the purpose of removing products of combustion from solid, liquid, or gas fuel . Ch_i�mnev means a vertical masonry or reinforced concrete shaft or shaft of other approved non-combustible construction, en- closing one or more flues for the purpose of removing products of combustion from solid, liquid, or gas fuel . Smokestack means a vertical metal flue or chimney for the pur- pose of removing products of combustion, Smokestacks can be located either inside or outside ofa building. Smoke_p_ipe means a pipe or breaching connecting a heating ap- pTiance and a flue. Gas vent means a flue for removing products of combustion from gas appliances, but not suitable for other fuels. Type B cas vent means approved vent piping of noncombustible corrosion-resistant material of adequate strength and heat in- sulating value, and having bell and spigot or other acceptable ,joints. Draft hood is a device placed in, and made part of, the smoke pipe or t e flue from an appliance, or in the appliance itself, which is designed to (a) insure the ready escape of the pro- ducts of combustion in the event of no draft, back-draft, or stoppage beyond the draft hood; (b) prevent a back-draft from entering the appliance; and (c) neutralize the effect of stack action of the chimney flue upon the operation of the ap- pliance. SEC. 1002 - FLUES. GENERAL 1 . Flue Connections Required Every heating apparatus or heat producing appliance requiring a flue connection shall be connected with a flue conforming to the provisions of this article. This shall not include elec- tric appliances; gas appliances, except as specifically re- quired in this article; nor oil fired appliances especially designed for use without flue connection. 2.. Smoke Pipe Connections a. No flue shall have smoke pipe connections in more than one ( 1 ) story of a building, unless provision is made for 3-18-53 - 1 - Sec. 1002 - 2a. effectively closing smoke pipe openings with devices made of noncombustible materials whenever their use is discon- tinued temporarily, and completely closing them with mason- ry when discontinued permanently. . b. Two (2) or more smoke pipes shall not be ,joined for a single flue connection, Unless the smoke pipes and flue are of sufficient size to serve all the appliances thus connected. c. The smoke pipe of a heating appliance shall not be con- nected into the flue of an incinerator which has the rub- bish chute identical with the smoke flue. SEC. 1003 - CHIMNEYS 1 . Construction of Chimneys a. Chimneys hereafter erected within or attached to a struc- ture shall be constructed in compliance with the provis- ions of this section. b. Chimneys shall extend at least three (3 ) feet above the highest point where they pass through the roof of the building and at least two (2) feet higher than any ridge within ten ( 10) feet of such chimney. c. Chimneys shall be properly capped with brick, terra cotta, stone, cast iron, concrete or other approved noncombustible, weatherproof material . d. Chimneys shall be wholly supported on masonry or self-sup- porting fireproof construction, e. No chimney shall be corbeled from a wall more than six (6) inches; nor shall a chimney be corbeled from a wall which is less than twelve ( 12) inches in thickness unless it projects equally on each side of the wall ; provided that in the second story of two (2) story dwellings corbeling of chimneys on the exterior of the enclosing walls may equal the wall thickness. In every case, the corbeling shall not exceed one ( 1 ) inch projection for each course of brick projected. f. No change in the size or shape of a chimney, where the chimney passes through the roof, shall be made within a . distance of six (6) inches above or below the roof ,foists or rafters. 2. Chimneys For Residential Buildings Chimneys in all residential buildings shall be constructed as provided in Section 1001 and Section 1003 . 3-18-53 _ 2 - Sec.--. 1003. 3., Chimneys for Heating Appliances, Low Heat Industrial Appliances and Portable ype Incinerators a. Chimneys for stoves, cooking ranges, warm air, hot water and low pressure steam heating furnaces, fireplaces, and low heat industrial appliances, other than chimneys for incinerators of non-portable type (see subsections6 and 7) shall be constructed of solid masonry units or of rein- forced concrete. The walls shall be properly bonded or tied with corrosion resistant metal anchors. In dwellings and buildings of like heating requirements, the thickness of the chimney walls shall be not less than four (4) inches. In other buildings the thickness shall be not less than eight (8) inches, except that rubble stone masonry shall be not less than twelve ( 12) inches thick. b. Every such chimney ,hereafter erected or altered .shall be lined with a flue lining conforming to the requirements below. c. Flue linings shall be made of fire clay or other refrac- tory clay which will withstand the action of flue gases and resist without softening or cracking, the temperatures to which they will be subjected, but not less than 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit, or of cast iron of approved quality, form and construction. d. Required clay flue linings shall be not less than five- eighths (5/8) of an inch thick for the smaller flues and Increasing in thickness for the larger flues. e. Flue linings shall be installed ahead of the construction of the chimney as it is carried up, carefully bedded one on the other in type As type B or fire clay mortar with close fitting ,joints left smooth on the inside. f. Flue linings shall start from a point not less than eight (8) inches below the intake, or, in the case of fireplaces, from the throat of the fireplace. They shall extend, as nearly vertically as possible, for the entire height of the chimney and be extended four (4) inches above the top or cap of the chimney. g. Cleanouts for flues or fireplaces shall be equipped with cast iron doors and frames arranged to remain tightly closed when not in use. h. When two (2) or more flues are contained in the same chim- ney, at least every third flue shall be separated by mason- ry at least four (4) inches thick bonded into the masonry wall of the chimney. Where flue linings are not so separ- ated, the ,joints of adjacent flue linings shall be stag- gered at least seven (7) inches• 3-18-53 - 3 - Sec. 1003, 4. Chimneys for Medium Heat Industrial Appliances, and Power Boilers Chimneys for high pressure steam boilers over fifteen ( 15) pounds per square inch, smoke houses and other medium heat ap- pliances, other than incinerators, shall be of masonry or re- inforced concrete not less than eight (8) inches thick; pro- vided that stone masonry shall be not less than twelve ( 12) Inches thick; and in addition, shall be lined with not less than four and one-half (4*) inches of fire brick laid on the four and one-half (4j) inch bed in fire clay mortar, starting not less than two (2 feet ?below the smoke pipe entrance and extending for a distance of at least twenty five (25) feet above the smoke pipe entrance. 5. Chimneys for -High Heat Industrial Appliances ---- i-�.-may.., Chimneys of cupolas, brass furnaces, porcelain baking kilns and other high heat appliances shall be built with double wails, each not less than eight (8) inches in thickness, with an air space of not less than two (2) inches between them. The inside of the interior walls shall be of fire brick not less than four and one-half (4J) inches in thickness laid on the four and one-half (4j) inch bed in fire clay mortar. 6. Chimney and Flues for Flue Fed Incinerators a. The provisions of this section shall apply to incinerators having an identical refuse chute and smoke flue. Incin- erators of this type are used in residential and multi- family buildings, institutional buildings, hotels, clubs, dormitories, hospitals, churches, schools and restaurants. b. The flue of flue-fed incinerators shall serve the inciner- ator only and be used for no other purpose. c. The flue shall be constructed straight and plumb and shall be smooth on the inside. d. The size of incinerator flues shall be in accordance with the following: 1 . Where not more than one service opening is provided, the size of flue shall be not less than fourteen ( 14) by fourteen ( 14) inches or one hundred ninety six ( 196 ) square inches, with a service opening not larger than ten ( 10) by twelve ( 12) inches, all inside measure- ments. 20 Where two or more service openings are provided, the size of flue shall be not less than eighteen ( 18) by eighteen ( 18) inches or three hundred twenty four (324) square inches, with service openings not larger than twelve ( 12) by fourteen ( 14) inches, all inside measure- ments. 3-18-53 - 4 - Sec. 1003 - 6-d. 3 . Where seven or more service openings are provided, the size of flue shall be not less than twenty two (22) by twenty two (22) inches or four hundred and eighty four (484) square inches, with service openings not larger than fourteen ( 14) by sixteen ( 16 ) inches, all inside measurements. e. A flue serving an incinerator with a combustion chamber having a horizontal combined hearth and grate area of seven (7 ) square feet or less shall be enclosed with walls of clay or shale brickwork not less than four (4) inches thick with a lining of four and one-half (4J ) inches of (first grade) fire brick for a distance of not less than ten ( 10) feet above the roof of the combustion chamber; beyond this point, flue enclosing walls shall consist of not less than eight (8) inches of clay or shale brickwork with a standard fire clay flue lining not less than five- eighths (5/8) inch in thickness extending from the top of the fire brick lining to the top of the flue. f. A flue serving an incinerator with a combustion chamber having a horizontal combined hearth and grate area exceed- ing seven (7) square feet shall be enclosed with walls of clay or shale brickwork not less than four (4) inches thick with a lining of four and one-half (4�) inches of (first rade) fire brick for a distance of not less than forty 40) feet above the roof of the combustion chamber; be- yond this point, flue enclosing walls shall consist of not less than eight (8) inches of clay or shale brickwork with a standard fire clay flue lining extending from the top of the fire brick lining to the top of the flue. g. Other constructions may be used if equivalent to the con- structions outlined in the preceding paragraphs, in struc- tural strength, insulating value and ability to withstand thermal expansion and flame impingement. h. A clearance of not less than two (2) inches shall be pro- vided between the exterior surface of flue walls and com- bustible construction. i. A flue that is divided into two channels, one for feeding refuse and the other for the discharge of combustion gases, shall be constructed as specified herein for a combined refuse chute and flue. J. Flues shall be supported by substantial noncombustible foundations, and shall be so constructed as not to place excessive stress upon the roof of the combustion chamber. k. Incinerator flues shall extend at least four (4) feet above sloping roofs measured from the highest point at which the stack passes through the roof and at least eight (8) feet 3-18-53 - 5 - Sec. 1003 - 6k. above flat roofs. In either case, stacks and flues shall extend at least two ( 2) feet above any ridge, parapet, cornice, penthouse or other obstruction within twenty (20) feet. 1 . All flues shall terminate in a substantially constructed spark arrester with openings not greater than one-half (z ) inch, or be provided with other suitable means for avoid- ing discharge of fly particles. m. Expansion chambers and service openings into an inciner- ator flue shall be as provided in Article XXIV, 7. Chimneys and Flues for Commercial and Industrial Type Incinerators a. Flues shall be designed and proportioned to provide ade- quate draft for proper operation of the incinerator con- nected. b. Flues, except as provided in subsections (c ) and (d) , shall be enclosed by not less than eight (8) inches of clay or shale brickwork or reinforced concrete or a steel smoke stack lined with firebrick not less than four and one-half (42) inches thick for the full height of the flue,, c. Incinerators of the sizes and types permitted by subsec- tion 8b to have smoke pipes without firebrick lining may be connected to flues constructed of eight (8) inches of clay or shale brickwork or reinforced concrete, lined with standard fire clay flue lining, or to a steel smoke stack, d. Other constructions may be used if equivalent to the con- struction outlined in the preceding paragraphs, in struc- tural strength, insulating value and ability to withstand thermal expansion and flame impingement. e. Firebrick and other refractory lining shall be laid in high temperature cement or fire clay mortar. f, Chimneys and stacks shall be supported by substantial non- combustible foundations, and shall be so constructed as not to place excessive stress upon the roof of the combus- tion chamber , g. A clearance of not less than four (4) inches shall be pro- vided between the exterior surface of flue walls and com- bustible construction. h. Incinerator flues shall extend at least four (4) feet above sloping roofs measured from the highest point at which the stack passes through the roof and at least eight 3-18-53 - 6 - Sec. 1003 - 7h. (8) feet above flat roofs, In either case, stacks and flues shall extend at least two ( 2) feet above any ridge, parapet, cornice, penthouse or other obstruction within twenty ( 20) feet, 1 . Incinerators may be connected to industrial or similar stacks serving heat-producing appliances provided the cross-sectional area of such stack is adequate for the com- bined services and its construction is suitable for the stack flue gas temperature, J. All incinerator flues or chimneys shall include effective means for arresting sparks and fly particles, such as an expansion chamber, baffle walls, or other effective ar- rangement, or the flues or stacks shall be provided with an approved spark arrester having openings not greater than three-fourths (3/4) inch and preferably one-half O inch, 8. Incinerator Chimney or Flue Connections or Breechinns a. The smoke pipes or breechings connecting incinerators to chimneys or flues, except as provided in subsection b, shall be constructed of not lighter than No. 16 U. S, gauge steel when they are twelve ( l2) inches or less in diameter or greatest dimension and of not lighter than No. 12 U. S. gauge steel when they exceed twelve ( 12) Inches in diameter or greatest dimension. In addition, 'they shall be lined with not less than .two and one-half ( 2 ) inches of fire brick, laid in high temperature ce- ment or fire clay mortar, when they are more than twelve ( 12) inches but not in excess of eighteen ( 18) inches in diameter or greatest dimension and with not less than four and one-half (42) inches of firebrick when they are over eighteen ( 18) inches. be Smoke pipes of incinerators specially constructed to pro- duce low flue gas temperatures, and incinerator smoke pipes not over ten ( 10) inches in diameter and not over eight (8) feet long, may be of flue the properly suppor- ted and insulated or of other suitable construction, with- out fire brick lining, where located entirely within the incinerator room and approved by the authority having jur- isdiction. c. Where incinerator smoke pipes or breechings lead into and combine with flue connections or breechings of other ap- pliances, such other flue connections shall also be lined from this point to the stack as specified above for incin- erator flue connections, except that lining of this por- tion may be omitted where the cross-sectional area of such other connection is at least equal to the area of the in- cinerator smoke pipe or breeching and the combined breech- 3-18-53 - 7 _ Sec. 1003 8c. ing is large enough for full load conditions of both ser- vices and w�ll carry flue gases at a temperature not high- er than 900 F. d, Clearance between incinerator smoke pipes or breechings and combustible construction, including plastered con- structions :havin$ combustible supports, shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches, 9. Sizes of Flues a. The cross sectional areas of smoke flues shall be designed and proportioned to meet the conditions of temperatures, within and without the flue, thickness of masonry, expos- ure, shape and material of flue and other. influences• be The cross sectional areas of flues and vents for gas burn- ing appliances shall be not less than one ( 1 ) square inch per 7,500 hourly BTU input and in no case shall this sec- tion be less than four (4) inches in diameter. Flues and vents shall have cross sectional areas at least equal to the aggregate areas of the vents of the appliances connec- ted to them. 10. Use of Flues at It shall be unlawful to use as a smoke flue, a flue here- after constructed or placed in a building, or a flue now existing that is not already used as a smoke flue, unless It conforms to the requirements of this section. be Chimneys or flues installed for the use of gas appliances but which are not suitable for solid or liquid fuels, shall be pla-inly and permanently labeled, "THIS FLUE IS FOR THE USE OF GAS BURNING APPLIANCES ONLY" . The label shall be attached at a point near where the vent pipe en- ters the chimney, or with type B gas vents used in place of a chimney, at a point near where the type B gas vent enters a wall , floor or ceiling, 11 . Flues to be Clean a. Upon the completion of a building or the alteration of existing flues, the flues shall be cleaned and left smooth on the inside. be The Commissioner may require an inspection to be made to assure safe condition of the flue before permitting its use. 12, Fireplaces a. The back and sides of fireplaces hereafter erected shall 3-18-53 - 8 - Sec. 1003 - 12a. be of solid masonry or reinforced concrete, not less than eight (8) inches in thickness. A lining of fire brick at least two (2) inches thick or other approved material shall be provided unless the thickness is twelve ( 12) inches, b. Fireplaces shall have hearths of brick, stone, tile or other approved noncombustible material supported on a fire- proof slab or on brick trimmer arches. Such hearths shall extend at least twenty (20) inches outside of the chimney breast and not less than twelve ( 12) inches beyond each side of the fireplace opening along the chimney breast. The combined thickness of hearth and supporting construc- tion shall be not less than six (6) inches at any point. c. Wooden forms or centers used in the construction of that part of the supporting construction which is below the hearth of the fireplace shall be removed when the support- ing construction of the hearth is completed. d. No heater shall be placed in a fireplace which does not conform to the requirements of this section or is not pro- vided with a flue, except electric or gas heaters of a type specifically approved for such installation. e.. Spaces between the chimney and ,joists, beams or girders and any combustible materials shall be firestopped by fill- ing with noncombustible material . SEC. 1004 - METAL SMOKESTACKS 1 . Construction as Metal smokestacks shall be of adequate thickness, properly riveted or welded and, unless structurally self-supporting, shall be guyed securely, or firmly anchored to or other- wise supported by the building or structure served thereby. b. All metal work shall be painted or galvanized. c. Clean-out openings shall be provided at the base of every such stack. d. All such stacks hereafter erected, outside or independent of a building, shall be supported on substantial founda- tions, so designed that the maximum average pressure for both dead and wind loads on the soil shall not exceed two- thirds (2/3 ) of the maximum allowable pressure on the soil . e. All metal smokestacks used for high heat appliances shall be lined with four and one-half (4f) inch fire brick laid flat in fire clay mortar extending not less than twenty five (25) feet above the smoke pipe entrance. 3-18-53 - 9 Sec. 1004 2, Height Metal smokestacks shall extend to a height of not less than ten ( 10) feet above the highest point of any roof within twenty five (25) feet. 3, Exterior Stacks as Metal smokestacks, or parts thereof, hereafter erected on the exterior of a building shall have a clearance from the wall of not less than twenty four (24) inches if the wall is of wood frame construction, and not less than four (4) inches if it is of any other type of construction. b. No such stack shall be nearer than twenty four (24) inches In any direction from a wail opening, exit or fire escapeo c. When such stack is insulated on the exterior in some ap- proved manner, the clearances herein prescribed may be re- duced to two-thirds ( 2/3 ) of those specified. 4. Interior Stacks a. Metal smokestacks, or parts thereof hereafter erected within a building other than a one ( 1 ) story building, shall be enclosed above the story in which the appliance served thereby is located, in walls of noncombustible construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than one ( 1 ) hour, with a space on all sides between the stack and the enclosing walls sufficient to render the en- tire stack accessible for examination and repair. b. The enclosing walls shall be without openings, except doorways equipped with approved self-closing fire doors at various floor levels for inspection purposes. c. Where such a stack passes through a roof constructed of combustible materials, it shall be guarded by a galvanized iron ventilating thimble extending not less than nine (9) Inches below and nine (9) inches above such roof construc- tion. Such thimbles shall be of a size to provide a clearance on all sides of the stack of not less than eighteen ( 18) inches; provided that for stacks of low heat appliances, the clearance may be reduced to not less than six (6) inches... d. Smokestacks shall not be carried up inside of ventilating ducts unless such ducts are constructed as required by this article for smokestacks or smoke flues and such stacks or flues are used solely for venting the room or space in which the appliance served by the smokestack is located. 3-18-53 - 10 - SEC. 1005 - CUPOLA CHIMNEYS Chimneys of cupola furnaces, blast furnaces and similar devic- es, hereafter erected, shall extend at least twenty (20) feet above the highest point of any roof within a radius of fifty (50) feet thereof and be covered on the top with heavy wire netting or other approved spark arrester. No woodwork or other combustible material or construction shall be erected or placed within three (3 ) feet of any part of such chimney, SEC. 1006 - RAISING ADJOINING CHIMNEYS 1 . When Required Whenever a building is hereafter erected, enlarged or raised so that a wail along a lot line or within three (3 ) feet thereof, extends above the top of a chimney or smoke flue of a neighboring existing building, the owner of the building so erected, enlarged or raised, shall at his own expense, carry on, either independently or on his own building, all chimneys and smoke flues of such adjoining building which are within ten ( 10) feet of any portion of the wall extending above such chimney or flue. 2. Notice to Owner It shall be the duty of the owner of the building to be erec- ted enlarged or raised to notify, in writing, at least ten ( 101 days before such work is to begin, the Commissioner and the owner of the chimneys and flues affected, of his inten- tion to carry up such chimneys and flues as herein provided. 3. Construction The construction of such chimneys and flues shall conform to the requirements of this article, but in no case shall the Internal area of an extended flue be less than that of the existing flue. SEC. 1007 - FLUES AND VENTS FOR GAS APPLIANCES 1 , Flue Connections Required Every gas appliance shall be connected to an effective flue extending to the outer air and conforming to the provisions of subsection 2 of this section, if it is included in any of the following classifications, provided that such connections shall not be required for industrial appliances of such size or character that the absence of a connection does not con- stitute a hazard to the occupants: a. Domestic appliances with input rating in excess of 502000 BTU per hour, except domestic gas ranges. 3-18-53 Sec. 1007 - 1 . b. Automatically controlled appliances with input rating in excess of 5,000 BTU per hour, except automatic instantan- eous water heaters of the single faucet type, where the single faucet is attached to and made a part of the appli- ance. c. Automatically controlled appliances with input rating less than 5,000 BTU per hour, unless equipped with an automatic device to prevent the escape of unburned gas at the main burner or burners. The term "automatically controlled appliance" used in paragraphs (b) and (c ) refers to appliances to which the gas supply is automatically turned on and off in accord- ance with the demand for heat, but does not include appli- ances equipped w$th devices or controls governing the sup- ply of gas to the main burner or burners which cannot auto- matically reduce the gas supply below thirty (30) per cent of the input rating. d. Appliances installed in the same room, which if not vented would make the total input rating of unvented gas appli- ances, not including domestic gas ranges, as great as thirty (30) BTU per hour per cubic foot of room content. e. Water heaters installed in bath rooms, bed rooms, or any occupied room normally kept closed. f. Space heaters in sleeping quarters for use of transients. g. All house heating steam and hot water boilers and warm air furnaces including floor furnaces. 2. Types of Flues a. ape A flues : Chimneys as provided for in Section 1003 . Type A flues are required for : (a) all incinerators; (b) all appliances which may be converted readily to the use of solid or liquid fuel ; (c ) all boilers and furnaces, other than attic furnaces, except where specific approval Is obtained from the Bureau for the use of type B gas vents; ( d) all other appliances except approved appliances which produce flue gas temperatures not in excess of 550 degrees Fahrenheit at the outlet of the draft hood when burning gas at the manufacturer 's input rating. b. Type B gas vents : Approved vent piping of noncombustible, corrosion-resistant material of aaequate strength and heat Insulating value, and having bell and spigot or other ac- ceptable joints . Type B gas vents shall be used only with approved gas appliances which are not required by para- graph (a) above to be vented to type A flues, except that they may be used when extended through an existing non- used chimney, whether the chimney is lined or not lined. 3-18-53 - 12 - Sec. 1007 - 2. c. Type C gas vents: Vent pipes of sheet copper of not less than twenty four ( 24) U. S. gauge or of galvanized iron of not less than twenty (20) U. S. gauge or of other ap- proved corrosion-resistant material, may be used for runs directly from the space in which the appliance is located through a roof or exterior wall to the outer air. Such vent pipes shall not pass through any attic or concealed space nor through any floor. This shall not be construed as prohibiting the use of such vent pipes to vent attic furnaces installed in accordance with the provisions of this code. Installation with reference to clearance from combustible material and passage through wall or roof shall comply with the provisions of subsection 4 of this section. 3. Installation of T.ype B Gas Vents a. Type B gas vents shall be made up with tight ,joints . b. Type B gas vents shall be installed with a clearance to combustible material or construction whether plastered or unplastered, of not less than one ( 1 ) inch, provided that for vents of floor furnaces such clearance shall be not less than three (3 ) inches for a distance of not less than three (3 ) feet from the outlet of the draft hood, measured along the center line of the vent piping. Co Suitable provision shall be made to prevent mechanical in- ,jury to type B gas vents where they extend through walls, floors or roofs . d. Type B gas vents shall not be used with solid or liquid fuel burning appliances. 4. Installation of Gas Vents Other Than Type B a. Gas appliance vent piping other than approved type B gas vents shall not pass through any attic or concealed space nor through any combustible floor, and shall not pass through any combustible roof except as specified in Sec- tion 1007-2(c ). Where passing through combustible roofs In accordance with Section 1007-2(c ), they shall be guar- ded at the point of passage as specified for passage through combustible walls or partitions in paragraph (b) below. Vent piping may extend through any existing chim- ney whether the chimney is lined or not. b, Gas appliance vent piping other than approved type B gas vents shall not pass through combustible walls or partit- ions unless they are guarded at the point of passage (a) by metal ventilated thimbles not less than six (6) inches larger in diameter than the pipe, or (b) by metal thimbles not less than four (4) inches larger in diameter than the 3-18-53 - 13 - Sec. 1007-4b, pipe with the annular space filled with mineral wool or other approved noncombustible insulating material ; or in lieu of such protection, all combustible material in the wail or partition shall be cut away from the vent pipe a sufficient distance to provide the clearance required from such vent pipe to combustible material - any material used to close up such opening shall be noncombustible. c. Clearances from combustible material to gas appliance vent piping other than approved type B gas vents shall be In accordance with standard practice for safe installation and use as required by this code. 5. Flue Mortar All flue mortar for flues or vent pipes from gas-burning ap- pliances shall be acid resisting. 6. Draft Hoods Every flue connected appliance except an incinerator, unless Its construction serves the same purpose, shall be equipped with an effective draft hood which either (a) has been ap- proved as part of the appliance or (b) complies with nation- ally recognized standards for draft hoods. The draft hood shall be attached to the flue collar of the appliance or as near to the appliance as conditions permit and in a position for which it is designed with reference to horizontal and vertical planes. The draft hood shall be so located that the relief opening is not obstructed by any part of the appliance or adjacent construction. 7. Interconnection of Vents No vent pipe from a gas appliance shall be interconnected with any other vent pipe, smoke pipe, or flue, unless such gas ap= pliance is equipped with an automatic device to prevent the escape of unburned gas at the main burner or burners. Where a gas appliance vent pipe is joined with a smoke pipe from an appliance burning some other type of fuel, for connection into a single flue opening, they shall be ,joined by a Y fitting lo- cated as close as practicable to the chimney. With liquefied petroleum gases, the automatic device to prevent the escape of unburned gas shall shut off the pilot light as well as the main burner or burners. SEC. 1008 - ASH PITS Ash pits or receptacles for ashes shall be of iron, brick or other noncombustible material . The walls of ash pits shall be of masonry not less than eight (8) inches thick. The floor 3-18-53 - 14 - Sec. 1008 - 1 . and, in case such ash pit is covered, the roof shall be of fireproof construction; provided that when such pit is not covered, the ceiling of the room in which it - is located shall be of fireproof construction.. Openings, if any, shall be protected by metal doors fitting tightly into metal frames which shall be securely fastened to the walls or roof. 3-1853 - 15 - ARTICLE XI SAFEGUARDS- DURING CONSTRUCTION SEC. 1101 - GENERAL 1 . The provisions of this article shall apply to all work in connection with the erection, alteration, removal or demoli- tion of buildings or structures, 2. The provisions of the "Safety Standards For All Places of Employment in Minnesota" as adopted by the Industrial Commis- sion of Minnesota shall be considered as a part of this code for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements for safe guards during construction. SEC. 1102 - TEMPORARY FENCE' OR BARRICADE During a building operation, the owner or person doing or causing such work to be done shall, unless released by the Commissioner, erect and maintain along the street lines of the building or struc- ture, durin such building operation, a substantial fence not less, than six (63 feet high. Such fence may extend not more than six (6) feet from the street line into the highway, and shall be built solid for its full length except for such openings provided with sliding doors or doors swinging inwards as may be necessary for a proper prosecution of the work. SEC. 1103 - ROOFS AND SKYLIGHTS OF ADJOINING BUILDINGS When a building or structure is to be carried above the roof of an adjoining building, protection for the skylights and roof of such adjoining building shall be provided, at his own expense, by the person constructing or causing the construction of such building. or structure; provided that if the owner, lessee or tenant of the adjoining building should refuse permission to have the roofs and skylights protected, the responsibility and expense for the neces- sary protection shall devolve on the person refusing this permis- sion. SEC. 1104 - FIRE PROTECTION 1 . Reinforced Concrete Construction as In every building of reinforced concrete construction, forms of combustible material shall be stripped from the concrete and removed from the building as soon as prac- ticable. b• No part of such building shall be used for the storage of combustible materials until such forms have been removed in that part of the building. 3-16-53 - 1 - ti. Sec. 1104 2. Fire Extinguishers a. In every building operation wherever a tool house, store- room or other shanty is placed, or a room or space is used for storage, dressing room or workshop, at least one ( 1 ) approved hand pump tank or portable chemical extinguisher of nonfreezing type or protected against freezing shall be provided and maintained in an accessible location* be When a water supply of not less than one hundred ( 100) gal- lons per minute at twenty-five (25) pounds nozzle pressure, ready for use at all times, is installed as the building operation progresses, a small hose, fifty (50) feet in length, with a one-half (1) inch nozzle, may be substi- tuted for each such fire extinguisher. 3. Access to Fire Extinguishing Equipment During building operations, free access from the street to fire hydrants, and to outside connections for standpipes, sprinklers or other fire extinguishing equipments, waet.her per- manent or temporary, shall be provided and maintained at all times. No material or construction equipment shall be placed within ten ( 10) feet of such hydrant or connection, nor be- tween it and the center line of the street. SEC. 1105 - WELDING AND CUTTING 1, Protective Shield When oxy-acetylene or electric welding or cutting is done above or within ten ( 10) feet of combustible material , or above a place where workers are employed or where persons are likely to pass, noncombustible shields shall be interposed to protect such material and persons against sparks, and hot metal or oxide. 2. Gas and Fuel Tanks a. Tanks of fuel gas, unless secured on a special truck, shall not be moved unless the caps of such tanks are in place, nor shall they be stored without the caps in place. be Suitable cradles shall be used for lifting or lowering oxygen or fuel tanks to reduce to a minimum the possibil- ity of dropping tanks. Ordinary rope slings shall not be used. c. Tanks supplying gases for gas welding or cutting shall be located at no greater distance from the work than is nec- essary for safety. Such tanks shall be securely fastened In place, and, unless unavoidable, in an upright position. 3-16-53 _ 2 1 Sec. 1105 - 2. d. Tanks supplying gases for gas welding or cutting shall be so stored or set in place for use that they are not ex- posed to the rays of the sun or to high temperatures . Combustible material shall not be permitted near such tanks. . e. Closed spaces shall be ventilated properly while welding or cutting is being done therein. 3. Cutting Steel as Before steel beams or other structural shapes or elements of construction are cut by means of oxy-acetylene or elec- tric equipment, they shall be secured by ropes or chains to prevent dropping or swinging. b. Operators of welding and cutting equipment shall be pro- tected from the rays of the arc or flame by gloves, and by helmets, hand shields or goggles equipped with suitable filter lenses , SEC. 1106 - STORAGE OF IVATERIAL 1. Within Building Materials or equipment needed in a building operation, if stored within the building, shall be so placed that they will not load any part of the construction in excess of the weights for which it was designed, nor interfere with the safe prose- cution of the work. 2. Outside Building a. Materials and equipment shall not be stored in a street, alley, sidewalk or any other public space except by spec- ial permission of the Bureau and under such conditions as required by law. b. In whatever manner building material may be stored or equipment set up in a street, a safe walkway not less than four (4) feet wide, unobstructed for its full length and adequately lighted at all times shall be maintained for use of the public. 3. Covering Material Materials stored within the building or within ten ( 10) feet of the building, which require covering, shall be protected by noncombustible material . 3-16-53 - 3 - SEC. 1107 - DISPOSAL OF WASTE Waste material and rubbish shall not be stored nor allowed to ac- cumulate within the building or in the immediate vicinity, but shall be removed from the premises as rapidly as practicable. Combustible waste and rubbish shall be removed at least daily. No material shall be disposed of by burning on the premises or in the immediate vicinity. Dry material or rubbish shall be wetted down, if necessary, to lay dust or prevent being blown about. SEC. 1108 - BASEMENT DRAINAGE Before the foundation walls of a building or structure are com- pleted, adequate drainage facilities shall be provided to prevent water accumulating in the excavation or basement, 3-16-53 - 4 4 ARTICLE XII PLACES OF ASSEMBLY THEATERS MOTION PICTURE THEATERS, ASSEMBLY HALLS AND GARAGES SEC. 1201 - GENERAL 1 . Seating Arrangements a. In places of assembly in which seats in rows are provided, except in churches and other places for religious assembly, grandstands, stadiums and reviewing stands, individual seats shall be provided for the persons congregating there- in, be The width of seat allotted for each person shall be not less than eighteen ( 18) inches. c. Seats in rows, whether fixed or movable, shall, except in boxes or loges not exceeding sixty (60) square feet in area, be not less than thirty (3 0) inches apart from back to back measured in horizontal direction. d. When individual fixed seats are provided or required, no seat shall have more than seven (7 ) seats intervening be- tween it and an aisle; provided that if the seatings are fixed chairs with self-raising seats so spaced that when the seats are raised, there is an unobstructed space of not less than eighteen ( 18) inches horizontal projection be- tween the rows of seats, and doorways leading directly to exit corridors are provided not more than five (5) feet apart along the sides of the auditorium, the number of seats in a row shall not be limited. e. In places of assembly used regularly for theatrical, oper- atic or similar performances, or for the display of motion pictures, the seats, except in boxes or loges not exceeding sixty (60) feet in area, shall be fixed and shall be separ- ated by arms. f. In boxes or loges not exceeding sixty (60) square feet in area,. and in other locations where loose chairs are permit- ted, not more than one ( 1 ) chair shall be provided for each six (6) square feet of floor space occupied by such chairs. 2. Aisles ae Every aisle shall lead to an exit door, or to a cross aisle, that is, an aisle running parallel with the seat rows and leading to an exit door. 3-16-53 _ 1 _ Sec. 1201 - 2. be The width of an aisle running at right angles to the seat rows, in places of assembly in which seating is provided, shall be not less than thirty six (36 ) inches plus one- fourth (4) inch for every foot of length of such aisle, from its beginning to an exit door or to a cross aisle, or between cross aisles.. Cross aisles shall be not less in width than the widest aisle with which they connect. c. Steps shall not be placed in aisles unless the gradient would otherwise exceed one ( 1 ) foot rise in ten ( 10) feet run. Steps, when necessary, shall be grouped, and so far as practicable, isolated steps shall be avoided. Such steps shall extend across the full width of the aisles and shall be illuminated; treads and risers shall conform to the requirements for exit stairs in Sec. 605-6. d, Aisles shall be used only for passage to and from seats and shall be kept unobstructed at all times. 3. Galleries and Balconies In galleries, balconies or other locations where seatings are arranged on platforms or successive tiers, and the height of the rise from one platform to another below and in front of it exceeds twenty one (21 ) inches, a substantial railing not less than twenty six (26 ) inches high shall be placed at the edge of the platform along the entire row of seats. 4. Places of Outdoor Assembly For unenclosed places of assembly such as grandstands, stadiums; reviewing stands, and tents except as otherwise specifically provided by rules duly promulgated by the Commissioner, the Standard For Grandstands, Tents and Other Places of Outdoor Assembly, as adopted by the American Standards Association ASA 220.3-1950 shall be deemed to be the generally accepted good practice. SEC. 1202 - STAGE 1 . General a, No stage for theatrical or similar performances, including drama, opera, vaudeville and the like, which requires or uses a curtain, portable or fixed scenery, lights, mechan- ical appliances, or any of them, shall be erected, placed or maintained hereafter in a building except in conformity with the provisions of this section. be Every such stage now existing, if reconstructed or altered extensively, shall be made to conform with the provisions of this section. 3-16-53 -• 2 - Sec. 1202 2. Enclosure Walls a. Such stage shall be separated from all other parts of the building by masonry walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours and with openings protected as required in subsections 3, 6 and 8 of this section; ex- cept that in motion picture theaters, school auditoriums, clubs and similar places of assembly, where the stage or platform does not exceed ten ( 10) feet in depth and is without provisions for scenery, separation between the stage and the auditorium shall not be required. Such sep arating walls shall extend from the foundation to at leas`: four (4) feet above the roof, except where the roof is o-^ fireproof or semifireproof construction, in which case the walls shall be carried up tightly against the underside of the roof slab. b. There shall be no window opening in such stage enclosure wall within five (5) feet of a lot line other than a street line. 3 . Proscenium Wall Openings Each opening other than the proscenium openings in the wall which separates the stage from the auditorium shall be pro- tected by an approved self-closing fire door. 4. Appurtenant Rooms a. Dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms and other rooms or compartments appurtenant to the stage shall be separated from other parts of the building by fire partit- ions. b. Such rooms shall be separated from the stage by fire par- titions, and shall have floors and roofs of fireproof con- struction, c. In no case shall openings other than the necessary door- ways at the stage level , connect such rooms with the rest of the stage. d. No such room shall be placed over or under the stage. 5. Dressing Rooms a. Dressing rooms shall have exits independent of the audit- orium exits. b. Unless they are ventilated by windows in conformity with the requirements of Article V. dressing rooms shall be ventilated by a mechanical air conditioning or ventilating system providing not less than six '(6 ) changes of air per hour. 3-16-53 _ 3 Sec. 1202 6. Curtain a. Except as provided in paragraph (g ) below, proscenium open- ings shall be protected with a proscenium curtain conform ing to the following paragraphs (b) to (f ), inclusive. b. The proscenium opening shall be provided with a curtain of noncombustible material constructed on a rigid steel frame, having a lap of two (2) feet at the top and eighteen_ ! 118 Inches at each side, sliding at each side in a rigid steel groove, which shall have a minimum depth of twelve ( 12) inches . The curtain grooves shall be securely fastened to the proscenium wall and the curtain at its lowest position shall rest on masonry at least twelve ( 12) inches thick extending from the foundation to the curtain or upon a strip of linoleum, cork or rubber composition directly affixed to such masonry. C* The proscenium curtain shall be so arranged and maintained that, in case of fire, it will be released automatically and instantly by an approved heat-actuated device, and will descend safely and close completely the proscenium opening, It shall also be equipped with effective devices to permit prompt and immediate closing of the proscenium opening by manual means. d. No part of such curtain shall be supported or fastened to combustible material. e. The curtain with its mounting shall be so designed as to close ,the openingj' prevent the passage of flame, hot gases and smoke from a severe fire on the stage and to show no glow on the auditorium side for a period of fifteen ( 15) minutes . f. Complete details of any proposed proscenium curtain and curtain installation, including mechanism and structural supports, shall be submitted, together with satisfactory proof that such installation meets the requirements as to strength, fire resistance and smoke tightness when subject- ed to ;� fire test with exposing temperatures reaching not less than 1700 degrees Fahrenheit at the end of fifteen ( 15) minutes. Approval shall be obtained before erection is started. After completion, operating tests of the cur- tain shall be made and approval of its functioning obtained before a public performance is staged. g. Where the stage does not have a rigging loft or fly gallery, the proscenium curtain may be of roll type, lift-up type, or overlapping close-in type, of noncombustible materials so constructed and mounted as to prevent the passage of flame, hot gases and smoke, and show no glow on the audit- orium side when exposed to a fire temperature rising to not less than 1350 degrees Fahrenheit at the end of fifteen ( 15) minutes . 3-16-53 - 4 - C Sec. 1202 ?. Construction as All that portion of the stage except that used for the working of scenery, traps and other mechanical apparatus for the presentation of a scene, approximately equa to the width of the proscenium opening, and all appurtenant rooms and compartments shall be of fireproof construction, b. The rigging loft, entire fly galleries, including pin rails shall be of noncombustible material . C* The roof over the stage shall be of fireproof construction. 8. Doors and Windows a, Door openings leading from the stage directly to the outer air shall be equipped with approved self-closing fire doors : Door openings in the proscenium wall shall be equipped with approved self-closing fire doors. All other door openings connecting with the stage shall be equipped with approved automatic or self-closing fire doors. b. Windows shall be approved fire windows. 9. Ventilators a. Over the stage there shall be provided one ( 1 ) or more ventilators of metal or other noncombustible material, equipped with movable shutters or sash, having an aggre- gate clear area of not less than one-eighth ( 1/8) the area of the stage, constructed to open automatically and instant- ly by approved heat-actuated devices. Suitable means for manual operation shall be provided in addition. b. If glass is used in the construction, only wired glass shall be used in such parts where the breaking of glass would cause it to fall on the stage. 10. Shelving All shelving and closets in dressing rooms, property rooms or storage rooms, shall be constructed of metal, slate or other noncombustible material . 11. Lights a. The troughs or frames for footlights and border lights shall be of noncombustible materials. b. The suspension lines of border lights shall be of wire for at least ten ( 10) feet from the frames. 3-16-53 _ 5 Sec. 1202 12. Location of Electrical Switchboard The switchboard for the electrical equipment of the stage shall be so located that it will be accessible at all times, and will be protected from failing objects and from the storage or plac- ing of stage equipment against it. SEC. 1203 - ENCLOSURES FOR MOTION PICTURE PROJECTORS a. Motion picture projectors using nitrocellulose film shall be operated or set up for operation only within an ap roved enclosure, not less than eight (8) feet wide, ten ( 10� feet deep and eight (8 ) feet high for one ( 1 ) projection mach- ine, and not less than fourteen ( 14) feet wide, ten ( 10) feet deep and eight (8) feet high for two (2) machines. b. The walls and ceilings of the enclosure shall be of a form of construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than one ( 1 ) hour . Only noncombustible materials shall be used in the construction of the enclosure walls. All ,joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent the dis- charge of smoke. c. The enclosure shall have at least two ( 2) exit doors, each not less than thirty (30) inches wide and six (6) feet high, protected by an approved self-closing fire door . d. Two ( 2) openings for each motion picture projector shall be provided; one ( 1 ) for the projectionist 's view (ob- servation port ) shall be not larger than two hundred square inches, and the other through which the picture is project- ed (projection port ) shall be not larger than one hundred twenty ( 120) square ifiches. Where separate stereopticon, spot or flood light machines are installed in the same en- closure with picture machines, not more than one ( 1 ) open- ing for each such machine shall be provided for both the operator is view and for the projection of the light, but two (2) or more machines may be operated through the same opening; such openings shall be as small as practicable and shall be capable of being protected by approved auto- matic shutters, e. Each opening shall be provided with an approved gravity shutter set into guides not less than one ( 1 ) inch at sides and bottom, and overlapping the top of the opening by not less than one ( 1 ) inch when closed. Shutters shall be of not less than ten ( 10) gauge iron or its equivalent, or of one-fourth (�) inch hard asbestos board. Guides shall be of not less than ten ( 10) gauge iron or its equiv- alent, Each shutter shall have a fusible link above it, and there shall also be one located over each upper pro- jector magazine which, upon operating, will close all the shutters. There shall also be provided suitable means 3-16-53 _ 6 Sec. 1203 - e. for manually closing all shutters simultaneously from a point within the projection room near each exit door, Shutters on openings not in use shall be kept closed. f. All shelves, furniture and fixtures within the enclosure shall be constructed of noncombustible material . g. Ventilation shall be provided by one ( 1 ) or more mechan- ical exhaust systems which shall draw air from each arc lamp housing and from one or more points near the ceiling. Systems shall exhaust to outdoors either directly or through a noncombustible flue used for no other purpose, Exhaust capacity shall be not less than fifteen ( 15) cubic feet nor more than fifty (50) cubic feet per minute for each arc lamp plus two hundred (200) cubic feet per minute for the room itself, Systems shall be controlled from within the enclosure and have pilot lights to indicate op- eration. The exhaust system serving the projection room may be, extended to cover rooms associated therewith such as rewind rooms, but ventilation of these rooms shall not be connected in any way with ventilating or air condition- ing systems serving other portions of the building. h. Exhaust ducts shall be of noncombustible material , and shall either be kept one ( 1 ) inch from combustible material or covered with one-half (f) inch of noncombustible heat insulating material . I * Fresh air intakes other than those direct to the open air shall be protected by approved fire shutters, arranged to operate automatically with the port shutters. ,j. Provision shall be made so that the auditorium lights can be turned on from inside the projection room and from at least one other convenient point in the building. SEC. 1204 - USE OF ROOFS 1 . For Assembly It shall be unlawful to use or permit the use of the roof of a building or structure as a place of assembly unless it has been designed for that purpose and provided with adequate exits. 2. For Household Purposes No roof of a building shall be used for hanging out clothing or for drying wash, or for other household purposes unless there shall be provided suitable guard rails, fences , parapets or other safeguards along the edges of such roof or that part of it where the uses herein specified are permitted. 3-16-53 - 7 - Sec. 1204 3, Other Purposes as The use of roofs for promenades, gardens, and other pur- poses shall be subject to the approval of the Bureau. b. No roof shall be used for manufacturing, business, storage or office or place for living except with the approval of the Bureau. SEC. 1205 - GARAGES 1 . Garages Combined with other Occupancies_ No garage shall be attached to or form a part of a building of other occupancy except as provided in subsections 2, 3 or 4 of this section. 2. Garages Not Exceeding 750 Square Feet in Area a, A garage not exceeding seven hundred fifty (750) square feet in area may be attached to or form a part of a resi- dence building or a business building if separated from other occupancies by walls, partitions and ceilings of materials to restrict the passage of gases, smoke and odor from the garage to other parts of the building. b, Materials and construction provided for this purpose shall . be at least equivalent in fire resistance and gas tightness to one ( 1 ) inch tongue and groove wooden boards, on garage side of supporting studs, free of knot holes with gypsum wall boards not less than three-eighths (3/81 inch in thickness nailed through the wooden boards into the studs and rafters, using two (2) inch nails, and with four (4) inch strips of gypsum wall board similarly nailed over all butting ,joints of the gypsum wall board and with gypsum plaster filling at intersection of wal-ls and of walls with ceilings and floors. Metal lath and gypsum plaster or gypsum lath and plaster will be acceptable. c. Openings from the building into garage shall be restricted to a single doorway; such opening shall be provided with a metal , metal covered or solid wooden door of not less than one and three fourths ( 1-3/4) inches nominal thickness equipped with an approved self-closing device. d. Where the garage is connected to the building proper by a stairway, such stairway shall, be enclosed. The enclosure shall have a fire resistance rating of at least one ( 1 ) hour. e. Floors shall be without pits or depressions. f. Special requirements as provided in Section 404-4. 3-16-53 . - 8 - Sec. 1205 3, Garages Not Exceeding 3,000 Square Feet in Area A garage not exceeding 3,000 square feet in area may be attach- ed to or form a part of any building provided separation from other occupancies shall be by walls and floor and ceiling con- structions of at least one ( 1 ) hour fire resistance, and with all connecting openings provided with self-closing fire doors . Floors shall be without pits or depressions. 49 Garages Exceeding 3,000 Square Feet in Area a. A garage exceeding 3,000 square feet in area may be located within or attached to a building occupied for any other purpose provided it is separated from such other occupancy by masonry walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than three (3 ) hours and by floors and ceilings of fireproof construction or semifireproof construction. b. Walls, floors and ceilings which effect such separation shall be continuous and unpierced by openings of any kind; provided that door openings equipped with self-closing fire doors leading to salesrooms or offices that are oper- ated in connection with such garages shall not be prohib- ited; and provided also that the use of elevators and stairways to other stories accessible only by vestibules or balconies, constructed and arranged as required for fire towers, shall be permitted. 5. Truck Loading or Unloading Area A truck loading or unloading area within a building occupied as a store shall be separated from other parts of the building by construction having a fire resistance rating of not less than one ( 1 ) hour, and any load bearing part of the building within the loading area shall also have a fire resistance rating of not less than one ( 1 ) hour. 6. Ramps Ramps connecting floors of garages,. which are not considered as required exit ways under Article VI, need not be enclosed In sprinklered garages, nor in open air parking garages con- forming to subsection 7 of this section. 7. Open Air Parking Garages a. Parking garages which have not less than fifty (50) per cent of two sides of the garage open at each story shall be classed as open air parking garages. b. Open air parking garages shall riot have any other occupancy above the garage and shall not be used for automobile re- pair work. 3-16-53 - 9 - Sec. 1205 - 7. c. Open air parking garages which exceed 3,000 square feet In area shall not have open sides along and within fifteen ( 15) feet of any lot line along which buildings are or may be built, nor within fifteen ( 15) feet of another building or wood frame or unprotected metal construction on the same lot, nor within fifteen ( 15) feet of any open- ings in another building on the same lot. d. Open air parking arages in which cars are personally (not mechanically parked shall be provided with at least one exit way from each parking level or floor but shall be exempt from the requirement for additional exit ways in Section 603-2. e. Open air parking garages shall be of fireproof construc- tion, of semifireproof construction or of noncombustible construction. f, The open sides of open air parking garages of noncombus- tible construction shall be exempt from the requirement for two hour fire resistance in Section 706-1 . g. Open air parking garages of noncombustible construction shall not exceed in height four (4) parking levels or floors above grade nor exceed 10,000 square feet in area unless the height does not exceed two parking levels or floors above grade in which case the area shall not ex- ceed 200000 square feet. h. Open air parking garages of noncombustible construction shall not be used for parking of buses or trucks. 8. Floors Garage floors of other than earth construction which drain to sewers or storm drains shall be provided with an oil separ- ator or trap. Where floor areas are extensive, a series of such drains shall be provided. The contents of oil separators or traps shall be collected at frequent intervals and removed from the premises. Floors in repair sections shall be con- crete or other materials that may be readily cleaned. 9. Basement Garages Basement and sub-basement garages shall be continuously ven- tilated by a mechanical ventilating system with positive means for both the inlet and exhaust of at least one ( 1 ) cubic foot of -air per minute per square foot of floor area. Control of either the exhaust or inlet fan shall be close to the entrance door, The ventilating equipment may be combined with the heating system. 3-16-53 - 10 - Sec. 1205 10. Heating a. In garages exceeding seven hundred fifty (750) square feet In area, direct fired heating appliances, other than unit heaters located at least eight (8) feet above the floor, shall be located in a room used for no other purpose and cut off from the. garage by noncombustible construction hav- ing a fire resistance rating of not less than three (3 ) hours, Openings in the above mentioned cut-offs shall be restricted to those necessary for heating pipes and ducts. be Where gasoline dispensing equipment is located within a travel distance of twenty five (25) feet from the entrance to the heater room, the floor of the heater room shall not be below grade level . 11 . Temporary Platforms Platforms erected for temporary use in any assembly or open air assembly unit shall comply with the following requirements : a. The height of a temporary platform shall not exceed six (6) feet above the floor or ground level . be No temporary platform shall exceed 2,000 square feet in area. c• Platforms may be constructed of materials not more com- bustible than wood. d. Platforms shall be designed to support a uniform live load of not less than one hundred ( 100) pounds per square foot and shall be securely braced and cross-braced for lateral stiffness . 3-16-53 ARTICLE XIII SAFETY TO LIFE REQUIREMENTS FOR HERETOFORE ERECTED BUILDINGS SEC. 1301 - DETERMINING AND POSTING OF FLOOR LOADS 1 . Business and Storage Buildings a. In every business or storage building heretofore erected, in which heavy loads or concentrations occur or machinery Is introduced, the owner or occupant shall cause the weight that each floor will safely sustain to be estimated by a competent person and filed with the Commissioner, and when accepted by him posted as required for new buildings by section 804-11 . SEC. 1302 - MEANS OF EGRESS 1 . General a. Within a reasonable time as fixed by a written order of the Commissioner, every building heretofore erected, other than dwellings and farm buildings, shall be provided with exit facilities adequate for the safety of the occupants. Such exit facilities shall be as approved by the Commis- sioner, but shall not provide less safety to the occupants than that obtained by compliance with the provisions of this section. 2. Number and Location of Exit Ways a. Every story exceeding 3,000 square feet in area shall have at least two ( 2) separate exit ways (as defined in section 602-1 ), except that in any building of fireproof or semi- fireproof construction, and in any building of other con- struction not over two (2) stories in height, and in any sprinklered building, a single exit way may be used for stories having an area not in excess of 6,000 square feet, provided the stAirway and other floor openings are enclosed with an enclosure having a fire resistance rating of not less than one ( 1 ) hour, with all openings therein protected as specified for such enclosures in subsection 8 of this section. b. The number and location of exits shall be such that it will not be necessary to travel more than a distance of one hun- dred twenty five ( 125) feet from the door of any room, ' or from any point on a floor not divided into rooms, to reach the nearest exit from the floor, except that in office buildings, and in sprinklered buildings, and in buildings of fireproof or semifireproof construction, and in buildings equipped with an approved automatic fire alarm system, such travel distance may be one hundred fifty ( 150) feet. 3-20-53 - 1 - Sec. 1302 - Z. C* In multifamily houses having more than one apartment above the second story, every apartment shall have access to at least two (2) exit ways. Such exit ways may use common or communicating corridors or hallways, but the two required exit ways from any one apartment shall not use a common in- terior stairway. d, Every room used as a place of assembly shall have at least two ( 2) exit doorways, except that for such rooms located on the first or grade floor, a single exit doorway may be used for an occupancy not in excess of two hundred (200) persons provided the doorway has a clear width of not less than forty four (44) inches. e. Every place of assembly having a capacity greater than two hundred (200) persons shall have exit ways conforming as to number and width with sections 603-4 (b) and 605-5. In applying section 605-5, a stairway forty (40) inches wide may be accepted as two (2) units . f. Institutional occupancies shall be provided with at least two (2) exit ways in accordance with section 603-7. 3. Minimum Requirements for Existing Stairways a. The stairways in one of the required exit ways from any story or stories occupied by a total of six (6) or more persons shall have treads not less than seven (7 ) inches in width and risers not higher than nine and one-half (92 ) Inches nor more than one and two-tenths ( 1 .2) times the width of tread. Winder treads shall have a width of not less than six (6) inches measured one ( 1 ) foot from the nar- row end. This paragraph shall not be construed as modify- ing the pitch and tread requirements for any new stairway construction. b. All exit stairs shall be guarded at the sides by well sec- ured balustrades or other acceptable guards wherever such are needed for the safety of users, and shall have a hand rail on at least one side. 4. Fire Escapes a. Exterior fire escapes hereafter constructed on heretofore erected school buildings, theatres and institutional build- ings shall conform to the requirements for exterior stair- ways in section 608. Exterior fire escapes hereafter con- structed on other buildings shall conform to the following minimum requirements ; ( 1 ) They shall be constructed of noncombustible materials except on buildings of frame construction or on 3-20-53 ^ 2 - Sec. 1302-4( 1 ) buildings of ordinary construction not over three (3 ) stories in height. (2) They shall be constructed with stairs not less than twenty two (22) inches wide between rails, having ris- ers not higher than nine (9) inches and having treads not narrower than six (6 ) inches . Ladders may be used from the upper landing of a fire escape to the roof. (3 ) Unless the stair leading to the ground at the foot of the fire escape is permanently fixed, it shall be con- structed with counter-balancing devices that permit it to be easily and quickly released and placed in rigid position for use. (4) They shall be of sufficient strength to sustain a live load of one hundred ( 100) pounds per square foot or leads of three hundred (300) pounds spaced three (3 ) feet center to center, each bearing on an area one ( 1 ) foot wide by the depth of the tread, whichever will produce the greater stress. (5) They shall be so placed that they can be readily and safely reached by the occupants of the building. (6) They shall be so located that safe egress will be pro- vided at the foot either directly or through an en- closed exit way to a street or to an open space that communicates with a street. (7 ) They shall be spacious enough that the movements of those using the fire escape will not be retarded. (8) All balconies and stairs shall be provided with sub- stantial guard railings at least four (4) feet high, without any opening greater than eight (8) inches in width, except that for buildings not over five (5) stories high, triple guard rails equally spaced, with top rail not less than forty two (42) inches high may be used. (Height for stairs is to be measured at cen- ter of tread. ) The landings, platforms, and the treads of all stairs shall be so designed that the accumula- tion of snow and ice will be reduced to a minimum. (9) Except on buildings not exceeding three (3 ) stories in height and on buildings of wood frame construction, all doors opening on or within ten ( 10) feet of the fire escape shall be approved self-closin fire doors, and any windows opening on or within ten ?10) feet of the fire escape shall be approved fire windows; pro- vided that where the occupancy inside these windows nr doors is such as to present a light fire hazard or is 3-20-53 - 3 - Sec; 1302 - 4(9) sprinklered or the overall exit arrangements are such that this protection is of minor importance, the Com- missioner may waive this requirement. 5. Spiral Slide or Tubular Fire. Esca es as Slide type fire escapes hereafter installed to provide additional means of egress from heretofore erected build- ings shall be of approved type and conform to the follow- ing; ( 1 ) They shall not be used to provide means of egress from buildings exceeding seventy (70) feet or six (6) stor- ies in heights The pitch and design shall be such that a person using the chute will be discharged with- out injuryo Doors at the entrance to the chute shall have approved panic bar releases and shall swing with the exit travel and be so installed that they will not obstruct the use of the chute. If doors are installed at the lower end of the chute, they shall be equipped with a releasing device on the inside such as a kick plate. (2) All sheet metal used for the chute shall be corrosion resistant, shall not be painted on the inside and shall be maintained so as to be free from rust. Any part of the chute with which the user may come in con- tact shall be free from cracks, crevices, or any pro- jection or roughness which may cause indury or reduce the effectiveness of the chute. (3 ) All chutes shall be of sufficient size and ample strength and be supported in a substantial manner. 6. Vertical Openings Which Shall be Protected as All interior stairways, including moving stairways and elevators, shall be enclosed or their floor openings other- wise protected, in accordance with subsections 7 and 8 of this section, except that stairways and elevators as fol- lows shall be exempt from such requirements: (1 ) Stairways and elevators which are not required to be enclosed in new construction. See sections 605-2d and 922-lb, (2) Stairways and elevators in buildings of other than Institutional occupancy, not over two (2) stories in height. (3 ) Stairways and elevators in buildings of other than Institutional occupancy, not over four (4) stories In height, where the stories above the second are used f or storage only. 3-20-53 4 .. Sec. 1302 - 6. (4) Stairways and elevators in sprinklered buildin or residence or business occupancy not over four ?4) stories in height. (5) Stairways and elevators in sprinklered buildings of storage occupancy of any height. 7. Required Protection for Vertical Openings a. Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c ) below, re- quired enclosures for vertical openings shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than one ( 1 ) hour. In build- ings of fireproof and semifireproof construction, such en- closures shall consist of noncombustible materials. b. In any building of fireproof or semifireproof construction, or of other construction not over four (4) stories high, and in any sprinklered building, required enclosures may be constructed of three-quarter (3/4) inch gypsum plaster on metal lath on each side of studs, or equivalent, or of wired glass in metal framework. C* In any building not over four (4) stories high and in any sprinklered building, existing enclosures or parts thereof constructed of plaster on wood lath or equivalent, and in good repair, may be continued in use provided they are ef- fectively fire stopped at the basement ceiling. d. An enclosure required by this section may include both ele- vators and stairs but two or more separate stairways shall not be in a single enclosure. e. In lieu of a full enclosure, stairways, including moving stairways, may be protected with an enclosure at the head or at the foot of each stairway from one floor to another. The construction of such enclosures shall be in accord with the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c ) above. f. In lieu of an enclosure, floor openings for elevators in factory and industrial occupancies may be protected by sub- stantial guards or gates with approved trap doors at each floor opening. Such trap doors shall be constructed to form a substantial floor surface when closedf and arranged to open and close by action of the elevator in ascending or descending. The guards or gates and trap doors shall be kept closed when the shaftway is not in use. 8. Door and Window Openings in Required Enclosures for Vertical Openings a. All openings in required enclosures for vertical openings except window openings to the exterior of the building, shall be protected with doors in accordance with the follow- ing paragraphs. Movable transoms in such enclosures are prohibited. 3-20-53 - 5 _ Sec, 1302 - 84 b. Doors in such enclosures shall be metal doors or metal cov- ered doors or solid wooden doors of the flush type of not less than one and three quarter ( 1-3/4) inch nominal thick- ness except that existing doors in acceptable existing en- closures or part thereof in any building not over four (4) stories high and in any sprinklered building, may be any substantial wood doors having any wood panels less than one-half (�) inch thick covered on the side opposite the stair side with sheet steel not thinner than No. 28 U. S. gauge, securely attached with bolts or screws . Any glass In doors or fixed transoms shall be wired glass. C, Doors in such enclosures, except doors opening into apart- ments, shall be self-closing. 9. Path of Exit Travel from Stairway to Street a. All interior stairways required to be enclosed shall lead directly or through an enclosed exit way to a street or to an open space that communicates with a street. b. The enclosure of such exit way shall conform to the require- ments applying to the stair enclosure. The enclosure shall separate from the exit way all basement occupancies, and all unsprinklered office and business occupancies except those of a size and character which do not constitute a serious life hazard from fire, such as news stands, cigar stands, lunch counters and small offices. 10. Exit Doors a. Doors in required exit ways from places of assembly and from stores having a sales floor area in excess of 2500 square feet, shall be hung to swing open in the direction of exit travel . Panic hardware shall be installed in ac- cordance with section 611-4. b. Revolving doors shall be used in exit ways only under the conditions specified in section 611-3 paragraphs b, c and d. 11. Exit Signs, Lighting and Maintenance as Exit ways shall be equipped with signs and be lighted and maintained in accordance with section 612 subsection 2, 3 and 4. SEC. 1303 - ROOFING REPAIRS 1. Conf ormity .Provisions a. No roofing on an existing roof shall be renewed or repaired to a greater extent than one-tenth ( 1/10) of the roof sur- face, except in conformity with the requirements of section M , 3-20-53 _ 6 Sec. 1303 - 1, b. The placing of new roofing conforming to Section 923 over existing combustible roofing shall not be prohibited; pro- vided the existing roofing is removed for a distance of four (4) inches along all edges of the roof and replaced by strips of weatherproof material over which the new roof- ing shall extend, SEC. 1304 - CHIMNEYS. FLUES AND SMOKESTACKS 1. Existing Installations a• All existing chimneys which upon inspection by the Commis- sioner are found to be without flue lining and with open mortar joints which will permit smoke or flame to be dis- charged into the building or which are cracked as to be dangerous shall be made safe by means of a standard flue lining or with a corrosion resistant metal pipe one ( 1 ) inch less in diameter than the interior of the chimney with the entire annular space between the lining and the walls of the chimney filled with a cement mortar and otherwise repaired if necessary or they shall be removed. b• Existing flues and smokestacks of metal which are corroded or improperly supported shall be replaced, unless suitable repairs are made. SEC. 13 05 - HEAT PRODUCING APPLIANCES 1. Existing stallations a• In case the installation of an existing heat producing ap- pliance, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, blow or exhaust system does not conform to the code requirements for new installations, the Commissioner may order such. changes in the installation as may be necessary to remove existing fire hazards• SEC. 1306 - FIRE EXTINGUISHING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT 1. Standpipes _ a• Buildings other than sprinklered buildings not over six K6)) stories in height, which are not provided with f our inch or larger standpipes shall be equipped with stand- pipes in accordance with section 1401. 2. Sprinkler and Alarm Sy stems a• Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, buildings which are occupied above the heights permitted by the following table No. I. shall be sprinklered through- out. 3-20-53 7 - Sec. 1306 TABLE NO. I BUILDINGS M BE SPRINKLERED i Height in Stories Occupancy Ordinary Wood Frame Classification Construction Construction Public Buildings 3 2 Institutional Buildings: Occupants bedridden or involuntarily detained 2 1 Other Institutional Buildings 3 2 Residence Buildings and Hotels but not multifamily houses and dwellings 4 3 b. Buildings may be occupied one ( 1 ) story higher than specified in (a) above without sprinklers if equipped throughout with an approved automatic fire alarm system. 3-20-53 .. 8 - APPENDIX A - FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS GENERAL NOTES MATERIALS AND FORMS OF CONSTRUCTION All ratings are based on use of materials and forms of construc- tion in full conformity with requirements of this code, and in com- pliance with any applicable material specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials. The thicknesses of walls, partitions and floor slabs specified in the tables are based on fire resistance only and are not to be con- strued as permitting such thicknesses where other considerations require greater thicknesses, See for example the code provisions regarding height and thickness of non-be&ring partitions in Sec. 925. PLASTER Plaster mixes are designated as follows ; "1 ;2, 1 ;3 gypsum and sand plaster" indicates two ( 2) coats of -plaster; the first or scratch coat made of one ( 1 ) part gypsum to two (2) parts sand, and the second or brown coat of one ( 1 ) part gypsum to three (3 ) parts sand Plaster proportions are by weight unless otherwise indicated. Plasters of proportions richer in cement or gypsum content than specified for a given rating may be used unless otherwise indicated Thickness of plaster is measured from the face of the plaster base, except that with metal lath it is measured from the back of the lath unless otherwise stated. The usual one-eighth ( 1/3) inch white or finish coat of plaster may be included in the required plaster thickness , CONCRETE Ratings involving concrete are based on concrete consisting of one ( 1 ) part Portland cement to not more than six (6) parts fine and coarse aggregate combined, measured by volume, dry. EXPLANATORY NOTES AND REFERENCES Letters and symbols appearing in the table as superscripts refer to explanatory notes given at the end of the tables, pages 23, 24 & 25. Numbers in parenthesis given in the tables under details of con- struction refer to references to sources of data listed at the end of this appendix, pages 25, 26, 27 and 28. The abbreviation "Comb." appearing in the tables under Rating means the assembly is rated as combustible. According to the Standard Fire Test, an assembly is rated as combustible when it involves com- bustibles in such kind or quantity or so contained as to burn free- ly during the exposure to the fire test, or continue flaming or ignite after the furnace fire is shut off. 3-26-53 l E 4 If N f� O ►,� � }NU pp N ►�j 4 PIP • � v' � cn � 0 Fly N IT o0 Np .. yy o5�4 o a mgyg N � �� o �' �D �P,41 Q, cu rA �• • �+ y 0.. fpA� • WCN+ CD N• w vt� o n oy � • �µ+ N �i � N°, ►y • y • c+ N W to C1 �Fii• • 'L3, 9 N : i N �DIF'h{ Ate+ Q W y c+ i tD•d 0Q •~ N W i i i • ~• (� • 1 {.J W • N • N • • • y � (D . N. N . . . . tom• , W CD N • D'�W. . •� . . . • • .v • c+ • �+ • (p • • • �. • N • • • (D • ►� • • • ¢t • N • N N • • N • 12, • • • N • • • CD • • N • • • • • N • v?� • • �• WN • Cn • W • �h • v • • • • p • • • • ¢ • N • �p • �,• O i3 i W • v y • • • tj i N N i � V] CO, pf • • • • • • • ♦ • 1 • "i p+ � N 0 • • • • • • • p • N • 1 • • .. • • • • • • Fy • • • O • • r ..� • • • • • p • • „•r'• i 9 0 • • • • • • • • • • p • ►C3 • O • N • • s • • • • • • y • O • f F 7 1 to to 0 to n o 0 0 0 � � o NN NN Otis W 9 A A b + 0 Oti? t OR • N t5 4 (6 1 �3 • Oq Oq Otis uN UQ w N 9 • � � G �+ � + m �}. W �fb N A a fD W • '�'k' iL co `xtf0� v t!1 A r O• �. v fD•. r t6 w • W W A W� • O �3 C* W O O v A Co ID � V Q • N• • 0 H CD N O A H O c+ to to CO to • • • N N N N • ♦ ♦ • • W Q) • tD tD ra 0-3 + EQ � • • + C+• ~• • • • �• • Uri b A y • • • K • • • • • • p • • • • • • • • i _.____ t ' € r } APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF WALLS AND PARTITIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating Clay Tile f 6 in. partition with two units in wall thick- Partitions ness, one unit 4 in., other 1 3/4 in. thick, with 3/4 in. ,joint between filled with mor- tar. Position of units reversed on alter- nating courses. Tile cored not to exceed i 25% in 4 in. unit, and not to exceed 1516 in 1 3/4 in. unit. ( 13 ). . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 hrs .* 6 in* partition consisting of 4 in. tile cored not to exceed 41%, faced on fire exposed side with 1 3l4 in. the cored not to exceed 15% with 3 8 in, mortar filled ,joint between, and plastered on opposite side with 3/4 in. 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster. ( 12). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 hrs.i: 4 in. facing tile cored not to exceed 25%, plastered on back side with 3/4 in. 1;.3 gypsum and sand plaster. ( 14) 0060000000064 . 2 hrs.* 4 in. facing the cored not to exceed 30%, plastered on back side with 3/4 in. gypsum- vermiculite plaster composed of 3� cu. ft. vermiculite to 100 lbs, gypsum. 16) . . . . . . . 2 4 in. facing tile cored not to exceed 47%, plastered on back side with 3/4 in. 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster. (30) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 hr. 4 in. hollow tile plastered each side with 3/4 in. 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster. (5) . . . . . . . 1 hr. 4: 6 in. hollow tile plastered each side with 5/8 In. 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster. (9) . . . . . . . 1 hr . ilr 4 in. hollow tile having 2 cells in wall thickness plastered each side with 5/8 in. 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster. (9) . . . . . . . . . , « 1 hr. * Composite 2 in, blocks of shredded wood bound with mag- Block nesium oxysulfate cement, plastered each Partitions side with in. 1:3 gypsum and sand plaster . tq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . « .. . 1 hr . * 3 in. blocks as above, plastered as above. 9 Gypsum 2 ino solid blocks, unplastered. (6 9) 00000 . 00 1 hr. * Block 3 in, hollow blocks, unplastered. t9). . . . . . . . 1 hr . * Partitions 3 in. solid blocks, unplastered. (6 ). « ... . . . . 3 hrs.4: APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF WALLS AND PARTITIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating Gypsum 3 in. gypsum plank with tongue and groove Plank ,joints grouted with gypsum, surfaced one Partitions side with 20 gauge corrugated steel panels bolted to gypsum at top and bottom with f in. bolts 6 in, on centers. Plank made with 10 per cent wood sawdust, and rein- forced with 2 in. wire mesh placed I in. from each face. (34) 4 hrs.", 4* in. gypsum plank with tongue and groove joints grouted with ypsum. Plank cast on 22 gauge corrugated ?V beam) sheets which form one face. Plank made with 10 per cent wood sawdust and reinforced with 4 in.wire mesh placed 4 in, from gypsum face. (35). . . . 4 hrs.4= Minimum Total Type Details of Construction Thickness, Ins . for Rating of 2 hrs. 1 hr. Solid 3/4 ino plaster of 86 parts gypsum, Plaster 12 parts sawdust and 2 parts asbes- aarrtitions tos fiber each side 3/4 in. asbestos Steel lath (medium) with sheet-steel H framing supports. (71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 24 in.:: embedded 1 ;2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster on in metal lath, on steel studs. (7, 9) . -- 2 in,,* plaster ) 1 ;2, 1 :2 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath on steel studs. (40). . . . Unsanded, wood-fibered gypsum plaster on metal lath on steels tuds. (7, 9) 2j in.', Gunite; 4f: 1 :7 portland cement, saw- dust and sand mortar sprayed on welded wire fabric on steel studs . (7,9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... 7/8 in. 1 : 1 gypsum and sand plaster each side of 3/8 in. gypsum lath; steel stud supports. ( 15)004006. 06 -- 2 1/8 in.* 3/4 in. 1 :2f gypsum and sand plaster each side 1 in. board of shredded wood bound with magnesium oxysul- fate cement, with sheet steel H supports. (70 9) . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. - 2f in,* Nonbearing 3-25-53 - 5 _ ti• • �� i APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF WALLS AND PARTITIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Minimum Total Type Details of Construction Thickness, Ins. for Rating of 2 hrs . 1 hr. Solid Flaster Partitions Steel framing 1 : 1 gypsum and sand plaster on metal embedded lath on steel studs. (9) . . . . . . . . . -- 2 in 1 :f gypsum and sand plaster on metal plaster ) lath on steel studs. (9) . . . . . . . . . 2f in. 2 in.': (Without 13/16 in. 1 : 1, 1 : 2 gypsum and sand steel plaster each side 3/8 in. gypsum framing ) lath inserted at top and bottom in steel runners. (37) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 2 in.', 3/4 in. 1 : 1, 1 : 2 gypsum and sand plaster each side j in. gypsum lath inserted at to and bottom in steel runners. (41�. . . .. .. . . . . . . . -- 2 in.:: Type Details of Construction Rating Steel Stud One side sheathed with 1 in. magnesium Brick- oxysulfate impregnated wood fiber board and Veneered 3 3/4 in. brick veneer secured with metal malls ties to studs ever fifth course. Other side faced with 77 in. gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath secured to studs. (9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 hrs . One side sheathed with paper-backed wire lath and 3 3/4 in. brick veneer secured by fill- ing 1 in, space between brick and lath with mortar. Other side faced with 1 in, paper- enclosed mineral-wool blanket weighing 0.6 lb. per sq. ft. attached to studs; metal lath laid over blanket and attached to studs, covered with 3/4 in. 1 : 2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster. (9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 4 hrs. Steel Stud 7/8 in. unsanded, wood-fibered gypsum plaster Hollow on metal lath, each side steel studs, (7, 9) 2 hrs , Par tTtions, 1 in. 1 :f, 1 :f gypsum and sand plaster on Plaster metal lath each side steel studs . (9). , . . . , . 2 hrs.-,.,,'- 7/8 in. 1 : 1/30:2, 1: 1/30:3 portland cement, asbestos fiber and sand plaster on metal lath each side steel studs. (9) . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1 hr,* 3: on ear ng. ** For partitions loaded not to exceed 5, 1ZO bs, per sq. in, of stud area the rating is 2j hrs. 3-26-53 - 6 - APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF WALLS AND PARTITIONS - Continued Ratings based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating Steel Stud 7/8 in. 1 :2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand piaster on Hollow metal lath, each side steel studs, (799) . . . 1 hr . Partitions, 3/4 in. unsanded, wood-fibered gypsum plas- laasstteered ter on metal lath, each side steel studs. (7, 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If hr, 3/4 in. 1 :2 Portland cement and sand plas- ter in the scratch coat, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster in the brown coat, on metal lath, each side steer studs. (7) . . . . . . . . . . 1 hro* 3/4 in. 1 :2, 1 :2 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath, each side steel studs, (7, 9) . 1 hr. 3/4 in. 1 :j, 1:f gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath each side steel studs. (9) , . . . , . 1 hr,* 1 in, unsanded, wood-fibered gypsum plaster on metal lath, each side steel studs .(7,9) 2 hrs.::-,'r in. 1 : 1 gypsum and sand plasteron 3/8 in. gypsum lath each side steel studs providing 14 in. central air space* ( 15) , . . .. . . . . . . . 1 hr, In. cement-asbestos board on each side 3 in, steel studs; interior space filled with mineral wool under air pressure. (21 ) 1 hr..: Wood Stud 3/4 in. 1 : 1f, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster on Partitions, 3/8 in. diamond mesh expanded metal lath of Plastered 26 U. S. gauge attached by 11 in. 4 penny Studs 2x4 nails 6 ino apart or by equivalent staples, Inches or Studs 2x2 in, if nonbearing, ( 10) . . . , . . , . . 1 hr,Comb. larger, Gypsum and sand plaster on a plaster base Finished listedc by U.L. Inc. as providing an E-1 each side Classification; plaster of mix and thick- as noted. ness, and plaster base attached, as speci- fied in listing 1 hr,Comb, in. 1 2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster on wood lath; stud spaces filled with mineral wool . (7�9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 hr,Comb. in. 1 ; 2, 1 : 2 gypsum and sand plaster on 7/8 in. flame-proofed fiberboard plaster base. (7, 9) 1 hr.Comb. In, 1 ;2 gypsum and sand plaster on 3/8 in. perforated gypsum lath, one 3/4 in, diam, hole or larger for each 16 sq. in. of lath, (70 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 hr.Comb, in. 1 : 2, 1 :2 gypsum and sand plaster on 3/8 ino plain gypsum lath attached by nails fitted with 1�xl 3/4 ino metal lath pads folded over heads, spaced 8 in, ver- tically, 16 in. horizontally, (7, 9) . . . , ,. 1 hr.Comb. :r Nonbearing, ::.: or partitions loaded not to exceed )., 140 1 s, per sq, in, of stud area the rating is 2f hrs. 3-26-53 - 7 APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF WALLS AND PARTITIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating Wood Stud in. 4: 1 gypsum and sand plaster on 3/8 Paartitions, in. plain gypsum lath; 3 in. strips Mastered metal lath over all joints, (8). . . , . . .. . . 1 hr.Comb. Studs x 7/8 in. 1:2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster inches or on metal lath, (7, 9) 1 hr,Comb. larger, 7/8 in. 1 : 1/10; 1/30:2 Portland cement, lime, Finished asbestos fiber, sand and 1 :3 gypsum and each side sand plaster on metal lath, (7) . . . . . . . . . .. 1 hr.Comb, as noted 3/4 in. 1 :2, 1 :2 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath. (7, 9). . . . ... . . . . . . . .. . .. . 1 hr,Comb. 3/4 in. 1 :2, 1 :2 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath, stud spaces filled with mineral wool . (7, 9)... . 9600909 *.09 * 000 * ** lfhr.Comb. 3/4 in. unsanded, wood-fibered ypsum i laster on metal lath. (7, 9�, , , ,. . . . .,, . fhr. Comb. 7/P8 in. 1 ; 1/30:2, 1 : 1/30:3 Portland cement, asbestos fiber and sand plaster on metal lath. (7, 9) . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . ... ... ... .. 1 hr.Comb. 3/4 in, gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath. Plaster mix, 100 lb. fibered gyp- sum to 221 cu.ft. vermiculite in scratch coat, and 100 lb. gypsum to 3f cu. ft, vermiculite in brown coat. Other details as specified in U. L. Inc., Listingtof vermiculite plaster aggregate, , , , , , , , , , ,, , 1 hr,Comb. Wood Stud Two layers 3/8 in. gypsum wall board glued Trartitions, together, fastened with 1 7/8 in. nails; Wit bout ,joints filled and nail heads covered P.aster with ,joint cement. Other details as Studs 2x4 specified in U.L. Inc. , Listing4of the inches or wallboard 1 hr.Comb, larger. 5/8 in. gypsum wallboard fastened with Finished 1 7/8 in. nails; ,joints covered with each side fiber tape and ,joint cement, Other de- as noted tails as specified in U.L. Inc. listingcof the wall board.... . . . 1 hr,Comb. 4 in. strips of 3/8 in. gypsum board over edges of studs under facing of 3/16 in. cement-asbestos board; filling of miner- al wool bats . (9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... 1 hr.Comb. 3/16 in. cement-asbestos boards over 3/8 In. gypsum wallboard. (9). .. . . . . . . . . .. . .. 1 hr.Comb, 5/32 in. cement asbestos shingles laid over 14 lb. per 100 sq. ft. asbestos felt over 3/4 in. wood sheathing on one side; 4 in, strips of f in. gypsum board over edges of studs under facing of 3/16 in. cement asbestos board on other side; filling of mineral wool bats. (9). . .. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . 1 hr.Comb. 3-26-53 - 8 - APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF WALLS AND PARTITIONS- Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating Wood Stud in. gypsum wallboard, stud spaces filled Partitions., with mineral wool bats nailed in place (7091 1 hr.Comb. Without Two layers f in, gypsum wallboard. First laster layer attached with 1 5/8 in. nails Studs 2x4 having 7/32 in. heads; second layer inches or attached with 1 7/8 in. nails having larger. � in. heads. Outside joints taped and Finished pointed and nail heads covered with each side joint cement. (38) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... , . . 1 hr.Comb. as noted or 1 hr.Comb3, Wooa Stud One side sheathed with Z -in, gypsum Exterior sheathing covered with wood dro a1�lls— siding; other side faced with in. Studs 1 :2 gypsum and sand plaster on 3/8 2x4 in. in. perforated gypsum lath. (39) . . . . . . ... 1 hr.Comb. or larger " Wood 6 in, partition of 2 by 6 lumber; pieces Partitions, nailed together flatwise; in vertical Solid position if load bearing. (36 )... . . . . . . . , 1 hr.Comb. FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF COLUMN PROTECTIONS Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Minimum Thickness Type Details of Protection Inches for Rating of 4 hrs . 3 hrs. 2 hrs. I hr. Cast Iron Hollow clay tile with out- Columns side wire ties q ; 3/4 in. 1of . mortar between tile and diamo column; no. fill . (26) . 666 -- 2 or Plaster, 1 : 1/10:2f (by vol- largerm ume) portland cement, lime and sand on 3/4 in, rib metal lath, plaster pushed through so as to leave not over � in. air space; no fill , (26). . .. . -- -- 1� Concrete, coarse aggregate cinders°, 1 :2:5 mix; no fill . ( 26 ) . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . -- -- 2 R onbearing 3-26-53 APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF COLUMN PROTECTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Minimum Thickness Type... ......_.. Details of Protection Inches, for Rating of 4 hrs. 3 hrs. 2 hrs . 1 hr . Reinforced Concrete, coarse aggregate Concrete limestone, calcareousn Columns gravel, trap rock or blast furnace slag; 12 in. or larger round or square columns. m (27) . . . . 1 • Concrete, coarse aggregate granite, sandstone, or siliceous gravels; 16 in. or larger round or square columns. m (27). . . . . . . .,. 2f If Concrete, coarse aggregate granite, sandstone or siliceous gravels; light 2 in. mesh expanded metal centrally located in the protective covering. (27) 14 in, or larger round or square columnsm . . .. . . . . • 12 12 in, or larger round or square columnsm. . . . . . . . .• -- 1 Concrete, f in. coarse ag- gregate granite, sand- stone or siliceous gravels , covered with 1 in. 1 :21 (by volume) portland cement and sand or gypsum and sand plaster, with ad- mixture of not over I part lime; surface of column hacked or column cast in metal lath form, 16 in. or larger round or square columns .m (27).. . .. . . . . . if Steel Brick (clay) with brick olumns fill . (26) . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 2* 6x6 in. or Concrete, coarse aggregate largerm limestone or calcareousn gravel ; fill of same material ,, (9, 26 ) . . 690 . 6 6 x 6 in, or larger. . . ... 2 1 1 1 8 x 8 in. or larger. . . . . . if 1 1 1 12 x 12 in. or larger.. . . 1 1 1 1 Concrete, coarse aggregate trap rock; fill of same material; steel wire ties•p (9, 26) 3-26-53 :. 10 _ APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF COLUMN PROTECTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Minimum Thickness 1 Type Details of Protection Inches, for Rating of 4 hrs. 3 hrs. 2 hrs. 1 hr. Steel 6 x 6 in* or larger........ 2 2 if 1 Columns 8 x 8 in. or larger.. .. .... 2 if 1 1 6x6 in. 12 x 12 in. or larger....,. if 1 1 1 or Concrete, coarse aggregate largerm granite, sandstone or c inders o; fill of same material ; 'steel wire tiesp. (9, 26) 6 x 6 in. or larger .. .,,, 3 2 2 l 8 x 8 in. or larger. .. . . . 3 2 if 1 12 x l2inocrlarger. . .. . ... 2 if 1 1 Concrete, coarse aggregate siliceousx gravel; fill of same material; steel wire tiesP. (919 26) 6 x 6 in. or larger. .. . .. 41 3J 2f if 8 x 8 in. or larger ... . .. 4 3 2 1 12 x 12 in. or larger .. . . 3 2 if 1 ! Concrete block, hollow, cinder; fill of cinder concrete slabs and mor- tar with 14 in, mortar between column and blocksr . (29) . . . .. . .. . . . 3 Gypsum block, solid; corru- gated metal ties or 3/8 In, metal mesh in hori- zontal joints; gypsum block or poured gypsum fill; 3/4 in. gypsum mortar between column and block. (26). .. .. . . ... 4 _- 2 Gypsum concrete, poured; fill of same material ; 4 x 4 in* wire mesh re- inforcement wrapped around columnt, (28), ., . 2 Gypsum block., solid; plas- tered with i in* gypsum and sand plaster; 7/8 in. 12 gauge metal cramps set In holes drilled in blocks to link adjacent blocks of the same course together; no fill. (28).. .. ....... 2 3-26-53 - 11 APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF COLUMN PROTECTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Minimum Thickness Type Details of Protection Inches, for Rating of 4 hrs. 3 hrs. 2 hrs. 1 hr, Steel Gypsum block, solid; un- C olumns plastered; 7/8 in. 12 66 x 6 n, gauge metal cramps set or larger m in holes drilled in blocks to link adjacent blocks of same course together; no fill. (28) •- 2 Gypsum block, solid; wire lath strips laid In horizontal joints; fill of gypsum block and mortar with I in. mortar between column and blocks and with In, gypsum and sand plaster on outside.(28)10 2 Gypsum block, hollow; covered with z in. gypsum and sand plaster; 7/8 in, 12 gauge metal cramps linking adjacent blocks of same course; * in. mortar between column flange and block; no fill, (28), ... 3 Gypsum block, hollow; un- plastered; 7/8 in. 12 gauge metal cramps link- ing adjacent blocks of same course; no fill. (28). . .. . . . . . .. ......... -- -- 3 Hollow clay tile, two 2 in. layers; J in. mortar between tile and column; 3/8 metal mesh in hori- zontal joints; hollow clay tile fill (26),,... 4 Hollow clay tile plastered with 3/4 in. 1 ;3 (by vol- ume) gypsum and sand plaster; 3/4 in. mortar between tile and column; 3/8 in. metal mesh in horizontal joints; lime- stone concrete f i 11;, (26) 2 3-26-53 .12 - APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF COLUMN PROTECTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Minimum Thickness l Type Details of Protection Inches, for Rating of 4 hrs. 3 hrso 2 hrs , l hr. Steel Hollow clay tile plastered =oumns with 5/8 in, 1 ;2f (by 6 x 77n, volume) lime and sand or plaster; 1 1/8 in, mor- largerm tar between tile and column, 3/8 in, metal mesh in horizontal ,points; limestone con- crete fill ., X26) . . . . . . . 4 Hollow clay tile with out- side wire tiesq or with 3/8 in. metal mesh in horizontal ,joints; limestone or trap rock concrete fill , extend- ing 1 in, outside col- umn on all sides. ( 26 ) . . -- 2 Hollow clay tile with out- side wire ties, with or without concrete fill; 3/4 in. mortar between tile and column. (26). .. -- -- -- 2 Plaster, 1 : 1/10:2 (by volume) portland cement, lime and sand on metal lath; no fill . (26 ). ... -- -- -- 1 Plaster, two /8 in. lay- ers 1 ; 1/10; 2? (by vol- ume) portland cement, lime and sand on metal lath; 3/4 in. air space between layers; no fill Type Details of Protection Rating Steel 1 in. gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath = umns spaced 14 in, from column and applied so as to fill space behind lath on flange faces with plaster, and with plaster pressed simil- arly through lath at other locations. Plas- ter mix, 100 lb, f ibered gypsum to 2 cu. ft. vermiculite in scratch coat and 100 lb, fib- ered gypsum to 32 cu. ft. vermiculite in brown coat. Other details as specified in 1 the U.L. Inc., listingc of vermiculite Alas- ! ter aggregate. No fill. 3 hrs. 3-26-53 - 13 - ,, , . .. �'� . . . r • .. ; . - . � . { ` • l / � • � .. .. .... t � 1 _ 9 i - t ., .. :b � � . L • . • i r . � •. s . � A r • 4 L n r • t i � a r • { - • .. 1 - } � L'... r . f . 1 f • • • • . L • • ! I t • r Y r. b .. .. � b ! i .. ... • ► , / � 3 Y . s � t y - i a 1 • • y .... Nom• - �, �n..� w• ....�.v.. .....r.v.n� "Nw.':.�.w....••.tea•• "'i'.��•�, n..• �r-. .r. \ .. • .... ..,. •. .... _ .. n.• .. . ... w .. .•.. ` • • �f . .. �t - ,. t� .. � T ' � � •, .. \ t • �. � � � � � .. .. .. •....�..; .. ... ..� .. .. ..Sw.�.a ....M....• ......... w•�.. .... ...... ..K� .... .. �...... •. r- ..•r �... .. ... �.. .. - \ f . i. t I �'. �, � ... ._ . � ..._ . . o !. k .. } �� • � . 4 • . • y 4 I t t ♦ � • 1 w I e Y A • • Y M A. ,. • � ♦. .. • � r • . � � � :, w 4 w4 M i 4 � 4 i. .. ��; � • � � � I • . r • r _ � ., '. ` � •.. i � •..u. •.� .... � .. , = i � � � _ r f r s - t ... 3 2 .. � ' ,. a .. I ♦ � � f r .. • � .i e 7 /� .. Y � • � '� .. Y 4 A � y . t i ¢ i � • � .. I r �, . � � {;_ .. A y A 4 � .. .r o. �. � • . ... C�1. . . �.s. -a 's t t APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF COLUMN PROTECTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Protection Rating Steel 1 in. gypsum-vermiculite plaster (measured Co from face of lath) on metal lath spaced 1 in. from column. Plaster mix, 4: 1 by weight or approx. 100 lbs. fibered gyp- sum to 2� cubic feet vermiculite« Loose vermiculite fill, 4 hrs. Two 3/4 in, layers of 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster or two 1 in. layers of 1 :2j port- land cement and sand plaster, on metal lath, with 3/4 in. air space between the two layers; no fill. (9)009009000 . 000t 21 hrs. 3/4 in. 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster or 1 in 1:2j Portland cement and sand plaster, on metal lath. (9) ....... . . a „ �«. ..,.... ... i hr. FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF BEAM GIRDER AND TRUSS PROTECTIONS Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Protection Minimum Thicknessl Inches, for Rating of 4 hrs . 3 hrs . 2 hrs. 1 hr. S_,teel Clay tile or concrete B_� block plastered with Girders f in. Portland cement or 9nd gypsum plaster......... . -- •- 2 2 Trusses Clay tile or concrete 3ndivid- block; plastered with .wally i in* Portland cement protected or gypsum plaster; all spaces between member and tile or block filled solid. . ... . ......... . ..« -- 2 2 2 Clay the or concrete block; unplastered -- -- -- 2 Clay the or concrete block; unplastered; all spaces between member and tile or block filled solid.. ........ ...... ... -- -- 2 2 3-26-53 - 14 - t � „ , . . , .. .. 1 '� , _ _ �, . .. .. ,. �, . a z � i.? • - ". . ., • �. .. . � f. � � .. . � .. .. .• '� � • '.. F 'h . • • to a • • r • • ..... .. APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF BEAM GIRDER AND TRUSS PROTECTIONS - Continued _ Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Protection Rating Steel Ceiling of 1 in, gypsum-vermiculite plaster Beams on metal lath attached so as to provide at Glydeer_s least 21, in. air space between protected and structural members and the lath. Plaster Trusses mix, 100 lb, fibered gypsum to 2' cu. ft. protected vermiculite in scratch coat, 100 lb, to by a 3 cu, ft, in brown coat, and 100 lb, to suspendgd 1 cu, ft, in finish coat, Other details cei 1 ingJJ as specified in U.L.Inc. 1 ist ingc of ver- miculite plaster aggregate o. . . .. . . . ....... 4 hrs. Ceiling of 1 in. gypsum-vermiculite plaster (measured from face of lath) on metal lath. Plaster mix, 4: 1 by weight or approx, 100 lbs. fibered gypsum to 2J cu* ft. vermic- ulite. (32) 0 ........ .... �..o.. . .. . . . ...... 3 hrs. ESTIMATED RATINGS Minimum Thickness 1 Type Details of Protection Inches, for Rating of 4 hrs. 3 hrs. 2 hrs. 1 hr. Reinforced Concrete, Group 1 coarse Concrete— aggregates . .. . . .... . . .... if if if 1 Beams.,— Concrete, Group 2 coarse Girders aggregatesk. .. . . .. ... ... .. 21 2f 2 if and Concrete, Group 2 coarse Tr.. u� aggregatesk, 3 in* or finer metal mesh located centrally in the protec- tive covering* **, ,,,,,,,,, 2 1 1 1 Steel Concrete, Group 1 coarse Beams, aggregates k, metal ties Girders bent around beam flanges and and other projecting parts 2 2 1 1 Trusses Concrete, Group 2 coarse nd v du- aggregates ; with 3 in, ally or finer metal mesh protected placed 1 in, from the finished surface, . . .. . ... 22 2 2 If Brick, hollow or solid (clay, concrete or sand- lime).... .. .. .... .. ...... 3 3/4 3 3/4 2* 24 Gypsum blocks, hollow; plastered with f in. gypsum plaster,. ,,,,,,,,, 3 3 2 2 3-26-53 - 15 - 9 4 w APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF BEAM GIRDER AND TRUSS PROTECTIONS - Continued ESTIMATED RATINGS Min±mum Thicknessi Type Details of Protection Inches, for Rating of 4 hrs. 3 hrs. 2 Krso I hr. Steel Gypsum blocks, hollow nee�ams, unplastered; ,joints grouted -- 3 2 2 Girders Gypsum blocks, solid; and— plastered with f in. Trusses gypsum plaster... ... . ..... . 2 2 , 2 Inds d- Gypsum blocks, solid; un- ually plastered; ,joints grouted protected Gypsum poured; plastered with � in, gypsum plaster . . ij if 1 Gypsum, poured; unplastered,. 2 2 if 1 Type Details of Protection Rating Stee 3/4 in. 1 ;3 gypsum and sand plaster on metal eamS, lath.. .... .......... ... ..• .. e ..o•......e.• 1 hr. G ceders i in. 1 ;2f portland cement and sand plaster an3_ on metal lath 1 hr. cusses Two 7/8 in. layers 1 ;2j portland cement and ndivid- sand plaster on metal lath, with 3/4 in, ually airspace between 2 hrs. protected Two 3/4 in. layers of 1 ;3 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath, with 3/4 in, air Protected space between 21 hrs. by a Any ceiling protection described under Fire Same as suspendld Resistance Ratings of Floor and Roof Con- Floor ceiling structions, Steel... . ... .. .. ... ... ...•. ... Rating FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating (See Note u) Cellular Units of make and type listedc by U.L.Inc., Steel+ consisting of sheet metal floor beams Units formed into units of two or more cells, with 2 in, cinder concrete on top. Ceil- ing of 7/8 in. gypsum-vermiculite laster proportioned within the range of 4 to 3 cut ft. vermiculite per 100 lbq f ibered gypsum, on 3/8 in. diamond mesh metal lath of 27 U. S. gauge attached as specified in listing... . . . . . .. . . . . ......... .. . . . .. .. . .. 4 hrs. 3-26-53 - 16 - I. 1�s • . ... � x r. ... � .. 1. .. .. .. ..�....'.'i1.:- -.4• .. • .., .. r. . .. ,. ... _.. 'ri.°..' ... .._.. .,� .; :.. .. c � � - .. .. a ... � ' r 1 .; • . t ) . ... .` � � .. :. �r� , . • ' V • • • 1 APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating (See Note u) Cellular if in. concrete plus z in, cement mortar fin- Steel ish, on top cellular steel units. Ceiling Units of 1 in, unsanded wood-fibered gypsum plas- ter on metal lath secured not less than 2 In* below bottom of cellular steel units. (9) . . . . . . . .• • . • .eee. .ee.....e. . 00 . . e....e• 3 hrs. Same as above with ceiling of 1 in. gypsum- vermiculite plaster proportioned within the range 'of 3� to 52 cu* fte vermiculite per 100 lb. gypsum. (9)......... ...... . . . .... 4 hrse Concrete 6 in* hollow clay the fillers laid end to and a end in rows 2� in, or more apart; rein- forcing steel placed between these rows, and concrete cast around and over tile to a depth of 2 in. Ceiling plastered with 5/8 in. 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster. (33 ) 2 hrs. 4 in, hollow clay vile fillers laid end to end In rows Z' in. or more apart; reinforcing steel placed between these rows and concrete cast around them and over tile to a depth of 11 in. Ceiling unplastered. (33 ) , ..0 . 04. 1 hr, Gzssuum. 4 in. reinforced gypsum concrete slab Slab supported on properly protected floor beams; reinforcement 3/4 in. above bottom of slab; ceiling plastered with 3/4 in. gypsum and sand plaster ( 18, 19)..,.. . .,, ,,,0,,.ee.e 3 hrs. Reinforced 6 in* slab made with siliceous gravel Conte aggregate. (33 )....0 . ....... .. .... ...... 2 hrs. 4 in. slab made with siliceous gravel aggregate. (33 ).. .. . ... .. . . . .....00ea..e 1 hr. Steel 21 in, concrete floor slabv on metal lath, or Joists 2 in. reinforced gypsum slabs covered with T'or7 beams ) f in, mortar, on ,joists. Ceiling of 1 in, gypsum-vermiculite plaster �roportioned within the range of 32 to 5 cu. fto vermic- ulite per 100 lb. gypsum, on metal lath. (9) 4 hrs. 2 in, concrete floor slabv on metal lath, or 2 in, precast reinforced portland cement concrete or gypsum slabs, on ,joists, the precast slabs to be finished with top coat- ing of 4 in. mortar. Ceiling of 2 in. rein- forced gypsum tile anchored to ,joists with metal ties and covered with i in. 1 :3 gyp- sum and sand plaster, 4 hrse 3-26-53 - 17 - z e APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating (See Note u) Steel 2 in, concrete floor slabv on metal lath, or :joists 2 3/4 in. reinforced portland cement con- 7`3r Beams ) crete plank with joints thoroughly grouted, on joists. Ceiling of 1 in, gypsum-vermic- ulite plaster (measured from face of lath) on metal lath. Plaster mix , 4: 1 by wei ht or approx, 100 lbs. fibered gypsum to ti cu. ft. vermiculite. (32) „ c . o . . .. eo ,oa . 3 hrs. 2� in, concrete floor slabv on metal lath, or 2 in, reinforced gypsum the covered with in. mortar, on joists. Ceiling of 1 in. unsanded wood-fibered gypsum plaster, or 3/4 in. gypsum-vermiculite plaster propor- tioned within the range of 3J to 52 cu. ft. vermiculite per 100 lb. gypsum, on metal lath. (9) . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . ... . ... .. . .« 3 hrs. 22 in, reinforced gypsum concrete on 3/8 in. gypsum plaster board on joists, or 2� in. cinder concrete on metal floor lath on steel Joists , Ceiling of 2 in, precast reinforc- ed gypsum ceiling tile suspended I in. below 1 in# furring channels in turn suspended i in. below joists; gypsum ceiling tile cor- rugated on under surface for effective plas- ter bond; all joints grouted with gypsum; ceiling finished with I in. 1; 1 gypsum and sand plaster, ( 1?) «.... . . .. ... . ... . . ”.. . 3 hrs. 2J in. reinforced gypsum concrete on J in, gypsum plaster board on joists. Ceiling of 2J in, reinforced gypsum concrete attached to bottoms of joists, plastered with 3/4 in, gypsum and sand plaster; reinforcement 1 in* above bottom of ceiling slab. ( 18). . . . ... 3 hrs. 2 in. precast, reinforced gypsum slabs on joists; joints grouted with gypsum, Ceiling of 2 in, precast, reinforced gypsum attached to bottoms of joists; joints grouted with gypsum; plastered with 3/4 in, gypsum and sand plaster. (20).. . .. . .. . .. ........ .«., 3 hrs. 2 5/8 in. reinforced gypsum concrete on 3/8 In. gypsum plaster board supported by joists of which the lower 2/3 is encased in precast gypsum and the upper 1/3 extends in- to the floor slab; 1 in, minimum fireproof- ing on joists . Ceiling of 3/4 in. 1 : 1 gyp- sum and sand plaster on metal lath. ( 22)0,. 3 hrs. 3-26-53 - 18 - . - , • ' . ... .� - y � - - R f •. APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction lRating (See Note u) Steel 2 in, concrete floor slab on metal lath, or Joists 2 in. reinforced gypsum tile covered with i or Beams ) 4 in. mortar, on joists, Ceiling of 1 in. ` unsanded wood-fibered gypsum plaster, or f 3/4 in, gypsum-vermiculite plaster propor- tioned within the range of 3i to 52 cu„ft. vermiculite per 100 lb. gypsum, on metal lath. (9) . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .n . . .. . . ... . 21 24 in. concrete floor slabv on metal lath, or 2 in. reinforced gypsum tile covered with 4 in, mortar finish, on joists. Ceiling of 3/4 in. 1 ;2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath, (9),. . . . . . . . . . . e. ,. . . . . . . ... . 2 hrs. 2 in. concrete floor slabv on metal lath, 'or 2 in, reinforced gypsum tile, on joists. Ceiling of 3/4 in. 1 :2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster, or 3/4 in. 1:2, 1 :3 portland cement and sand plaster with 3 lb. asbestos fiber and 15 lb, hydrated lime per bag cement, on metal lathe (9) ., . . . . .... e . e . .. . ,ee .. eae , if hrs . Steel 2 in, vermiculite concrete on steel plate Plate deck. Ceiling of 1 in. gypsum-vermiculite Decd on plaster on metal lath attached so as to Steel provide at least 7 in. air space betwee Joists underside of flooring and the lath, and at or Beams ) least 2z in. air space between joists a d lath, Plaster mix, 100 lb. fibered gyp um to 24 cue ft, vermiculite in scratch co t, 100 lb. to 3J- cu. ft. in brown coat, an 100 lb. to 11 cuo ft, in finish coat. O her details as specified in U.L. Inc. listinilc of vermiculite plaster aggregate* * . , * * * . ,* * 4 hrs. 24 in. concrete on steel plate deck. Cei ing of l in. gypsum-vermiculite plaster pro or- tioned within the range of 34 to 54* cu. ft. vermiculite per 100 lb. gypsum, on meta lath. (9). . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .... . .. . .. ... ... 4 hrs, 2 in* concrete on steel plate deck. Ceil ng of 2 in. reinforced gypsum tile, with � in. 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster . Tile clip ed to channels which are clipped to joists (9}.. . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. 4 hrs. 3-26-53 - 19 - ,r �,� � .. .. f. � I . � .. � I � b } I f .. APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF ;FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating (See Note u) Steel 21 in. concrete on steel plate deck, Ceiling Plate of 1 in, unsanded, wood-fibered gypsum Deck on plaster, or 3/4 in. gypsum-vermiculite 7ee�l plaster proportioned within the .range of Joists 3f to 5� cu. ft, vermiculite per 100 lb* or beams ) gypsum, on metal lath. 3 hrs. 21 in, cinder concrete plus f in, cement morta finish, on steel plate deck. Ceiling of 1 1/8 in. 1 : 1 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath, (9).. ..,� „ o :..,. , g . ,. . ... 3 hrs. 2 in. concrete on steel plate deck, Ceiling of 1 in. 1 ;2 gypsum and sand plaster , (9).. 2j hrs. 2 in* concrete on steel plate deck, Ceiling of 1 1/8 in. 1 : 1 gypsum and sand plaster, on metal lath; or ceiling of if in. 1 :2 gypsum and sand plaster on ribbed metal lath. (9) . . . . .. ... .. ... .............. .. ... 2 hrs. 2 in. concrete on steel plate deck. Ceiling of 3/4 in. 1 :2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster, or l in, 1 :2, 1 :2f portland' cement and sand plaster with 10 lb, hydrated lime added per bag cement, on metal lath, 2 hrs. 2 in. concrete on steel plate deck. Ceiling Of 2 in, interlocking unreinforced gypsum tile supported on upper face of lower beam flange, with Z in. 1:3 gypsum and sand plaster, (9) . .... . ...... .A: . .nc . .o . eoo . . . . 2 hrs. if ine concrete on steel plate deck,, Ceiling of 3/4 in. 1;2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath. (9 . . 4et , , tca,oc . if hrs. 7/8 in. wood flooring nailed to wood sleepers on covering of asbestos paper weighing 14 lb. per 100 sq, ft, cemented on steel plate base. Ceiling of 3/4 in. 1 :2, 1 :3 ypsum and sand plaster on metal lath. (9}g,. .. 1 hr. Comb. Heavv 6 in. laminated plank floor with 1 in. finish Tr flooring on top, (31 )..,,. .�....�.Qf .oQA.. 1 hr. Comb Wood Wood floor consisting of 3/4 in. sub-floor Joists and tongue and groove finish flooring with asbestos paper weighing 14 lb. per 100 sq, ft. between. Ceiling of � in. 1 :2 gypsum and sand plaster on 3/8 in erforated . gypsum lath attached by 1 1� in. nails with 3/8 in. heads and spaced 4 in. on 3-26-53 - 20 s • APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTIONS - Continued Ratings Based on Standard Fire Tests Type Details of Construction Rating (See Note u) Wood centers; 3 in. strips of expanded metal Joists lath nailed over all joints in ypsum lath using 1 3/4 in, nails with � in. heads spaced 5 in, on centers along ,joists and with 2 nails to each ,joist for ,joints per- pendicular to ,joists. 1 hr.Comb. Double 7/8 in. tongue and groove wood floor- ing with insulating layer between. Ceiling of iZ in. 2: 1 wood-fibered gypsum and sand plaster on 3/8 in. plain gypsum plaster base attached by 1* in, nails with 7/16 in* heads, 12 to each 16 x 48 in. lath; 3 in* strips expanded metal lath.\nailed over all ,joints in gypsum lath. t25) .. . . . . 1 hreCombe Wood floor consisting of 3/4 in. subf a oor and tongue and groove finish flooring with asbestos paper weighing 14 lbs. per 100 sq, ft. between, Ceiling of 3/4 In, 1 :2, 1 :3 gypsum and sand plaster on metal lath nail. with 1f in, Noe it gauge barbed roofers ' nails having 7/16 in. heads and spaced 6 in on centers. (9).... , e . .e,,. eee •e • . . • ee.. • • 1 hr,Comb. Wood floor consisting of 3/4 in. subf l oor and tongue and groove finish flooring with asbestos paper weighing 14 lbs . per 100 sq, ft. between. Ceiling of 3/4 in. 1 :2, 1:3 portland cement and sand piaster with 3 ibs asbestos fiber added per 94 lb. bag of ce- ment, on metal lath nailed with 1? in, No, it gauge barbed roofers,! mails having 7/16 in. heads and spaced 6 in* on cen- ters. (9).r. a . . eei.a. • • • . •. eeeeaeasa • .s. 1 hreCombe ESTIMATED RATINGS Brick Minimum depth 4 in, for spans of 5 ft. or Arch less ; rise at least 1 in, per ft, of span; at least 2 in, concrete fill on top of arch; ceiling plastered with 3/4 in. portland cement or gypsum plaster. (23 )ooeo.eea . e.e 3 hrs» Minimum depth 8 ine • rise at least 1 in, per ft, of span. (2.3i. ... . .. ...e. . e .• •. eeesea .♦ 3 terse 3-26-53 - 21 ., , ,. � .::... .,z.. ., . ' ..1, . •r..... ... .. .. �.. ..�..w....�.Kr.+++.. 3 • w.. ' f ' ._ .� � .. .. � � 1 � J ♦ • ' i • ; n T .. ..J. 1 .. � • • • � i a �r. ..' :. ..,.. • - . .., .. ...... `....�..w. w.. .. m. r.r.u........- 1 APPENDIX A FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTP.UCTIONS - Continued ESTIMATED RATINGS Type Details of Construction Rating (See Note u) Hollow Minimum depth 6 in. with at least 2 cells Clay file in the depth; shells and webs not less Arch than 5/8 in, in thickness; vertical and horizontal dimension of cells not greater than 4 in.; at least 2 in, concrete fill on top of arch; ceiling plastered with 3/4 /in, portland cement or gypsum plaster, \+24)ao ., .. ..eoa. ... • • . .�. e.00c .aa.veoe.....• 3 hrs. Rein- 2� bnb reinforced' concrete floor slab on forced ,joists. Ceiling of 1 in, unsanded, wood- Co'nc ete fibered gypsum plaster, or 3/4 in, gypsum Joists vermiculite plaster roportioned within not over the range of 21 to 5 cu. ft. vermiculite 30 in, on per 100 lb, gypsum, on metal lathe. .. ... . .. 3 hrs. centers ) 2 in, reinf orcedw concrete floor slab on ,foists. Ceiling of 3/4 in. 1 ;2, 1 ;3 gyp- sum and sand plaster on metal lath. . ... , . . . 2 hrs. 3-26-53 - 22 - _ .: . :. .. - .. r. :.. _ . .. . . . r .. ,�• . . �. ., ... ;: • . � ,,: � '. .. , .. , . APPENDIX A EXPLANATORY NOTES: LETTERS AND SYMBOLS APPEARING IN TABLES a. The ratings for walls with combustible members framed into the wall, apply for members framed in not over four (4) inches. b. Thicknesses given do not include the thickness of plaster where plaster is specified. C* See 'List of Inspected Fire Protection Equipment and Materials" published annually by Undarwriterst Laboratories, Inc. The use of materials listed by Underwritersf Laboratories, Inc., pro- vides reasonable assurance that the materials conform to the standard for such materials established by the Laboratories in connection with the listing. d. A nine (9) inch wall may be used for this rating if hollow spaces near combustible members are filled with fire resistive material for the full thickness of the wall and for four (4) Inches or more above, below and between the combustible members. e. Equivalent thickness is the average thickness of the solid mat- erial in the wall. It may be found by taking the total volume of a wall unit, subtracting the volume of core spaces, dividing this by the area of the face of the unit. Where walls are plas- tered or faced with brick, the thickness of plaster or brick may be included in determining the equivalent thickness . f. Where combustible members are framed into the wall, the wall must be of such thickness or be so constructed that the thick- ness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or between members set in from op- posite sides, will be not less than ninety three (93 ) per cent of the thickness shown in the table. g. The ratings of load bearing hollow clay tile depend in certain cases on the number of cells and units in the wall thickness,, These are shown in the table: "U" representing units and "C" the cells in the wall thickness. h. An eight (8) inch tile wall may be used for this rating if hollow spaces are filled as in Note d. i. With combustible structural members framed into the wall, plas- ter is effective in increasing the fire resistance (over that for a similar wall or partition unplastered) only when applied. on the side opposite that on which the structural members are framed in, and only with respect to fire exposure from the plastered side. 3-26-•53 - 23 ... .. > t. x 1 .. s. u s .. r. Appendix A. 3• Ceiling to be at such a level that the beams, girders or trusses to be considered as protected by the ceiling, will not extend below the level of the ceiling more than six (6) inches* This depth, at any point, to be considered as the average depth on the two sides, Ratings are for protection only from fire be- neath the ceiling, k. Group 1 and group 2 aggregates are defined in the "Standard Specifications for Concrete and Reinforced Concrete" of the 1940 "Joint Committee Report" as follows: "Group 1 : Blast-furnace slag, limestone, calcareous gravel , trap rock, burnt clay or shale, cinders containing not more than twenty five (25) per cent of combustible material and not more than five (5) per cent of volatile material, and other materials meeting the requirements of these specifications and containing not more than thirty (30) per cent of quartz, chert, flint, and similar materials." "Group 2: Granite, quartzite, siliceous gravel, sandstone, gneiss, cinders containing more than twenty five ( 25) per cent, but not more than forty (40) per cent of combustible material and not more than five (5) per cent of volatile material and other materials meeting the requirements of these specifications, and containing more than thirty (30) per cent of quartz, chert, flint, and similar materials." 1. Thicknesses given are of the protection around the outside of the steel column, beam, girder or truss, or cast iron column, and outside of the reinforcing steel in reinforced concrete col- umns, beams, girders and trusses. They do not include thickness of plaster except where the protection consists only of metal lath and piaster. Me The fire resistance of columns varies with the area of solid material in the cross section of the column - the larger the column, the greater the fire resistance, for a given thickness of protection around the structural or reinforcing steel, The column dimensions given are the outer cross sectional dimensions of the steel or cast iron columns and the outside cross section- al dimensions of reinforced concrete columns. Columns smaller than those listed may require greater thicknesses of protection for the same degree of fire resistance. For columns which are not square, the protection should correspond to that for the square column having the same or next smaller cross sectional area, n. Gravel contained not more than ten ( 10) per cent quartz, cherts. and flint. o. Cinders contained not over ten ( 10) per cent unburned coal and not over five (5) per cent ash. 3-Z6-53 - 24 - Appendix A. p. Wire ties consisted of No, 5 Be & S, gauge (0.18 in, diam. ) steel wire wound spirally around the steel column on a pitch of eight (8) inches, q, Outside wire ties consisted of No, 12 Be & S, gauge (0.08 in, diam, ) steel wire tied around the outside of each course of tile at the middle, r,. Tested with covering of three quarters (3/4) inch gypsum and sand plaster, on which the rating was seven (7 ) hours. S& The aggregates used contained sixty (60) per cent or more of quartz, chert or granite. t. Tested with covering of one-half (J ) inch gypsum and sand plas- ter, on which the rating was six (6) hours. U0 Ratings of floor and roof constructions, except as otherwise specifically indicated, are based on the assumption that no wood sleepers or other combustible members will be embedded in the specified top covering of concrete or gypsum.. Such members may rest on top of the specified thickness of concrete or gyp- sum with additional concrete or gypsum fill between sleepers. ' v. . The thickness of concrete floor slab given is the minimum thick- ness over the joists. Between joists the thickness will be greater due to sagging of the metal lath, Tests at the National Bureau of Standards have indicated that this additional thick- ness between joists is necessary if the specified fire resis- tance is to be assured. If the normal sag between joists is not present, the minimum thickness of slab should be one quarter (4) inch greater. Concrete plank may be used for the top slab If joints are thoroughly grouted and the plank is at least one- quarter (1) inch thicker than the specified thickness for the top slab. we Metal lath of approved weight serving as form for poured top slab may be considered as reinforcement. X0 Siliceous gravel contained one hundred ( 100) per cent chert and quartz. y. These ratings apply to columns with standard ties or spiral and to columns without spirals if designed on the basis that the protective concrete covering carries no load. If the design load is based on the gross column area and the column does not have adequate ties or spirals, the actual fire resistance will be considerably lower. 3-26-53 - 25 - 16 Appendix A. REFERENCE NUMBERS GIVEN IN THE TABLES IN PA�UNTHESIS ( 1 ) "Fire Resistance of Brick Walls", National Bureau of Standards Technical News Bulletin No, 124, Aug., 1927. (2) "Fire Resistance of Sand-Lime and Concrete Brick Walls", National Bureau of Standards Technical News Bulletin No. 132, April, 1928. (3 ) Underwriters # Laboratories, Inc. Card Data Service Card "C85 Clay Brick, Common, Walls and Partitions - Fire Retardant Classification" (Serial No. UL128, Jan., 1939). (4) "Fire Resistance of Hollow Load-Bearing Wall Tile", National Bureau of Standards Research Paper No. 37, 1928. (5) "A Study of the Fire Resistance of Building Materials" Bulle- tin No. 104 of the Engineering Experiment Station of Ohio State University (Jan., 1940) . (6) Ohio State University, Engineering Experiment Station Report No, T-26 Bulletin of the Board of Standards and Appeals of the City of New York, July 19, 1941 . (7) "Fire Tests of Wood-and-Metal-Framed Partitions", National Bureau of Standards Report BMS 71, 1941, (8) Columbia University, Dept, of C. E. Testing Laboratories Report No. F. W. 46, July, 1929 (unpublished). (9) "Fire Resistance Classifications of Building Constructions" National Bureau of Standards Report BMS 92, 1942. ( 10) Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. Report on Interior Building Construction Consisting of Metal Lath and Gypsum Plaster on Wood Supports, Aug., 1922. ( 11 ) "Tests of the Fire Resistance and Thermal Properties of Solid Concrete Slabs and Their Significance", by Carl A. Menzel. American Society for Testing Materials, Proceedings, Volume 43, 1943. ( 12) Ohio State University Research Foundation Report No. 37, June, 1945 (unpublished). Abstract of report published in reference (42) . ( 13 ) Ohio State University Research Foundation Report No, 39, Aug„ 1945 (unpublished) . Abstract of report published in reference (42) . ( 14) Ohio State University Research Foundation Report No. 1, May 59 1939 (unpublished). Abstract of report published in reference (42). 3-Z6-53 26 - : :'; ., , .. ;. _ . ..-:� .. . , . , s, . ,, � v � _. . .. . _. . . .. .. . . .. `,::. ' . _. � � � , •* ,. ;. .. _.• �.. � • .. 1, ,. � � � � .. .. � � f � � � t N �. J l .. .. r .. < . .. .. .. ... i, _ `F Appendix A. ( 15) Columbia University, Dept. of C. E. Testing Laboratories Re- port No, F, W. 2, Aug. 29, 1919 (unpublished). ( 16 ) Ohio State University Research Foundation Report No, 43, Feb, 6, 1946 (unpublished). Abstract of report published in refer- ence (42). ( 17) Columbia University, Dept. of C. E. Testin Laboratories Re- port No, F. W. 59, Aug, , 1930 (unpublished3. ( 18) Columbia University, Dept. of C, E. Testing Laboratories Re- port No, F. W. 30, May, 1926 (unpublished) . ( 19) Report of Test Conducted at Columbia University Fire Testing Station Aug. 15-18, 1913 (unpublished) . ( 20) Columbia University, Dept. of C, E. Testin Laboratories Re- port No. F. W. 20, Dec., 1922 (unpublished. (21 ) Columbia University, Dept. of C. E. Testin Laboratories Re- port No, F. W. 67, Dec., 1931 (unpublishe dt (22) Columbia University, Dept, of C. E. Testing Laboratories Re- port No. F. W. 73, Jan, , 1933 (unpublished). (23 ) No known tests of brick arch floor construction, but such construction has been recognized for many years as satisfac- tory for buildings of fireproof construction. (24) Based on a few nonstandard tests made prior to 1912. (25) Columbia University, Dept, of C. E. Testin Laboratories Re- port No, F. W, 56, July, 1930 (unpublished (26) "Fire Tests of Building Columns", a ,joint report of Under. writers ' Laboratories, Inc., the Associated Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Companies and the National Bureau of Standards, 1920. (27) "Fire Resistance of Concrete Columns", National Bureau of Standards Technologic Paper No, 272, 1925. (28) "Fire Tests of Columns Protected with Gypsum", National Bureau of Standards Research Paper No, RP563, 19330 (29) "Fire Test of a Building Column", National Bureau of Standards Technical News Bulletin No. 246, Oct., 1937. (30) Ohio State University Research Foundation Report No, 38, July, 1945 (unpublished) . Abstract of report published in reference (42). (31 ) "Fire Resistance of Heavy Timber Construction", National Bur- eau of Standards Technical News Bulletin No. 349, May, 1946. 3-26-53 - 27 - ,. ' _ i v F +. *, i 1. •. �. ' � 3 t ' .. r ' . � \ .. �t '1 - � y .. � Appendix A. (3 2) Report of Committee on Tests Re; Cal , No, 163-46 SM. Bulletin of the Board of Standards and Appeals of the City of New York, Dec. 17, 1946. (33) "Fire-Resistance and Sound-Insulation Ratings for Walls, Par- titions and Floors", National Bureau of Standards Technical Report on Building Materials TRBM-44, June 24, 1946. (34) Fire Test of Three-inch Precast Gypsum Wall Panel No. 4 by Raymond E. Davis Consulting Engineer, University of Califor- nia, Oct., 1945 unpublished) . (35) Fire 'bests of Precast Gypsum Wall Panels, by Raymond E. Davis, Consulting Engineer, University of California, Oct. 17, 1945 (unpublished) . (36) "Chemical Treatment Increases Fire Resistance of Wood", Nat- ional Bureau of Standards Technical News Bulletin No. 352, Aug., 1946, (37) Ohio State University Engineering Experiment Station Report Project T-118, Mar. 10, 1947 (unpublished). (38) Report of Tests Nos. 189 and 190, Wood-Stud Partitions with Facings of I in. Gypsum Wallboard, National Bureau of Stan- dards Test Report No. TP3619-69; FP2555, Sept. 3, 1947 (unpublished) . (39) Report of Test Nos. 191 and 192, Wood-stud Walls, with Sanded Gypsum Plaster on Perforated Gypsum Lath, National Bureau of Standards Test Report No. TP3619-70; FP 2556, Sept. 3. 1947 (unpublished). (40) Ohio State University Engineering Experiment Station Report Project No, T-129, Jan. 24, 1948 (unpublished) . (41 ) Ohio State University Engineering Experiment Station Report Project No, T-118, March, 1948 (unpublished) . (42) Fire Resistance of Structural Facing Tile, Structural Clay Products Institute, August, 1948. (43 ) Based on a study of the results of standard fire tests, to- Rether with the results of nonstandard fire tests reported in Tests of the Fire Resistance and Strength of Walls of Con- crete Masonry Units", Portland Cement Association, January, 1934. 3-26-53 - 28 - APPENDIX B STANDARDS AND RECOMMENDED SAFEGUARDS OF THE NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS The standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, listed below, have been prepared after thorough study by committees of technical men particularly qualified in the subjects covered by the standards, and should be consulted and observed to secure the safety to which the owners and occupants of buildings are entitled. Copies of the standards may be had on application at the offices of the National Board of Fire Underwriters at 85 John Street, New York 7, N. Y. ; 222 West Adams Street, Chicago 6, 111 .; and 1014 Merchants Exchange Building, San Francisco 4, Cal. 1 . Fire Extinguishing Appliances 10. First Aid Fire Appliances » 1950 11 . Foam Extinguishing Systems - 1950, Amendments 1951 12. Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguishing Systems, and Inert Gas for Fire and Explosion Prevention 1951 13. Sprinkler Equipments - 1951 14. Standpipe and Hose Systems - 1952 15. Water Spray Nozzles and Extinguishing Systems - 1950 2, Fire Extinguishing Auxiliaries 20. Centrifugal Fire Pumps - 1951 22. Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection Service - 1950 23 , Fire Department Hose Connections - 1939 24, Outside Protection (Private Water Piping Systems )-1931 25, Hose Houses for Mill Yards - 1940 26, Valves Controlling Water Supplies - 1931 27. Private Fire Brigades - 1949 3. Flammable Liquids 30. Containers for Flammable Liquids - 1952 31. Oil Burning Equipments - 1951 32. Dry Cleaning Plants - 1944 33 , Spray Finishing - 1950 34, Dip Tanks - 1952 37. Internal Combustion Engines, also Coal Gas Producers-1934 38, Discharging Flammable Liquids from Tank Cars, and Petroleum Pipe Lines - 1932 39. Stove and Range Oil Burners - 1932 310. Small Heating and Cooking Appliances (Kerosene and Fuel Oil ) - 1937 3-24-53 _ 1 _ Appendix Be 4, Combustible Solids 40. Nitrocellulose Motion Picture Film-19390 Reprint-1949 41. Photographic and X-Ray Nitrocellulose Film - 1930 42. Pyroxylin Plastic in Factories - 1940 43. Pyroxylin Plastic in Warehouses and Stores - 1940 44, Combustible Fibres' - 1947 470 Retail Lumber Yards - 1951 489 Magnesium - 1951 5. Hazardous Gases 500 Acetylene Equipment 1940 51. Gas Systems for Welding and Cutting-1947, Amendment-1951 53. Gasoline Vapor Gas Machines - 1926 54. Gas Piping and Gas Appliances in Buildings, Installation of - 1950 57. Coloring and Ripening of Fruits and Vegetables - 1938 58. Liquefied Petroleum Gases - 1952 56.. Hospital Operating Rooms 590 Liquefied Petroleum Gases at Utility Gas Plants - 1949 6. Exlosivve Dust 60A. Pulverized Fuel Systems - 1945 61B. Terminal Grain Elevators - 1952 61C. Flour and Feed Mills - 1952 63. Dust Explosions in Industrial Plants, Prevention of-1949 649 Prevention of Dust Ignitions in Country Grain Elevators- 1952 7. Electrical Equipment 70. National Electrical Code - 1951 71. Central Station Protective Signaling Systems — 19490 Amendments - 1952 72. Proprietary, Auxiliary and Local Signaling Systems-1952 73. Municipal Fire Alarm Systems-1949; Amendments - 1952 74._ Automatic Fire Alarm Systems For Private Dwellings - 1950 8. Construction 80. Protection of Openings in Walls and Partitions - 1939 81., Fur Storage - 1951 824 Incinerators - 1938 83, Transit Operations - 1952 84; , Merchandise Vaults and Safes - 1948 85. Airplane Hangars - 1950 86. Class A Ovens and Furnaces - 1950 870 Piers and Wharves - 1935, Reprinted 1949 889; Garages - 1932; Reprint - 1939 90. Air Conditioning, Warm Air Heating, Air Cooling and Ventilating Systems - 1952 3-24-53 - 2 - Appendix B. 910 Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock and Vapor Removal - 1949 92. Waterproofing of Floors and Drainage, and Installation of Scuppers - 1937 +� Miscellaneous 3070 Operation of Marine Terminals - 1951 MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Special Interest Bulletins for Those Interested in Preventing Loss of Life and Property from Fire. Hospitals, Fire Prevention and Protection as Applied to - 1942. Hotels, Fire Prevention and Protection as Applied to - 1948. Schools, Fire Prevention and Protection as Applied to the Public and Parochial - 1939. School Buildings, Construction of, and Improvement of Existing Structures - 1937. Damage to Fireproof Buildings, Illustrations of Damage to Reinforced Concrete Structures Attending the Southern California Earthquake of March 10, 1933 - 1935. Flood Problem in Fire Prevention and Protection - 1939. Hurricane Damage, Prevention of - 1939. Hurricane Damage, Suggestions to Building Occupants for Reduc- ing (A reprint of portions of "Prevention of Hurricane Damage" ) - 1937. Care and Maintenance of Sprinkler Systems - 1951. Internal Cleaning of Sprinkler Piping - 1952. Safeguarding Waterfront Properties - 1942. National Building Code - 1949, Amendments - 1952. Building Codes, Their Scope and Aims - 1950. Fire Prevention Ordinance, Suggest - 1947. Safety to Life in Places of Assembly, Ordinance Providing for - 1949. National Building Code- Abbreviated Edition, 1949, Building Code Standards for the Installation of Heat Producing Appliances, Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning, Blower and Exhaust Systems. - 1949. 3-24--53 - 3 • APPENDIX C INSPECTED APPLIANCES AND MATERIALS, FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS Wherever this code prescribes the use of an approved opening pro- tective, only devices of a class that will fulfill the requirements of the particular service should be accepted. Doors, windows and shutters, are rated and classed according to the hazards involved to afford the necessary protection required under the conditions of service. The protection of an opening depends not only upon the use of an approved door of the proper type, but also upon the use of ap- proved hardware, frames, automatic closing mechanism, and accessor- ies, as well as upon the installation of all parts in a standard manner. The standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters for the Protection of Openings in Walls and Partitions Against Fire . give detailed requirements for their use and installation. Doors for Class A situations are designed for the protection of openings in walls between separate buildings or sections of build- ings . They should always be provided in firewalls (Sec. 910) . Doors for Class B situations are designed for the protection of openings in enclosures to vertical communications through buildings. They should be required for openings in stairway enclosures (Sec. 605-2e); for doors to fire towers (Sec. 606); on all shafts (Sec. 922-3 ) ; in fire partitions (Sec. 919-2); in walls of refuse vaults; for doors leading to incinerator rooms; for service doors in incinerator chutes; in walls and partitions within stage en- closures; (Sec . 1202-8A); and in walls or partitions separating garages from other occupancies (Sec. 1205-3 and 1205-4b) . Doors for Class C situations are designed for the protection of openings in corridor and room partitions. They should not be used for Class B situations . Wire glass, one-quarter (1) inch thick is suitable for use in fire doors for openings in corridor and room partitions (Class O situations ) where the exposed area of each light is not more than 1,296 square inches . Doors and shutters for Class D situations are designed for the pro- tection of openings in exterior walls subject to severe fire ex- posure. Doors and shutters for these situations should:have no glass lights or panels. Doors, shutters and windows for Class E situations are designed for the protection of openings in exterior walls subject to moderate fire exposure. Doors and windows for Class F situations are de- signed for the protection of openings in exterior walls subject to light fire exposure. Wired glass, one-quarter (�) inch thick, is suitable for use in fire windowsfor protection against moderate fire exposures (Class E 3-24-53 - l - Appendix C. situations ) where the exposed area of each light is not more than seven hundred twenty (720) square inches, with the vertical dimen- sion not more than fifty four (54) inches and the horizontal dimen- sion not more than forty eight (48) inches; in fire windows for protection against light fire exposures (Class F situations ) where the exposed area of each light is not more than 20916 square inches with neither dimension more than fifty four (54) inches. GLASS BLOCKS Glass blocks are suitable for use in window openings not exceeding one hundred twenty ( 120) square feet in area, nor twelve ( 12) feet in width or height, for protection against light fire exposure (Class F situations ). ROOF COVERING MATERIALS Class A includes roof coverings which are effective against severe fire exposures. Under such exposures roof coverings of this class are not readily flammable and do not carry or communicate fire; afford a fairly high degree of heat insulation to the roof deck; do not slip from position; possess no flying brand hazard; and, do not require frequent repairs in order to maintain their fire resisting properties . Class B includes roof coverings which are effective against moder- ate fire exposures. Under such exposures roof coverings of this class are not readily flammable and do not readily carry or commun- icate fire; afford a moderate degree of heat insulation to the roof deck; do not slip from position; possess no flying brand hazard; but may require infrequent repairs in order to maintain their fire resisting properties. Class C includes roof coverings which are effective against light fire exposures. Under such exposures, roof coverings of this class are not readily flammable and do not readily carry or communicate fire; afford at least a slight degree of heat insulation to the roof deck; do not slip from position; possess no flying brand hazard; and, may require occasional repairs or renewals in order to maintain their fire resisting properties. 3-24-53 _ 2 _ APPENDIX D STANDARDS OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS Below is given a partial list, as of March, 1953 (with the soci- ety's identifying designations ) of the more important standard specifications for various materials entering into building con- struction, approved by the American Society for Testing Materials. They have been prepared after much study and research by committees of men technically well qualified to fix these standards. They may be accepted as representing the best practice, and materials con- forming to them should be accepted as meeting the requirements of the St. Paul Building Code within the limitations and conditions Inherent in the standards or fixed by this code. The standards in the following list which are marked by asterisks have been approved by the American Standards Association as Ameri- can Standards . In addition, the ASA has approved a standard, A38- 1933 on "Steel Reinforcing Spirals", based on Simplified Practice Recommendation 53-32 of the U. S. Department of Commerce, for which there is no corresponding ASTM standard. A 7-5ZT Steel for Bridges and Buildings A 15-52T Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcements* A 16-52T Rail-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement;,- A 82-34 Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement's A 184-37 Fabricated Steel Bars or Rod Mats for Concrete Rein- forcement A 185-37 Welded Steel Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement3, A 27-52T Mild to Medium Strength Carbon Steel Castings for General Application A 44-41 Cast Iron Pit-Cast Pipe for Water or Other Liquids* A 74-42 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings A 245-52T Heavy Gauge Structural Quality Flat-Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets A 246-52T Light Gauge Structural Quality Flat-Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets A 252-46 Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles A 120-47 Black and Hot Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Ordinary Uses A 123-47 Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Structural Steel Shapes, Plates and Bars, and Their Products A 160-52T Axle-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement A 305-50T Minimum Requirements for the Deformations of Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement C 91-51 Masonry Cement C 150-52 Portland Cement C 109-52 Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars C 10-37 Natural Cement C 5-26 Quicklime for Structural Purposes C 6-49 Normal Finishing Hydrated Lime C 35-52T Sand for Use in Plaster 3-24-53 - 1 - Appendix D. C 61-50 Keene's Cement- C 11-50 Terms Relating to Gypsum C 22-50 Gypsum C 28-50 Gypsum Plastersi� C 79-52 Gypsum Sheathing Board* C 36-52 Gypsum Wall Board C 37-50 Gypsum Lathe C 52-41 Gypsum Partition Tile or Block C 26-52 Testing Gypsum and Gypsum Products: C 33-52T Concrete Aggregates C 31-49 Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens of Concrete in the Field C 39-49 Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders C 42-49 Securing, Preparing and Testing Specimens from Hardened Concrete for Compressive and Flexural Strengths C 29-42 Test for Unit Weight of Aggregate C 30-37 Method of Test for Voids in Aggregate for Concrete* C 94-48 Ready Mixed Concrete C 40-48 Test for Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete C 136-46 Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates-,- C 117-49 Test for Amount of Material Finer than No. 200 Sieve in Aggregates; C 130-42 Light Weight Aggregate for Concrete C 143-52 Slump Test for Consistency of Portland-Cement Concrete C 58-28 Definition of the Term Sand C 58-28T Definition of the Term Aggregate C 62-50 Building Brick (Made from Clay or Shale ) C 55-52 Concrete Building Brick:: C 73-51 Sand-Lime Building Brick:: C 67-50 Sampling and Testing Brick: C 34-52 Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile:, C 56-52 Structural Clay Non-Load-Bearing Tilers C 129-52 Hollow Non-Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: C 57-52 Structural Clay Floor Tilers C 43-50 Terms Relating to Structural Clay Tile C 90-52 Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units* C 145-52 Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units:: C 51-47 Terms Relating to Lime C 125-48 Terms Relating to Concrete and Concrete Aggregates C 112-52 Methods of Sampling and Testing Structural Clay Tile:: C 87-52 Method of Test for Measuring Mortar-Making Properties of Fine Aggregate C 140-52 Method of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units C 144-52T Aggregate for Masonry Mortar C 205-51T Portland Blast-Furnace Slag Cement C 208-48 Structural Insulating Board Made from Vegetable Fibers C 209-48 Methods of Testing Structural Insulating Board Made from Vegetable Fibers C 212-52T Structural Clay Facing Tile C 216-50 Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Unit Made from Clay or Shale) D 25-52T Round Timber Piles:, D 245-49T Structural Wood Joist and Plank, Beams and Stringers, and Posts and Timbers: 3-24-53 _ 2 _ Appendix D. D 143-52 Testing Small Clear Specimens of Timber D 198-27 Static Tests of Timbers in Structural Sizes:: D 9-30 Terms Relating to Timber D 312-44 Asphalt for Use in Constructing Built-up Roof Coverings D 450-41 Coal-Tar Pitch for Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproof- ing D 224-52 Asphalt Roofing Surfaced with Powdered Talc or Mica D 225-51- Asphalt Shingles Surfaced with Mineral Granules D 249-50T Asphalt Roofing Surfaced with Mineral Granules D 226-47 Asphalt-Saturated Roofing Felt for use in Waterproofing and in Constructing Built-up Roofs D 227-47 Coal-Tar Saturated Roofing Felt for Use in Waterproofing and in Constructing Built-up Roofs D 250-47 Asphalt-Saturated Asbestos Felts for Use in Waterproof- ing and in Constructing Built-up Roofs D 146-47 Testing Felted and Woven Fabrics Saturated with Bitumin- ous Substances for Use in Waterproofing and Roofing D 228-48T Testing Asphalt Roll Roofing, Cap Sheets and Shingles D 173-44 Woven Cotton Fabrics Saturated with Bituminous Substances for Use in Waterproofing D 371-51 Wide Selvage Asphalt Roofing Surfaced with Mineral Granule D 449-49 Asphalt for Dampproofing and Waterproofing D 655-47 Asphalt-Saturated and Coated Asbestos Felts for Use in Constructing Built-up Roofs D 805-52 Method of Testing Plywood, Veneer and Other Wood and Wood-Base Materials E 13-42 Definition of the term Screen (Sieve) E 119-50 Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials>> E 152-41 Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. E 160-50 Method of Test for Combustible Properties .of Treated Wood by the Crib Test Method E 69-50 Method of Test for Combustible Properties of Treated Wood by the Fire-Tube Test Method E 72-51T Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction 3-24-53 _ 3 APPENDIX E MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS Information supplementary to that contained in Article VIII of the Saint Paul Building Code on design loads may be found in the Ameri- can Standard Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and Other Structures, ASA A58. 1-1945 developed under the sponsorship of the National Bureau of Standards, and published by the American Standards Association. This standard covers weights of building materials, recommended live loads, soil and hydrostatic pressures, wind pressures, and earthquake loads. It supersedes the report on Minimum Live Loads Allowable for Use in Design of Buildings published in 1924 by the National Bureau of Standards. APPENDIX F FOOTIM DESIGN AND SOIL TESTS FOOTING DESIGN The failure to proportion footings according to the pressures they produce on the soil on which they rest, has resulted, in many cases, in uneven settlements in buildings, causing cracked walls, uneven floor levels and other more or less injurious defects, and in some instances, unsafe conditions . The loads transmitted to the footings vary from time to time, and, except in the case of warehouses and buildings designed for pre- determined permanent live loads, floors are seldom fully loaded at any one time. The loads that may be assumed to reach the footings are the live loads remaining when the reductions provided for in Sec. 804-10 are made. By the application of the provisions of Sec. 904-4(b), the pressures per square foot on the soil under the foot- ings become as nearly uniform as can be reasonably determined. As an example, taken from actual practice, of the application of this provision, let it be assumed that the loads on the lowest columns of a building are as follows: Group A (representing those columns that carry walls, floors and roof ) Dead load 0 . . 0 . . . . 156, 250 pounds Reduced live load. . . 99,400 pounds Gross load 25 ,6 0 pounds 3-25-53 _ 1 Appendix F. Group B ( interior columns carrying mostly floors and roofs ) Dead load . 50,860 pounds Reduced live load . 32 6�70 pounds Gross load . . , . , . . . 8S,53 pounds Group C ( interior columns carrying floors only) Dead load . 36,500 pounds Reduced live load , 35500 pounds Gross load . 72,000 pounds It will also be assumed that the soil on which the footings will rest will carry safely 6,000 pounds per square foot. On these assumptions the f oo.tings must be at least ; 42.6 square feet under Group A columns (255,650 = 61000), 13.9 square feet under Group B columns ( 83,530 6,000), and 12.0 square feet under Group C columns ( 72,000 s 6,000); ` as in no case shall the full dead loads plus the reduced live loads on a footing exceed the bearing capacity of the soil . The column on which the reduced live load constitutes the highest percentage of the gross load, will fix the basis for proportioning the areas of the footings considering the dead loads alone. In the case under consideration, this is a column of Group C. Dividing the dead load, 36,500 pounds, by the required minimum area of foot- ing, 12 square feet, it is found that 3,042 pounds per square foot Is the figure to be used in proportioning the footings. On this basis, the footings should be fifty one and four-tenths (51 .4) square feet for Group A columns ( 156,250 At 3,042); sixteen and seven-tenths ( 16'07 ) square feet for Group B columns (50,860 = 3,042); and twelve ( 12,0) square feet for Group C columns (36,500 4 3,042) . As these footing areas are either equal or larger than those first found, it is evident that in no case has the allowable load on the soil been exceeded, SOIL TESTS Procedure for Soil Tests . In conducting tests to determine the safe sustaining power of the soil, the following regulations shall govern; 1 . The soil shall be tested at one or more places and at such level or levels as the conditions may determine or warrant, 2, All tests shall be made under the supervision of the Commis- sioner or his representative. 3. Each test shall be made so as to load the soil over an area of at least four (4) square feet and so that the load is ap- plied continuously throughout the test, 3-25-53 - 2 - Appendix F. 4. Before any test is made, a sketch of the proposed apparatus and structure to be used in making the test shall be approved by the Commissioner. 5. The loading of the soil shall proceed as follows: a. The load per square foot which it is proposed to im- pose upon the soil shall be first applied and allowed to remain undisturbed and readings shall be taken at least once every twenty four (24) hours in order to determine the rate of settlement. The applied load shall remain until there has been no settlement for a period of twenty four (24) hours, be After the requirements of 5-a of this subdivision are met, an additional fifty (50) per cent excess load shall be applied and the total load allowed to remain undisturbed until no settlement occurs during a period of twenty four (24) hours, careful measure- ments and readings being taken at least once every twenty four (24) hours in order to determine the rate of settlement. Determination of Results of Soil Tests - See Sec. 905-2 of this code. � s APPENDIX G BUILDING ZONE ORDINANCE NO. 5840 WITH AMENDM3NTS TO JULY 1, 1950 ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA C. F. No. 39341--Ordinance No. 5840. Effective August 22nd, 1922, with subsequent amendment to July 1, 1950, An ordinance for the purpose of promoting the public health, safety, order, convenience, prosperity and general welfare by providing for the classification, regulation and restriction of the location of trades and industries and of buildings used for human habitation and for specified purposes and the height and bulk of buildings hereafter erected or altered; and regulating and determining the minimum size of lot line courts and other open spaces and establishing the boundaries of districts for said purposes. THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAINT PAUL DOES ORDAIN: ARTICLE I. USE DISTRICTS SECTION 1. For the purpose of regulating the location of trades and industries and the location of buildings for specified uses, the City of St. Paul is hereby divided into six classes of districts: "A" residence district, "B" residence district, "C" residence district, commercial district, light industry district, and heavy industry district; as shown on the zoning map which accompanies this Ordinance and is hereby declared to be part here(5f. The use districts designated on said map are hereby established. No building or premises shall be erected or used for any purpose other than a purpose permitted in the use district in which such building or premises is located. SECTION 2. "A" RESIDENCE DISTRICTS In an "A" residence district nA building shall be erected other than a building, with its usual accessories, arranged, in- tended or designed exclusively for one or more of the following specified uses: a, Houses for not more than two families. Public buildings. Public libraries, public musueums, memorial buildings, 2-4-53 - 1 Public parks, playgrounds or recreation buildings. Schools, colleges. Churches and parish houses. Clubsp social, recreational and community center build- ings except those the chief activity of which is a ser- vice customarily carried on as a business such as a public dance hall or a public bowling alley. Farming, truck farm, private greenhouse and nursery. Passenger railway stations. Transportation rights-of way, Inconspicuous real estate and renting signs. Office of a professional man, accessory to his dwelling, customary home occupations, boarding and renting of rooms to not more than five (5) persons, provided there is no display or advertising* Photographers who 'do their own work in their own homes and do not employ help. be No house shall be erected or altered to be used as a dwelling on any lot whose width at the front building line is less than forty (40) feet and whose area is less than 59000 square feet for each family housed in the dwelling, provided that any lot of record at time of passage of this ordinance may be occupied by one family; no home shall be erected or altered to be used by two families on any lot whose width at the front building line is less than sixty (60) feet and whose area is less than 7,500 square feet provided that any lot of record at the time of passage of this ordinance having a width at the front building line of not less than fifty (50) feet and an area of not less than 7,500 square feet may be occupied by two families, and further provided that the lot areas enumerated in this paragraph shall be ex- clusive of any area occupied for other purposes than housing and uses accessory thereto. c. In any "A" residence district, as well as "B" or "C" Residence Districts, the activities licensed by the City of Saint Paul under Ordinances No, 8935, 8958 and 8959 may be carried on within any building in said districts, provided, however, that no exterior alteration of any existing building shall be permitted for the execution of such activities, and that no advertising display or signs of any type or description shall be affixed to such buildings in said districts; provided further, that all such licenses issued under the said Ordinances No. 8935, 8958 and 8959 shall be dated January 1, 1950, and shall expire December 31, 1950, and shall not thereafter be re- newed, and no such license of the type provided for in these ordinances shall be issued to any applicant who applies for the same under said ordinances later than December 31, 1949. 2-4-53 " 2 - l 1 SECTION 3. "B" RESIDENCE DISTRICTS. In a "B" residence district no building shall be erected other than a building, with its usual accessories, arranged, intended or designed exclusively for one or more of the following specified uses: a. All uses specified as permitted in "A" residence district. Fraternity houses and private clubs, Boarding and lodging houses, and Orphan Asylum. b. No house or houses shall hereafter be erected or altered to accomodate or make provision for more than two (2) families nor shall more than two families be housed on any lot whose width at the front building line is less than forty (40) feet and whose area is less than 5000 square feet nor shall any house be erected on any lot whose width at the front building line is less than forty (40) feet and whose area is less than 4000 square feet provided that a lot of record at the time of passage of this ordinance of not less than thirty five (35) feet at the front building line and an area of not less than 3500 square feet may be occupied by not more than two families, and further provided that the lot areas enum- erated in this paragraph shall be exclusive of any area occupied for other purposes than housing and uses ac- cessory thereto. SECTION 4, "C" RESIDENCE DISTRICTS. In a "C" residence district no building shall be erected other than a building, with its usual accessories, arranged] intended or designed exclusively for one or more of the following specified uses: All uses specified as permitted in "A" and "B" residence districts. Houses for more than two families. Flats, apartments, tenements. Hotels in which no business is carried on, provided that twenty-five per cent (25%) of the lot area may be devoted to retail business generally carried on in hotel buildings. Any building occupied or to be occupied to the extent of not more than twenty-five per cent (25%) of the area of one floor by a retail business, provided that the remaining building area is arranged for and intended to be used for residence purposes. Public and semi-public institutions not included in the uses permitted in "A" and "B" residence districts. Provided that nothing contained in this Section shall be con- strued to permit any retail business in any building not de- signed to accommodate at least four (4) families. 2-4-53 - 3 - r � SECTION 5. COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS. In a commercial district no building or premises shall be used and no building shall be erected which is arranged, intended, or designed to be used for any trade, industry or use that is nox- ious or offensive by reason of the emission of odor, dust, smoke, gas or noise or by reason of excessive fire hazard or for any of the following specified trades, industries or uses: a. Arsenal. Asbestos manufacturing. Assaying or smelting by the furnace method, but not in- cluding one furnace of a capacity of two (2) cubic feet. Babbit metal manufacturing. Blacksmithing and horse shoeing. Boiler making. Brewing or distilling of liquors. Building material storage except where materials stored are for sale for local building operations. Car barn or repair shop, except a car barn used solely for storage of electric cars. Carbonic gas manufacture. Carpet cleaning, except where such cleaning is done by wet vacuum, electrically operated, and in a noiseless and dustless manner. Clay products manufacture. Coal or coke storage except where consumed on premises, or for sale at retail for local consumption. Cooperage. Dextrine, glucose and starch manufacture. Disinfectants manufacture. Dry cleaning at wholesale. Dye works employing more than two (2) dyers. Electric central station or sub-station or power plant. ,,! Emery or emery cloth manufacture. Enameling, japanning or lacquering, except where the liquid is applied by hand brush and where not over one (11�. employee is engaged at this work. Excelsior and fibre manufacture. Fat rendering. Fish packing, smoking or curing. Flour milling. Foundry products manufacture, Glass products manufacture. Ice manufacture or cold storage plant from which ice is sold for delivery away from the premises. Insect poison and exterminator manufacturing. Iron, steel, brass, copper or other metal works, mills or shops, employing five (5) or more mechanics or skilled workers, Junk, scrap paper or rag baling where mechanically oper- ated presses are used except plants where baling is purely accessory. Lamp black manufacture. Livestock barns or corrals. Liquors (malt) manufacturing. 2-4-53 4 - Ore dumps or elevators. Paint, oil, varnish or turpentine manufacturing. Paper and pulp manufacturing. Poultry killing, dressing or live storage except for re- tail sale on premises. Printers ink manufacture. Railroad freight or other yards, or shops. Raw hides or skins, storage curing or tanning. Repair shop for motor vehicles except as provided in this article in connection with a public garage. Rock crusher. Salt works. Saw and planing mill. Shoddy manufacturing or wool scouring. Shoe blackening and stove polish manufacturing. Slaughtering. Soap, soda or washing powder manufacturing. Stable for more than one (1) horse for each 500 square feet area of the lot. Sugar refining. Stone and monument works except where all materials are stored and all work is executed in a studio. Stamped and enameled ware manufacturing. Yeast manufacturing. All uses specifically prohibited in the light industrial districts. b. No premises shall be used wholly or" in part for the stor- age of any material whatsoever except where such materials are stored in a building and where the character of such building conforms with the general 'development of a com- mercial district, provided that twenty-five percent (25%) of the area of premises at the rear may be used for the open or shed storage of building material or fuel, except as provided in Section 8, paragraph "f" of this ordinance. c. No building or premises shall be used for any kind of manufacture, repairing, alteration, converting or finish- ing 'which uses mechanical power aggregating more than five (5) Horse Power per 2000 square feet of ground area. d. No building or premises shall be used and no building shall be erected which is arranged, intended or designed to be used for any kind of manufacture except that any kind of manufacture not included within the prohibitions of this section may be carried on provided that not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total floor space of the building is so used except where the major portion of the products manufactured are to be sold at retail on the premises to the ultimate consumer, and provided that no part of the premises is used as yard or shed storage except as provided by Section 8, paragraph "f" of this ordinance. The printing of a newspaper shall not be deemed manufacturing. 2-4-53 - 5 - 1 i e. No public garage shall be nearer than fifteen (15) feet to any public street at the street level, excepting that this fifteen (15) feet may be used for show rooms or other business purposes, and provided that if the garage is located on a corner lot this provision need apply to one frontage only, nor shall have entrance driveways of less than twelve (12) feet of unobstructed width at the street line, and no automobile repair work shall be carried on in connection with a public garage located in a commercial district except within the garage. There shall be no opening in a wall or roof of such garage within fifteen (15) feet of adjacent property where such property is in- cluded in a designated residential district. f. That no permit shall be granted for any filling station, auto sales lot, retail ice store, drive-in root-beer stand, or any other drive-in business place in a commercial or light industrial district in any case, except upon a hear- ing before the Council ten days after written notice to all property owners adjoining opposite, and those on both sides of the street and streets bordering the site of the proposed filling station, auto sales lot, retail ice store, drive-in root-beer stand, or any other drive-in business place, within a distance of two hundred (200) feet measured along the center of the street or streets. Any filling station for which a permit has been granted by the Council must be completed within six months from the date of such permit; if not so completed, the permit shall be null and void. g. No use permitted in "A" residence, "B" residence or "C" residence districts shall be excluded from a business dis- trict. h. No plant or station for the pasteurization, bottling or distribution of milk shall be permitted in a commercial district except where the loading and unloading of milk and containers shall be done within the building housing the plant or station and such building shall be con- structed and equipped with adequate facilities for such loading and unloading within the same. SECTION 6. LIGHT INDUSTRY DISTRICTS In a light industry district no building or premises shall be used and no building shall be erected which is arranged, intended or designed to be used for any trade, industry or use that is nox- ious or offensive by reason of the emission of odor, smoke, gas, noise, or by reason of excessive fire hazard or for any of the fol- lowing specified trades, industries or uses: a. Acetylene gas manufacturing. Acids ( sulphurous, sulphuric, nitric and hydro-chloric) manufacturing. Ammonia manufacturing. Ammunition manufacturing. Asphalt manufacturing or refining. 2-4-53 - 6 - s Blast furnace. Bleaching powder and chlorine manufacturing. Brewing or distilling of liquors, malt or spirits manu- facturing, distilling of spirits or the manufacture of malt products. Celluloid or cellulose products manufacturing. Cement, lime or plaster of paris manufacturing, Crematory (not including those in cemeteries) creosote treatment or manufacture. Dye stuffs manufacturing. Explosives manufacturing or storage. Extraction of minerals, Fertilizer manufacturing and potash refining. Fireworks manufacturing. Fuel manufacturing. Gas manufacturing and storage in excess of 10,000 cu. ft. Glue size or gelatine manufacturing or recovery from fish or animal offal, Iron, steel manufacturing, (blast furnace, rolling, mill, tin plate, etc. ) . Lime manufacturing, Match manufacturing, Mining. Oil cloth or linoleum manufacturing. Oiled, rubber, or leather cloth treatment. Ore reduction. Petroleum refining. Potash works. Pyroxyline manufacturing. Rolling mill, Roofing materials and building paper (tar and asphalt manufacturing) . Rubber ( crude) manufacturing. Stockyards, Smelting. Sugar refining. Tallow and grease refining. Tar distillation or manufacturing, Tanning, curing or storage of leather, rawhides, or skins. Turpentine distillation. Wood and bones distillation. b. No premises shall be used in excess of twenty-five per cent (25%) of the area of said premises as a yard or shed for the storage of materials manufactured, in the process of manufacturing or assembling, or raw materials or of junk, paper, rags, refuse of fuel, except as provided by Section 81 paragraph "f" of this ordinance. c. No use permitted in "A" residence, "B" residence or "C" residence districts or in commercial districts shall be excluded from a light industry district. 2-4-53 - 7 _ d. No premises shall be used for storage of gasoline in an amount in excess of 25,000 gallons; provided that such restriction shall not apply to any premises used as part of the side of a manufacturing plant in conjunction with other premises of the same ownership classified by this ordinance in a heavy industry district and contiguous thereto save for the intervention of a public street or alley. SECTION 7, HEAVY INDUSTRY DISTRICTS The term "Heavy Industry District" is used to designate the district for which no regulations or restrictions are provided by this article, provided that no industry, or use noxious by reason of emission of odor, dust, smoke, noise or gas shall be located at a point where it would unreasonably interfere with any industrial use of property previously established in the vicinity, or with any permitted use of property in a more restricted district. SECTION 7-a, PUBLIC PROPERTIES The term "public properties" is used to designate real estate of the several governmental agencies, national, state and municipal, held or used exclusively for any public purpose for which no regu- lation or restriction is hereby provided, except that upon alien- ation to private ownership or use the same shall assume the classi- fication and be subject to the regulations and restrictions of the highest or most restricted district hereby established and regu- lated, situate within one hundred feet of the same, provided, how- ever, that in case the application of the foregoing plan should work a hardship on the purchaser or user of such property, an appeal may be taken pursuant to Section 20 of this ordinance, and the City Council may thereupon vary the terms of this plan in order that the use of such property might conform with the use of other property located on the same street and immediately adjoining said property. SECTION 8. USE DISTRICT LIMITATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS In any buildings or premises any lawful use existing therein at the time of the passage of this ordinance may be continued there- in although nonconforming to the regulations of the use district in which it is maintained, or any such use may be changed or con- verted or extended throughout the building, provided in either case that no structural alterations, except as required by existing laws and ordinances, are made therein and no new building is erected and provided further that: a. In any district no building or premises, although not con- forming to the regulations of the use district in which ,it is maintained, shall be converted to a use that would not conform to the regulations of the use district in which the original nonconforming use would be permitted. 2-4-53 8 - 1 J b. In "A" residence and "B" residence or "C" residence dis- tricts and commercial district, no building or premises devoted to a use at the time of the passage of this ordin- ance that is prohibited in a light industry district shall be changed to another use prohibited in a light industry district. c. No existing building designed, arranged, intended or de- voted to a use not permitted by this article in the dis- trict in which such use is located shall be enlarged, ex- tended, reconstructed or structurally altered unless such use is changed to a use permitted in the district in which such building is located, except that such building may be reconstructed or structurally altered to an extent not greater than fifty percent (50% of the value of the building, exclusive of foundations, for the purpose of continuing therein, without any extension thereof, a law- ful use existing therein at the time of the passage of this ordinance, and such use may be continued therein, al- though not conforming to the regulations of the use dis- trict in which it is maintained. d. In "A" residence, "B" residence or "C" residence districts, no building or premises shall be used for any other than a use specified for which buildings may be erected and for the accessory uses customarily incident thereto, except as provided by this section. The term "accessory use" shall not include a business nor shall it include any building or use not located on the same lot with a building or use to which it is accessory. Living quarters for the family of a caretaker, janitor, watchman, or servant on the premises where such person 'is employed shall be deemed an accessory useb A private garage for more than five motor vehicles in which more than one automobile is stored for other than occupants of the premises or more than one of which is a commercial vehicle shall not be deemed an ac- cessory use in "A" or "B" residence districts. In "C" residence districts, a private garage not having an en- trance within sixty (60) feet of the front street line and in no case directly off from any street, and not housing a greater number of motor vehicles than the number of separate dwelling apartments located on the same lot not more than one of which is a commercial vehicle and where no repair facilities, service station or other bus- iness is maintained may be deemed an accessory use. es For the purpose of maintaining the residential character in "A" and 'B" residence districts, no public, semi- public or institutional buildings or uses shall hereafter be located in "All and "B" residence districts, except as follows: Upon premises facing or adjoining along the side line of said premises a public park or playground, school ground, college ground, public institution, semi- public institution, parochial school, convent, hospital, 2-4-53 - 9 - 1 i church, social centers hotel, railway station or other institutional buildings, or on land at least one side of which is the boundary line of another use district other than an "A" or "B" residence district; or on property en- tirely surrounded by streets and alleys; on property at least three (3) sides of which abut on public streets or adjoining a premises used for any purpose other than a purpose permitted in an "A" or "B" residence district on the same street, or upon premises facing adjoining or across an alley or street from a railway right-of-way, and provided that if the public, semi-public or institu- tional buildings or uses occupy not to exceed thirty (30) per cent of the area of the lot and do not extend nearer than twenty-five (25) feet to the adjoining designated residence property, the above restrictions shall not apply, and provided further, that nothing herein contained shall alter the permitted uses in an "A residence and "B" res- idence district respectively. ee. With the exception of buildings and premises lawfully used for the purposes herein set forth, and lawfully existing at the time of the passage of this amendment, hospitals, homes for the aged, rest homes, convalescent homes, and es- tablishments or places of any kind or character, where old, infirm, sick or diseased persons are cared for, shall be permitted only in districts classified as "C" residence, or lower; and the same shall not be permitted in "C" res- idence districts unless a public hearing is held as per Section 20, Article V, General Provisions, to determine the necessity and convenience to the community, and wheth- er it will be detrimental to the health, safety, order, convenience, prosperity and general welfare of such dis- trict, For the protection of "A", "B" and "C" residential districts, no buildings or premises put to the uses here- inbefore set forth shall be located in a commercial or light industry district which adjoins in the rear or across an alley or facing across the street of a district zoned as "A", 'B" or "C" residence, except after such pub- lic hearing as above referred to, to determine the effect such buildings or premises may have on a residentially zoned district in the rear or across the street. eee. Nurses' homes except where on the same premises as their hospital, shall not be permitted unless a public hearing is held as per Section 20, Article V, General Provisions. f. Where open and shed storage and operation spaces are pro- hibited or limited in area in a commercial district and a light industry district, the area limits of such space provided by this article may be waived or modified in the manner prescribed in Section 20 of this ordinance, pro- vided that such spaces are not detrimental to the character of adjoining properties, or provided that such spaces are 2-4-53 - 10 enclosed wholly or in part by a building, a well-construc- ted fence or wall, such fence or wall to be deemed a street wall for the purpose of street wall line provision of Section 16 of this ordinance. g. Any building vacant at the time of the adoption of this ordinance shall be classified according to its intended use. h. No billboards or signs shall be erected in "A", "B", or "C" residence districts but shall be erected only in com- mercial, light and heavy industry districts, and shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of the Building Code; provided, however$ that no person, firm or corporation shall at any time place or keep any sign or projection of any nature or material whatsoever$ with the exception of awnings and appurtenances necessary thereto$ and excepting marquees which are permanent roofed struc- tures attached to and supported by the building, on the front wall of any building located on Seventh Street be- tween Wabasha Street and Sibley Street, and on Wabasha Street between Ninth Street and Kellogg Boulevard,' on Sixth Street between St. Peter and Sibley Street, Robert Street between Eighth Street and Kellogg Boulevard, Fifth Street between St. Peter Street and Jackson Street, and Minnesota Street between Ninth Street and Kellog§ Boule- vard, now zoned "Commercial" and "Light Industry in the City of Saint Paul, which sign or projection shall extend in excess of twelve (12) inches over the public sidewalks from the building line of any building located on the above described streets. The above, prohibition shall ap- ply not only to billboards, as defined in the Building Code, but also signs attached to the roofs or walls of buildings. I. The business of removing sand, gravel, clay, stone or other natural deposits, for the purpose of utilizing these materials, is hereby declared a business necessary to regulate, and no person, firm, or corporation shall here- after engage in such business without first obtaining a permit from the City Council so to do. Any person, firm or corporation desiring to engage in the business-,of removing sand, gravel, clay, stone or other natural deposits for the purpose of utilizing such mater- ials, shall file an application with City Clerk, in writ- ing, and in such application shall give a complete des- cription of the location of the property on which he pro- poses to operate, and state the elevation relative to ad- jacent streets at which the excavated area is proposed to be levelled after operations are completed; also, if known, the use to be made of such property following the removal of such materials. The applicant shall also state in his application, whether he requests a permit for the - removal of material only or whether the installation of equipment for processing such material is intended, such as washing machinery, screens, tipples, bunkers, crushing 2-4-53 - 11 - plant, etc. A separate permit shall be obtained for each location where any of the aforesaid materials are to be removed. The City Council shall refer such application to the Board of Zoning for examination and report of its opinion whether such excavation should be permitted at the place specified, and whether it will interfere with future street extensions or the development of the district for buildings or other purposes. All persons$ firms or corporations to whom a permit is granted under the terms of this ordinance shall furnish a bond in the amount of Five Thousand Dollars (05:000.00) , to be approved as to form and execution by the Corporation Counsel and as to surety by the Commissioner of Finance, conditioned for the full and faithful performance of all the terms and requirements of this ordinance. �. All persons, firms or corporations to whom a permit is given, shall observe the following requirements: (1) Shall conform to the plan set forth in the application. (2) Shall furnish to the City Council at such time as the Council may desire, cross-sections of the ex- cavation to indicate the condition in relation to the depth specified. (3) Shall, upon failure to furnish said cross-sections$ pay the cost to the City of making such surveys and cross-sections as may be required to acquaint the Council as to existing conditions, and the accept- ance of the permit shall be considered an agreement to pay such cost and to permit the City to enter upon the premises for the purpose of making such surveys and cross-sections. (� ) If such excavation adjoins a street or streets, there shall be left a ten (10) foot berm between the property line and the edge of the pit at the street grade, and in cases where it is necessary to remove material to the property line, such mat- erial shall be replaced with other suitable mater- ial to the width required in the opinion of the City Engineer, necessary to provide support for any such street or streets. During excavation a proper support for such street shall be main- tained at all times. (5) Provide a fence of a type approved by the City Engineer, whenever such engineer finds it nec- essary for the protection of the public. 2-4-53 - 12 - k. The provisions of this ordinance shall apply equally to persons, firms or corporations now engaged in the bus- iness of removing the materials herein described, who con- tinue such business after the effective date of this ordin- ance, and a period of sixty (60) days after such effect- ive date is hereby granted such persons in which to make application and obtain the necessary permit to continue such business. kk. For the purpose of this ordinance, a vehicular parking place is defined as a place prepared or used for standing five or more vehicles off the street or highway, with or without a fee. The City Council may permit a vehicular 4 parking place in any use district within the City of Saint Paul, but no person, firm or corporation shall maintain or operate a vehicular parking place in any use district other than one authorized for heavy industry, unless an applica- tion therefor be made to the City Council and a permit granted therefor by said Council, or unless a permit there- for has been granted by the Council prior to the effective date of this ordinance. The application for such permit shall set forth the name of the applicant, the location and size of the premises to be used, the number of vehicles proposed to be parked thereon, the location of the pro- posed driveways, the proposed surface and drainage, and a statement of the nature of the building and business, if any, to which it is proposed the vehicular parking place , shall be accessory. The Council in granting any permit may attach reasonable conditions thereto with reference to requiring walls, fences, hedges, setbacks, landscaping, prohibiting repairs or other operations thereon, other than parking, specify- ing the location and dimensions of ingress and egress, and any other conditions or requirements with reference to the operation of the vehicular parking place. No permit shall be granted in any use district, other than heavy industry district, except on hearing before the Council at least ten days after written notice to all property owners adjoining and those on both sides of the street and streets bordering the side of the proposed ve- hicular parking place within a distance of two hundred (200) feet measured along the center- of the street or streets. Any person, firm or corporation violating any of the pro- visions of this ordinance shall be & llty of a middemeanor and shall be punished accordingly. 2-4-53 - 13 - ARTICLE II HEIGHTS DISTRICTS SECTION 9. For the purpose of regulating and limiting the height and bulk of buildings hereinafter, The City of St. Paul is hereby divided into four (4) classes of districts: Height District I. Height District II, Height District III, Height District IV, as shown on the Zoning Map which ac- companies this ordinance and is hereby declared to be a part thereof. The height districts designated on said map are hereby established. No building or a part of a build- ing shall be erected except in conformity with the regula- tions herein prescribed for the height district in which such building is located. SECTION 10. HEIGHT DISTRICT I. In Height District I no building shall be erected to a height in excess of forty (40) feet, but for each one (1) foot that the building or a portion of it is set back from all lot lines, one (1) foot shall be added to the height limit of such building or such part of it provided that such building shall not be required to be set back along a partyline in other than "A" and "B" resi- dence districts, except where a district adjoins an "A" or "B" residence district. SECTION 11. HEIGHT DISTRICT II. In Height District II no building shall be erected to a height in excess of seventy five (?5) feet, but for each one (1) foot that the building or portion of it sets back from the street line, two and one-half (22) feet shall be added to the height lim- it of such building or such portion thereof. SECTION 12. HEIGHT DISTRICT III. There shall be no restrictions as to the height to which any building or structure may be erected in Height District III. SECTION 13, HEIGHT DISTRICT IV. There shall be no restrictions as to the height to which any building or structure may be erected in Height District IV, SECTION 14, HEIGHT DISTRICT LIMITATIONS AND EXC^PTIONS. a. A building or part .thereof may be erected to any height provided that the volume of the building above the height limits determined in Secs. 102 11, 12 and 13 of this article shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) of such 2-4-53 - 14 - height limit Mitiplied by the area of the premises and provided further that the set-back provision of Article III shall not be waived except in accordance with para- graph "b" of this section. b. Above the height limit at any level for any part of the building a dormer, turret or other structure may be erect- ed. On any given street the frontage length of such structure at the height limit shall not exceed sixty per- cent (60%) of the street frontage of the lot, and such frontage shall be decreased at the rate of one (1) foot for each additional foot of height above the height ,limit. If there are more than one such structures, their aggre- gate frontage at any given level shall not exceed the frontage above permitted. Provided that, subject to such conditions and safeguards as the Council may prescribe, a portion of the building covering not more than thirty percent (30%) of the ground area occupied may be erected to a height in excess of the limits prescribed in this article. c. In any district where a set back from the street line of the street wall of a building is required by Article III, Section 16p of this ordinance, the set back line of the said street wall shall be deemed the street lot line for all the purposes of this article. d. Nothing in this article shall prevent the projection of a cornice beyond the street line to an extent not exceed- ing five per cent (5%) of the width of the street nor more than five (5) feet in any case. Nothing in this article shall prevent the erection above the height limit of a roof, parapet wall or cornice solely for ornament and without windows extending above such height limit not more than five per cent (5%) of such height limit, but such parapet wall or cornice may in any case extend five (5) feet above such height limit. e. The height limit provisions of this article shall not apply to the erection of church spires, belfries, archi- tectural finials, chimney stacks, flues, gas tanks, cool- ing towers, elevator bulkheads, fire towers, grain ele- vators, pent houses, water towers, wireless towers or mechanical accessories, but shall apply to scenery lofts and other storage spaces, and signs of all kinds. f. None of the provisions or restrictions of Section 14 shall apply to govern or restrict the erection of build- ings in Height District III or Height District IV. 2-4-53 - 15 - e + ARTICLE III. SET BACKS SECTION 16. a. In "A" residence, "B" residence and "C" residence dis- tricts, no building shall be erected or altered in any block whose street wall does not conform to the provis- ions of this section. No building shall be erected whose street wall is nearer the street line than a distance equal to twenty per cent (20%) of the average depth of the lot in "A" and "B" residence districts and ten per cent (10%) of the depth of the lot in "C" residence districts measured to the nearest foot. Provided that along the side of a corner lot which is not known as the front line in accordance with the original plat filed in the office of the Register of Deeds or Registrar of Titles, and which is in the same block with a lot or lots whose street line is the front line no building shall be erected whose street wall is nearer the street line than a distance equal to one-sixth (1/6) of the distance of the established building line from the street line in the block, measured to the nearest foot. And further provided, that where a street wall line ad- joins a less restricted or a street wall line exempt from the provisions of this section the adjoining street wall line for the nearest seventy five per cent (750) of the frontage and not in excess of thirty (30) feet in any case, may conform to the provisions of this section as they apply to the less restricted or exempt street wall line which it adjoins. b. The street wall, for the purpose of this section, shall be deemed the wall of a building or porch, or that part of a fence or other structure nearest the street extend- ing more than three feet six inches (316") above the finished grade, provided that cornices, belt courses, and an entrance campy having not more than twenty (20) square feet of roof area, and steps below the level of the first floor and provided that fences not obstructing vision to an extent in excess of forty per cent (40%) above a height of three feet six inches (316") shall be exempt from the restrictions provided by this section. e. Where a block is occupied or partially occupied by build- ings, the average of the distances of the street walls of buildings, as computed in linear feet frontage of the premises, exclusive of side street walls of buildings on 2-4-53 - 16 - e n� i' I r , Y• ' it 7PI yt .t. - c..^ corner lots, existing in the block at the time of the passage of this ordinance, measured to the nearest foot, from the street line shall be the established building line. d. Where any existing building erected prior to the time of the passage of this ordinance has its street wall nearer to the street line than the building lines as established by this section, then the street wall of any building here-after erected or altered on that seventy-five per cent (75%) of the frontage and not in excess of thirty (30) feet except as provided in paragraph "f" of this section measured to the nearest foot, of the adjacent lot adjoining the premises of the said existing building may be erected not nearer the street line than the street wall of the existing building. e. Lots occupied by buildings designed for uses permitted in "A" residence districts shall not be considered where located in a "B" residence district, and lots occupied by buildings designed for uses permitted in an "A" residence and "B" residence district shall not be considered where located in a "C" residence district for the purpose of establishing the building line of structures erected or altered after the passage of this ordinance. f. Where a commercial district or industrial district or districts occupy part of a block with an "A" residence, "B" residence or "C" residence district, all street wall line provisions of this section shall apply to that part of each commercial district and each industrial district within that block, except that the provisions of para- graph "d" of this section shall apply to the $ntire frontage of a commercial or industrial district in the block; otherwise the provisions of this section apply only to "A" residence, "B" residence and ."C" residence districts. Where a "C" residence district occupies part of a block with an "A" residence district or "B" residence district, the street wall line provision of this section shall ap- ply to that part of the "C" residence within that block. g. Lots separated by an alley shall be deemed adjoining, and accessory buildings, temporary buildings, fences, retain- ing walls, or similar structures shall not be considered for the purpose of establishing the average of the dis- tances of the street walls from the street line. he The premises of each building existing at the time of the passage of this ordinance, a premises or part thereof which may hereafter be occupied by buildings, or addit- ions to existing buildings and a vacant premises shall be deemed a lot for the purpose of this section. 2-4-53 - 17 - / t � I. Where in any block or portion of a block there are lots not. of uniform depths, of irregular shapes or peculiar proportions, forms or topography, or fronting on more than one street and when clearly the general purpose and intent thereof will be better served thereby the provis- ions of this section shall be relaxed to the extent nec- essary to prevent undue or peculiar hardship. Where owners of all Properties in a block petition in writing for the establishment of a building line within that block, which building line differs from that which would otherwise be established by the provisions of this section, the Board of Zoning may, after due notice and hearings recommend to the Council the adoption of the building line proposed by the petitioners. The form of the petition shall be prepared by the Corporation Counsel and upon it shall be diagrammed by the petitioners, the building line of the buildings existing in the block at the time of the passage of this ordinance and which are in existence at the time of the petition; the building line proposed by the petitioners and the building line as es- tablished by the provisions of this section, all measure- ments being to the nearest foot. ARTICLE IV DEFINITIONS AND TERNS USED SECTION 17. Certain words in this ordinance are defined for the purpose thereof as follows: a. Words used in the present tense include the future; words in the masculine gender include the feminine; the singular number includes the plural and the plural the singular; the word "lot" includes the word "plot"; the word "building" includes the word "structure". The word "person" includes a corporation or other organization. b. Accessory Building -- A subordinate building or portion of main building for use customarily incident to the main use of the premises located on the same premises with the main building to whose use it is incidental. c. Alley -- Any public throughfare less than thirty (30) feet in width. d. Building -- Any construction for the support, shelter or enclosure of persons, chattels or property of any kind. When a building is separated by ,party or division walls without openings, and extending from foundation through roof, then each portion of such building, so separated shall be deemed a separate building. 2-4-53 t e. Block -- A block shall be deemed to be that property abut- ting on a street on one side of said street and lying be- tween the two nearest intersecting or intercepting rail- road rights-of-way or streets. f. Building Line -- The line beyond which no building or part thereof may extend without special permission and approval of the proper authorities. g. Curb Level -- The "curb level" is the level of the estab- lished curb in front of the building measured at the cen- ter of such front. Where no curb level has been establish- ed, the City Engineer shall establish such curb level or its equivalent for the purpose of this ordinance. h. Grade -- The surface of the ground, courts, lawns, yard or sidewalks adjoining the building. The established grade is the grade of the street curb lines, fixed by the City of St. Paul. The natural grade is the undisturbed natur- al surface of the ground, and the finished grade is the surface of the ground, court, lawn or yards, after filling or grading to desired elevation, or elevations, around a building or structure, but where the finished grade is be- low the level of the adjoining street the established grade shall be deemed the finished grade. i. Height of Building -- The "height" of a building or struc- ture is the perpendicular distance measured in a straight line from the finished grade line of the lot to the high- est point of the roof beams at the front wall. The meas- urements in all cases to be taken through the center of the facade of the building or structure. When a building is on a lot abutting on more than one street and there - is more than one grade or level, the measurements shall be taken through the center of the facade on the street having the highest elevation, pro- vided, however, that where a lot runs through from street to street and the depth of the lot exceeds one hundred (100) feet, the height of building on the street permit- ting the greater hei ht shall not apply to a depth great- er than one hundred ?100) feet. In arriving at the height of any structure without roof, measurements shall be taken from the highest point to lowest elevations. �. House -- One Family. A one family house is a building which is rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied or is occupied or is intended, arranged or designed to be occupied as the home or residence of not more than one family. All such buildings whether built singly, or in conjunction with others as double houses or terraces or attached or semi-detached rows, shall be deemed one fam- ily houses when each such house complies with the defin- ition of "Building" of this article. 2-4. 53 - 19 - 1 L k. Two Family House -- A two family house is a building which is rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied or is occupied or is intended, arranged or designed to be occupied as the home or residence of not more than two families. All such buildings whether built singly, or in conjunction with others as double houses or terraces or attached or semi-detached rows, shall be deemed two fam- ily houses when each such house complies with the defin- ition of "Building" of this article. 1. Lot Line -- The line of demarcation between either public or private properties. A party line is the lot 'Line be- tween adjoining properties. When a lot line abuts on a street, avenue, park or other public property except an alley, it shall be known as a street line; when a lot line abuts on an alley it shall be known as an alley-line. m. Non-conforming Use -- A use of a building or premises occupied by, or if vacant, intended for, a use that does not conform with the regulations of the use district in which such building or premises is located. n. Street -- Wherever the word "street" is used in this or- dinance, it shall be construed as including any public thoroughfare thirty (30) feet or more in width. o, Words not defined in this article or defined elsewhere in this ordinance shall be construed as defined in the build- ing code. p. Convalescent homes shall not be construed within the meaning of boarding and lodging houses. q. "Camp car" or "Trailer" shall mean any motor vehicle, trailer or semi-trailer, as defined by Chapter 464, Session Laws of 1937, which is designed, or can be used, for living or sleeping purposes. This definition shall apply whether or not the running gear and/or wheels of such camp car or trailer shall have been removed. r. A sorority or fraternity is a women' s or ments national or local association having chapters in a liberal arts college or university and duly recognized by that insti- tution. 2-4-53 - 20 - a ' ' ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 18, In interpreting and applying the provisions of this ordinance, they shall be held to the minimum requirements adopted for the pro- motion of the public health, safety, order, convenience, prosperity and general welfare. It is not intended by this ordinance to re- peals abrogate, annul or in any way to impair or interfere with any existing provision of laws or ordinance or any rules, regula- tions or permits previously adopted or issued or which shall be adopted or issued pursuant to law relating to the use of buildings or premises; nor is it intended by this ordinance to interfere with or abrogate or annul any easements, covenants or other agree- ments between parties; provided, however, that where this ordin- ance imposes a greater restriction upon the use of buildings or premises or upon height of buildings or requires larger courts or open spaces than are imposed or required by such existing provis- ion of law or ordinance or by such rules or regulations or by such easements, covenants or agreements, the provisions of this ordinance shall control, SECTION 19. BOARD OF ZONING ESTA DISHED. A Board of Zoning is hereby established that shall consist of the Zoning Committee of the City Planning Board of five members and the City Architect. The Board shall annually designate one of its members as presiding officer, and members of the Board shall take the usual oath of office before entering upon the performances of their duty,. No member of the Board shall pass upon any ques- tion in which he is directly or indirectly interested. SECTION 20. MEETINGS AND PROCEDURE OF THE BOARD. Meetings of the Board shall be held upon notice from the Com- missioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings of St. Paul hereinafter referred to as the Dommissioner and at such other times as the Commissioner or the Council may determine. The pres- ence of four (4) members shall be necessary for a quorum. All the meetings of the Board shall be public. The Board shall keep min- utes of its proceedings, showing the vote of each member upon every question. Any person dissatisfied with the decision or application of the provisions of this ordinance by the Commissioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings may appeal to the Council by fil- ing notice of appeal with the City Clerk, and shall have deposited the sum of Fifteen Dollars (415,00) to be paid by the appellant to cover the cost of publication and the investigation, preparation and mailing of notices as hereinafter required. This appeal shall be submitted to the Board of Zoning, who within ten (10) days 2-4-53 - 21 - thereafter shall hear the appellant, and shall transmit in writ- ing its recommendations to the Council, together with the reasons therefor. The Council, after fixing the time for a public hear- ing upon said appeal, causing a notice stating the time, place and purpose of such hearing to be mailed at least ten (10) days prior thereto to every known owner or agent of the premises af- fected, and to every known owner or agent of the real estate sit- uate within two hundred (200) feet of the same, addressed in each instance to the owner or agent at his last known place of abode, and causing such notice to be published in the official newspaper of said City at least one week preceding such hearings may in a specific case, by resolution passed by a majority vote, after con- sidering the recommendation of the Board and after such hearing, determine and vary the application of the provisions of this ordin- ance in harmony with the general intent and purpose of the same as follows: a. Where a use district boundary line divides a lot in a single ownership permit a use authorized on either por- tion of such lot to extend to the entire lot. be Permit the extension of a nonconforming use or build- ing upon a lot occupied by such use or building at the time of the passage of this ordinance, or permit the ex- tension of a non-conforming use or building upon a lot where such non-conforming use or building was valid at the beginning of such use or construction of such build- ing, provided that no non-conforming use shall be ex- tended so as to permit the maintenance or operation of any filling station, vehicle parking lot, retail ice store or on-sale beer or intoxicating liquor establish- ment in any residential district except upon a hearing before the Council ten days after written notice to all property owners adjoining opposite and those on both sides of the street and streets bordering the site of the proposed filling station, vehicle parking lot, re- tail ice store or on-sale beer or intoxicating liquor establishment, within a distance of two hundred (200) feet, measured along the center of the street or streets. c. Permit the erection of an additional building upon a lot occupied at the time of the passage of this ordinance by an industrial establishment and which additional build- ing is a part of such establishment. d. Grant in undeveloped sections of the city temporary and conditional permits for a period of time as warranted, however, not exceeding ten years for structures and uses in contravention of the requirements of Article I of this ordinance. The grantee shall give a bond of Five Thou- sand Dollars (05,000.00) to insure the removal, at the expiration of the time limit, of non-conforming struc- tures and a return of the premises to the use the prop- erty is zoned for. Said bond shall be in such form as 2-4-53 - 22 - e may be approved by the Corporation Counsel, shall have such surety as may be approved by the Mayor, and shall be filed with the City Comptroller. e. Where the street layout actually on the ground varies from the street layout as shown on the zoning map, apply the designations shown on the mapped streets in such a way as to carry out the intent and purpose of the plan for the particular section in question. f. Permit the erection in a commercial district or the ex- tension thereinto of car barns and electric central sta- tions, substations or power houses where such uses are in the judgment of the Board, necessary to the public con- venience. g. Permit the location in any district of a public or com- munity utility building, reservoir or fire station where such building is in the judgment of the Board necessary to the public or community convenience. h. Permit the location of an airdrome in any district pro- vided that the use of said air-drome shall be in harmony with the intent of the use of that district, and further provided that such permission shall be consistent with regulations, ordinances and laws existing or hereafter enacted to control navigation of the air. i. Vary any provision of this ordinance in harmony with its general purpose and intent, where there are practical dif- ficulties or peculiar hardships in the way of carrying out the strict letter of the provisions of this ordinance, so that the public health, safety, and general welfare may be secured and substantial justice done, provided that a change in the boundary of any district except as permitted in this section or a modification of the height limits or buildings intended to increase said limits shall not be construed as being modifications permitted by this sec- tion. J, Establish a building line which differs from the provis- ion of Section 16. k. Recommend for adoption from time to time such rules and regulations as may be deemed necessary for the adminis- tration of the provisions of this ordinance. 1. (1) Permit the erection of a four-family apartment It tri- plex, duplex, or twin bungalow building in an A or "B" Residence District on a lot adjoining a lot wholly or partially in a "C" residence, commercial., or industrial district, or a non-conforming use in existence, or for which a building permit had been issued at the time of the enactment of this ordinance. 2-4-53 - 23 - l (2) Permit the erection of an apartment building for more than four families in an "A" or "B" residence district on a tract of land embracing three platted lots or equivalent area, immediately adjoining a com- mercial district or premises actually employed by a similar non-conforming use valid at its inception. (3) Permit the erection of not more than two apartment buildings for more than four families each in a "B" residence district on a tract of land embracing three platted lots or equivalent area abutting on two pub- lic streets, immediately, or save for the interven- tion of a public alley adjoining premises in a com- mercial district actually employed for a commercial use. m. Permit the erection of a public garage in "C" residence districts when not an accessory building (where not more than one commercial vehicle is housed) and where no repair facilities or sales rooms are maintained, provided that the plans for said garage shall be in harmony with the in- tent of the use of that district, that the entrance to said garage shall be from an alley or from a privately provided driveway at least sixty (60) feet from the front street line, and in no case directly off from any street. n. Permit the erection and use of greenhouses for the propa- gation of plants, together with the necessary accessory buildings and grounds therefor, in an "A", "B" or "C" residence district, where in the judgment of said Council such use would not be harmful and subject to such re- strictions as said Council may prescribe. 01 (1) Permit the erection of homes to be used by two fam- ilies, upon corner lots in "A" and "B" residence districts, where said lots have a deficiency of not more than ten per cent (10%) of the area requirements set up by Sections 2 and 3 of this ordinance, for the erection thereon of homes to be used by two fam- ilies, where it appears that the public health, safety and general w elf are will b e properly secured. (2) Permit the remodeling or reconstruction of the in- terior of a house in an "A" or "B" residence district erected prior to the effective date of this ordinance and possessing a gross ground area delineated by its foundation w alls of at least 19000 square feet, so that the same shall contain separate accommodations for several, not in excess of four, families; pro- viding that the substantial alteration of the exter- ior of any such house shall not be authorized in any such case; and provided further, that the Council shall expressly find in each such case that such re- lief shall be consistent with the public health and general welfare. 2-4-53 _ 24 _ 4 l � p. Any of the foregoing variations in the application of the ordinance involving the erection of a building or other structure, for which the Council has authorized such var- iation,' shall be null and void unless such building or other structures are completed within one year from the date of Council action. q. Permit the establishment of a public automobile or trail- er camo for camp cars or trailers in undeveloped resi- dential districts of the city or in a commercial, light industry or heavy industry district. r. Permit the erection of a motor-court or motor-lodge ad- jacent to or within one block of a trunk highway, either federal or state, such motor-court or motor-lodge to con- sist of several individual buildings each containing one or two units, each unit to consist of accommodations for one family and one car, or of separate accommodations for two families and two cars. Each unit shall be equipped with electric lights, hot and cold running water, lava- tory, toilet, and shower or bath, and shall have proper heating facilities. Said motor-court or motor-lodge may also contain a community center building containing ade- quate facilities for laundry purposes and for cooking. No tavern or dance hall shall be considered a part of such motor-court or motor-lodge. All he provisions of Ordinance No. 7862, approved November K. 1937, shall be complied with. S* Permit the establishment of a sorority or fraternity house in an "A" residence district when such sorority or fraternity is a chapter duly recognized by a college or university and when such sorority or fraternity lies within one thousand (1,000) feet of the boundary line of the grounds of said college or university and is recom- mended by said college or university. SECTION 21. ADMINISTRATION OF ORDINANCE. This ordinance shall be enforced by the Commissioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings. It is the intent of this ordin- ance to empower the Commissioner to administer this ordinance in conjunction with the administration of the building code in such a manner as to facilitate, if desired, their joint administration. For the purpose of enforcing this ordinance, the authority vested in him under the building code is hereby declared to be vested in him under this ordinance. For any and every violation of the pro- visions of this ordinance or of the rules and regulations adopted thereunder the owner, general agent or contractor of a building or premises where such violation has been committed or shall exist, and the lessee or tenant of an entire building or entire premises where such violation has been committed or shall exist, and the owner, general agent, contractor, lessee or tenant of any part of 2-4-53 - 25 a building or premises in which part such violation has been committed or shall exist, and the general agent, architect, build- er, contractor or any other person who commits, takes part or assists in such violation, or who maintains any building or prem- ises in which any such violations shall exist shall be liable to the same legal procedure and the same penalties as are prescribed in any law, statute or ordinance for violations of the Building Code, and for such violations the same legal remedies shall be had and they shall be prosecuted in the same manner as prescribed in any law or ordinance in the case of violations of said Build- ing Code, SECTION 22. UNLAWFUL USE; CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. It shall be unlawful to use or 'permit the use of any building or premises or part thereof hereafter created, erected, changed or converted wholly or partly until a certificate of occupancy to the effect that the building or premises or the part thereof so creat- ed, erected, changed or converted and the proposed use thereof con- form to the provisions of this ordinance shall have been issued by the Commissioner. In the case of such buildings or premises, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner to issue a certificate of occupancy within ten (10) days after a request for the same shall be filed in his office by any owner of a building or premises af- fected by this ordinance, provided such building or premises or any part thereof so created, erected, changed or converted and the proposed use thereof conforms with all the requirements herein and in the building code set forth. Under rules and regulations of the Board of Zoning a temporary certificate of occupancy for a part of a building may be issued by the Commissioner. Upon written request from the owner, the Commissioner shall issue a certificate of occupancy for any building or premises existing at the time of the passage of this ordinance certifying after inspection the use of the building or premises and whether such use conforms to the provisions of this ordinance. SECTION 23. AMENDMENTS AND ALTERATIONS IN DISTRICT LINES. Whenever the owners of fifty per cent (50%) or more of the frontage on any street in any district or part thereof shall pre- sent a petition, duly signed and acknowledged, to the City Council requesting an amendment, supplement, change or repeal of the regu- lations prescribed for such districts or part thereof, and shall have deposited with the City Clerk the sum of Fifteen Dollars (415.00) to be paid by the petitioners to cover the cost of publi- cation and the investigation, preparation and mailing of notices as hereinafter required, it shall be the duty of the Council to vote upon said petition within ninety (90) days after the filing of the same by the petitioners with the City Clerk; provided that no petition to rezone any property shall be filed or considered within six months after the Council has rejected a like petition to rezone said property. Upon the receipt of such petition, the Council shall consider same and refer its together with all of the information they may have on the matter to the Board of Zoning, who shall make a careful investigation of the proposed change and 2-4-53 - 26 - view the district in which the change is proposed, pass upon the evidence obtained through such investigation and file with the City Council their report upon same within thirty (30) days. The Council shall thereupon again consider the matter and fix a date for hearing and the Commissioner of Finance, not less than ten (10) days prior to the time set for such hearing, shall mail to every known owner at his last known address, or to the agent of property included within the area within two hundred (200) feet of the property to be changed, a postcard notice stating the time, and place for such hearing, with such information as the Council may direct, and shall cause to be published in the official paper at least one week preceding such hearing a notice setting forth the purpose, time and place of said hearing. At the time and place fixed in such published notice, the Council shall hear all persons and all objections and recommendations rel- ative to any amendment, supplement, change or repeal of the regu- lations existing under the terms of this ordinance. Such amendment shall not be passed where it will alter the regu- lations or plans herein contained unless the owners of two-thirds of the several descriptions of real estate situated within one hun- dred (100) '€eet of the real estate affected shall have acquiesced therein, and unless two-thirds (213) of the full membership of the Council vote in favor thereof; provided that the provisions of this section shall not apply to that property for which no regu- lations have been adopted, and which is designated on the zoning map as "Unassigned". That the proper filing of a sufficient petition for the amendment of this ordinance so that any district or portion thereof shall be thereby re-classified and placed in a more restricted district or a district of higher classification, with the requisite written acquiescence of the owners of adjacent property, pending the deter- mination of the Council thereon, shall be deemed effectual to sus- pend the right to initiate any use in or upon the premises sought to be reclassified or any portion thereof which would not conform to the regulations hereby prescribed for the proposed reclassifi- cation. SECTION 24- COMPLETION AND RESTORATION OF BUILDINGS. a. Nothing herein contained shall require any change in the plans, construction or designated use of a building for which a building permit has been heretofore issued, or plans for which are on file with the Commissioner at the time of the passage of this ordinance and a permit for the erection of which is issued within three (3) months of the passage of this ordinance and the construction of which, in either case, shall have been diligently prosecuted within a year of the date of such permit, and the ground story framework of which, including the second tier of beams, shall have been completed within such year, and 2-4-53 - 27 - which entire building shall be completed according to such plans as filed within five (5) years from the date of the passage of this ordinance. The term "existing building" shall apply to buildings erected under the provisions of this paragraph and build- ings completed and in existence at the time of the pass- age of this ordinance. b. Except for the use limited as to location by Section 7, nothing in this ordinance shall prevent the restoration in any district of a building wholly or partly destroyed by fire, explosion, act of God, or act of the public enemy subsequent to the passage of this ordinance or pre- vent the continuance of the use of such building or part thereof as such use existed at the time of such destruc- tion of such building or part thereof or prevent a change of such existing use under the limitations provided in Section 8. Nothing in this ordinance shall prevent the restoration of a wall declared unsafe by the Commissioner. SECTION 25. DISTRICT BOUNDARILS. The district boundaries are, unless otherwise indicated, .eith- er street lines or alley lines or lines drawn parallel to one or more of the street lines bounding a block one hundred (100) feet from the frontage street line. Where two or more district desig- nations are shown within a block in which block there is no alley approximately parallel to the district boundary line, the boundary line of the less restricted district shall be deemed one hundred (100) feet back from the street line, except where the measured dis- tance of the boundary is clearly indicated on the zoning map to be otherwise. SECTION 26. INVALIDITY OF A PART. The various provisions of this ordinance shall be severable, and if any part or provision shall be held to be invalid, it shall not be held to invalidate any other part or provision thereof. SECTION 27. UNASSIGNED DISTRICTS. That part of the area lying north of Montreal Avenue, south of Otto Avenue, southeasterly of Seventh Street and northwesterly of the Mississippi River marked on the Zoning Map as "Unassigned ', and for which no regulations have been adopted is hereby placed in the Heavy Industry District, said Unassigned District is more part- icularly shown on a map on file in the office of the City Clerk. 2-4-53 - 28 - APPENDIX H THEATRE CURTAIN CONSTRUCTION Theatre fires have demonstrated that to minimize the danger to life from fire or panic, the stage section should be isolated as complete- ly as possible from the auditorium by a barrier sufficiently sub- stantial to prevent the passage of smoke as well as of flame. Smoke Issuing from the stage section into the auditorium is as liable to cause panic as actual flame. The proscenium curtain is designed to guard against that danger. The following form of construction is In- dicated by tests at the National Bureau of Standards to comply with the Code requirements (Section 1202-6). The curtain shall have a rigid framework of steel to hold the two faces of the curtain apart. The front and back and edges shall be covered with asbestos cloth or equivalent material. The coverings shall be securely attached to the framework and the joints properly sealed* The thickness of the curtain shall be not less than one one-hundred and twentieth (1/120) of the width of the proscenium opening nor less than four (4) inches in any case. An asbestos roll of a diameter not less than one-half the thickness of the curtain nor less than three (3) inches in any case shall be securely attached to the bottom of the curtain to form a smoke seal between the curtain and the stage floor* The grooves or guide members at the sides of the proscenium opening (Section 1202-6b) shall be rolled steel shapes, and shall be of such design as to form a continuous smoke seal from top to bottom, with a clearance of not over three-eighths (3/8) inch. The guides shall be Installed in such manner that in case of fire on the stage, the pressure of heated gases against the curtain will act to close the guide joints tightly. The curtain shall be retained in the guiding channels at all times. A smoke seal shall be provided not less than two (2) feet above the proscenium opening for the top of the curtain and eighteen (18) inches at each side, sliding at each side in steel grooves, which shall have a minimum depth of twelve (12) inches. The curtain shall be suspended by not less than four (4) steel lift- ing cables. Two of the suspension points shall be at the extreme ends of the curtain, and the others shall be placed at such points as best suit the design; but in no case shall the distance between any two points of support exceed ten (10) feet. The hoisting appar- atus for the curtain shall be designed with a factor of safety of eight (8). The weight of the curtain shall be sufficiently in excess of the counterweights to overcome all friction, so that the curtain will 3-24-53 M QR05LC�t4Jlv� VVALL A�lcHOrc N 4 � c Gt %ACjW& _-IzrLj S 80.ea. A5rc.5TO5 L LOT14 o2 � � GQvvalE►ST _ o� Lu2T"'IkA � Gulor. gHO>r � 4uwc POST Gt�4'(Lr7 �'i AT c s«T#0 -� Method of effecting a smoke seal at side of rigid curtain. A brick offset to support the guide would be better than the built-up metal member, section 1202-s. w w Appendix H drop freely by gravity. The speed shall be so regulated that the closure of the opening shall be effected within thirty (30) seconds ; provided that the last five ( 5) feet of travel shall require not less than five (5) seconds and the curtain shall settle on the stage floor without shock. Its operation shall be controlled by at least three (3 ) heat-actuated releasing devices, of which there shall be one at each side of the proscenium opening near the stage floor, any one of which would release the curtain in case of fire. In addition there shall be an emergency device so arranged that the curtain can be released for closing by hand from either side of the stage. Asbestos cloth for the coverings of fire resistive curtains should have reinforcement of nickel , nickel alloy, or brass wire, spun into the yarn, should weigh not less than three (3 ) pounds per square yard, and have not less than one hundred eighty ( 180) pounds strength per inch width of warp and eighty five (85) pounds strength per inch width of filling, unless they shall have been proven adequate for such service by performance tests. Cotton content of the asbestos cloth should not exceed five (5) per cent of the weight of the as- bestos fiber. Filling is required for asbestos cloth to reduce its permeability to smoke and gases. Paints composed of four (4) parts casein, ten ( 10) parts water glass with mineral pigments and water In suitable proportions have been found satisfactory for the purpose. Other paints for this use should be proven satisfactory by tests. 3-24-53 .. 2 { 7 _